Act Description : ANDHRA PRADESH EDUCATION ACT, 1982

Act Details :
ANDHRA PRADESH EDUCATION ACT, 1982
1 of 1982
27th JANUARY, 1982
An Act to consolidate and amend the laws relating the educational system in the State of Andhra Pradesh for
reforming, organising and developing the said educational system and to provide for matters connected therewith
or incidental thereto: Whereas it is expedient that the educational system obtaining in the State of Andhra Pradesh
should be developed as to- (i) be an instrument, for establishing and strengthening, consistent with the National
Policy, a Socialist Secular and Democratic Society and also for promoting National integration; (ii) firmly link it
at all levels with science and technology; (iii) inculcate moral, social and human values and promote respect for
manual labour and sense of patriotism and discipline in the children; and (iv) achieve an integrated development
of the pupil's personality. Be it enacted by the Legislature of the State of Andhra Pradesh in the Thirty third Year
of the Republic of India as follows:
CHAPTER 1 Preliminary
Section 1 Short title, extent, application and commencement
(1) This Act may be called the Andhra Pradesh Education Act, 1982.
(2) It extends to the whole of the State of Andhra Pradesh.
(3) It applies to all educational institutions and tutorial institutions in the State except
(i) institutions for scientific or technical education financed by the Central Government and declared by
Parliament by law to be institutions of National importance;
(ii) institutions established or maintained and administered by, or affiliated to, or recognised by the Andhra
Pradesh Agricultural University and the Jawaharlal Nehru Technological University;
(iii) colleges and institution in so far as the matters pertaining to them are dealt with in the enactments, relating to
the establishment of Universities in force in the State, including the university of Hyderabad Act, 1974.
(iv) educational institutions imparting intermediate education in so far as the matters pertaining to them are dealt
with in the Andhra Pradesh Intermediate Education Act, 1971.
(4) It shall come into force on such *date as the Government may, by notification, appoint.
Section 2 Definitions
In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires,(1) "Abhyudaya Pradhamika Pathasala" means a primary school under the management of the Abhyudaya
Pradhamika Vidya Samstha;
(2) "Abhyudaya Pradhamika Vidya Samstha" means the registered society referred to in subsection (1) of Section
33;

(3) "academic year" means a period of twelve months commencing on the first day of June of the year or such
other period of twelve months beginning on such date as the Government may, by notification specify with
respect to any educational institution or class of educational institutions;
(4) "adult education" (including nonformal)" means the education or further education of a person of more than
nine years of age who has not attended any educational institution at any time before or as the case may be, who is
a dropout from an educational institution at any level of his studies therein;
(5) "Andhra Pradesh Residential Educational Institutions Society" means the registered society referred to in subsection (2) of Section 33;
(6) "approved school" means any school in any specified area within the jurisdiction of a local authority imparting
pre-primary or primary education which(i) is under the management of the Government or a local authority;
(ii) being under any other management, is recognised as such under this Act;
(7) "attendance" means the presence for instruction at an approved school on such days in the academic year and
at such time and for such period or periods on each day of attendance as may be prescribed;
(8) "attendance authority" means any person appointed to be an attendance authority under subsection (1) of
section 10;
(9) "Child" means a boy or a girl within such age group, not being less than six or more than fourteen years, as the
Government may, in each case, specify for the purposes of this Act, either generally or with respect to any
specified area;
(10) "Collector" means any officer in charge of a revenue district and includes a Joint CollectorDeputy Collector,
Sub-Collector and Assistant Collector;
(11) "college" means a college including a medical college established or maintained and administered by, or
affiliated to or associated with or recognised byany University in the State and includes a junior college
recognised by or affiliated to the Andhra Pradesh Board of Intermediate Education;
(12) "competent authority" means any person, officer or authority authorised by the Government by notification to
perform the functions of the competent authority under this Act for such area or for such purposes as may be
specified in the notification;
(13) "Director" means(i) in relation to general education or any part thereof, the Director in charge of primary education (including
preprimary), secondary education, adult education(including nonformal), special education, intermediate
education or higher education, as the case may be;
(14) "district" means a revenue district;
(15) "District Educational Officer" means the officer appointed under subsection (1) of Section 4 and includes a
Joint Director, a Deputy Director or any other officer authorised by the Government to exercise the powers and
perform the functions of a District Educational officer;
(16) "education" means general education, medical education technical education; physical education, teacher
education, special education, oriental education, adult education (including nonformal ) and any other branch of
education which the Government may, by notification, specify;
(17) "educational agency" means in relation to(a) any minority educational institution any body of persons which has established and is administering or
proposes to establish and administer such minority educational institution, and
(b) any other private educational institution any body of persons entrusted with the establishment, management
and maintenance of such private educational institution;
(18) "educational institution" means a recognised school, colleges including Medical College, special institution
or other institution (including an orphanage or boarding home or hostel attached to it) by whatever name called,

the management of which carries on (either exclusively or among other activities) the activity of imparting
education therein, and includes every premises attached thereto; but does not include a tutorial institution;
(19) "general education" means every branch of education, including special education, but does not include
medical education or technical education;
(20) "Government" means the State Government of Andhra Pradesh;
(21) "gram panchayat" means the body constituted for the local administration of a village under the Andhra
Pradesh Gram Panchayats Act, 1964;
(22) "grant" or "grant inaid" means any sum of money paid as aid out of State funds to any educational institution;
(23) "guardian" means any person to whom the care, nurture or custody of any child falls by law or, by natural
right or recognised usage or who has accepted or assumed the care, nurture or custody of any child or to whom the
care, nurture or custody of any child has been entrusted by lawful authority;
(24) "inspection" means the scrutiny of records, registers and checking of physical specifications as determined by
the competent authority in regard to buildings, libraries, laboratories, play grounds and other allied matters and
the overall appraisal of the educational institution and its functionaries in the development of the institution;
(25) " listed backward classes" means the backward classes declared as listed by the Government
(26) "local authority" means in relation to the local area comprised within the jurisdiction of a municipal
corporation, the concerned municipal corporation and in relation to any other local area in the State, the concerned
municipal council, Zilla Parishad, Mandala Praja Parishad, Gram Panchayat or township having jurisdiction over
such local area;
(27) "management" means the managing committee or the governing body, by whatever name called, of a private
institution to which the affairs of the said institution are entrusted, but does not include a manager;
(28) "manager" means(i) in relation to a Government educational or special institution the officer or authority to whom the power of
immediate control over the administration of the institution has been entrusted;
(ii) in relation to a local authority educational or special institution, the authority or officer of the local authority
educational or special institution concerned incharge of education;
(iii) in relation to a private educational or special institution, the person nominated to manage the affairs of the
institution under subsection (2) of Section 24;
(29) "minority educational institution" means a private educational institution of its choice established and
administered by a minority, whether based on religion or language, having the right to do so under clause (1) of
article 30 of the Constitution of India;
(30) "municipal corporation" or municipal council means a municipal corporation constituted or deemed to have
been constituted under any law relating to municipal corporation for the time being in force, or as the case may
be, a municipal council constituted under the Andhra Pradesh Municipalities Act, 1965;
(31) "notification" means a notification published in the Andhra Pradesh Gazette and the word 'notified' shall be
construed accordingly;
(32) "panchayat samithi" means, a panchayat samithi constituted or reconstituted under the Andhra Pradesh
Panchayat Samithis and Zilla Parishads Act, 1959;
(32a) " pre-primary education" means any education imparted prior to primary education and includes education
imparted in nursery, Kindergarten, montessory, anganwadi, balwadi and the like
(33) "prescribed means prescribed by rules made by the Government under this Act;
(34) "primary education" means education from class 1 to class VII
(35) "private institution" means an institution imparting education or training, established and administered or
maintained by any x x x body of persons, and recognised as educational institution by the Government, and

includes a college, a special institution and a minority educational institution, but does not include an educational
institution- (a) established and administered or maintained by the Central Government or the State Government or
any local authority; (b) established and administered by any University established by law; or (c) giving,
providing or imparting only religious instruction, but not any other instruction;
(36) "residential institution" means an educational institution where pupils are resident on the premises of the
institution and is affiliated to the Andhra Pradesh Residential Educational Institutions Society;
(37) "secondary education" means education from Class VIII to Class X
(38) "special education" means education imparted in a special institution;
(39) "special institution" means reformatory schools, school for physically handicapped or mentally retarded or
other defective pupils and includes any other type of special institution which may be notified as such by the
Government;
(40) " specified area" means any area within the jurisdiction of a local authority in which primary education is
declared by it to be compulsory under subsection (6) of Section 9;
(41) "student" means a person who is admitted to a recognised educational institution and whose name is lawfully
borne on the attendance register thereof;
(42) "supervision" means the professional assessment of a teacher, the guidance given to him, and the level of
pupils achievement as determined by an educational officer appointed for the purpose, and includes overall
academic appraisal of an educational institution;
(43) "Teacher" means any member of the teaching staff in an educational institution appointed to give instruction
in that institution;
(44) "Technical education" means any course of study in engineering, technology, architecture, ceramics,
industrial training, mining, fine arts or in any other subject which may be notified by the Government in this
behalf;
(45) "to attend an approved school" means to be present for instruction at an approved school in a year for such
period or periods and at such time on each day as may be fixed by the prescribed authority;
(46) "township" means any area declared as township under the Andhra Pradesh Gram Panchayats Act, 1964;
(47) "tutorial institution" means any institution started by a person of body or persons for giving coaching or
instruction to fifty or more candidates or employing five or more teachers, to prepare them to appear for an
examination in any branch of education conducted by any body or authority or the Universities in the State under
this Act or any other law; and includes an institution where instruction in typewriting or other commercial
subjects is given:
Provided that in the case of any institution where instruction in typewriting or other commercial subjects is given,
the minimum number specified above in regard to candidates or teachers shall not apply;
(48) "Zilla Parishad" means a Zilla Parishad constituted or reconstituted under the Andhra Pradesh Panchayat
Samithis and Zilla Parishads Act, 1959.
CHAPTER 2 Administrative Machinery, Board of Secondary Education and State Board of Technical
Education and Training
Section 3 Director and other officers
(1) The Government may appoint for the State one or more Directors of general education and a Director of
Technical Education, for the purpose of exercising the powers conferred on and performing the functions
entrusted to each of them by or under this Act.
(2) The Government may also appoint such number of Additional Directors, Joint Directors, Deputy Directors,
Assistant Directors and such other officers as they think fit to assist each such Director in the exercise of the
powers conferred on and the performance of the functions entrusted to him by or under this Act.
(3) Subject to the provisions of this Act, and the general or special orders of the Government made in this behalf,

(a) the Director shall be the chief controlling authority in all matters connected with the administration of such
part of general education in the State as may be allotted to him by the Government by an order made in this
behalf;
(b) the Director of Technical Education shall be the chief controlling authority in all matters connected with the
administration of technical education in the State.
Section 4 District Educational Officers and other subordinate officers and staff at the district level
(1) The Government may appoint for each district one or more District Educational officers, and every such
District Educational Officer shall exercise such powers and perform such functions as may be entrusted to him by
or under this Act.
(2) The Government may sanction the appointment of such number of officers and staff as may be necessary to
assist the District Educational officer.
(3) The appointment to the post sanctioned under subsection (2) shall be made by such authority and in such
manner as may be prescribed.
(4) The powers and functions of the officers and staff appointed under this section shall be such as may be
prescribed.
Section 5 Constitution of Boards
(1) The Government may, by notification establish a board of secondary education to be called "the Board of
Secondary Education, Andhra Pradesh" the composition and powers of which shall be such as may be
prescribedThe functions of the Board shall be to advise the Government on the coordinated development of
secondary education in the State, including the conduct of examinations conforming to the minimum standards as
may be prescribed and the award of certificates.
(2) The Government may, by notification, establish a board of teachers education to be called "the Board of
Teachers Education, Andhra Pradesh" the composition and powers of which shall be such as may be prescribed
The functions of the Board shall be to advise the Government on the courses of study, preservice and in service
training of teachers and other matters relating to teachers education.
Section 6 State Board of Technical Education and Training
(1) The Government may, by notification, establish a board of technical education to be called the "State Board of
Technical Education and Training, Andhra Pradesh", the composition and powers of which shall be such as may
be prescribed.
(2) The functions of the Board shall be,(a) to advise the Government on the coordinated development of technical education in the State at all levels
below undergraduate level;
(b) to work in liason with the Southern Regional Committee of the All India Council for Technical Education in
the formulation of schemes in the State;
(c) to affiliate or recognise institutions conducting courses below undergraduate level and prescribe courses of
study for them;
(d) to inspect institutions periodically and ensure that the standards of the courses and the instructional facilities
provided are satisfactory;
(e) to conduct examinations and award diplomas and certificates conforming to the minimum standards prescribed
by All India Council for Technical Education;
(f) to establish and develop cooperative relationship with industry and commerce.
CHAPTER 3 School Education
Section 7 School Education

(1)
(a) The Government shall endeavour to provide free and compulsory education for all children until they complete
the age of fourteen years and to promote school education in the State by securing and maintaining the universal
enrolment therefor of such childrenThe Government may also progressively provide for medical inspection and
care of children in the preprimary and primary schools.
(b) The Government may, for reviewing the progress made in that direction and for suggesting measures for the
effective implementation thereof, appoint a committee immediately after the expiry of five years from the
commencement of this Act and thereafter at the expiry of every fifth year.
(2)
(a) At the stage of preprimary education, children completing the age of three years but not completing the age of
six years may be imparted education by the main method of informal learning effectively linking it with the health
and nutrition programmes.
(b) The Government may, as part of preprimary education, provide for the attachment of preschool centres to
existing primary school in the State.
(3) At the stage of primary education, the children completing the age of six years but not completing the age of
fourteen years shall be imparted education and the curriculum and instruction of education shall be such as may
be specified by the competent authority so as to achieve among others, the following specified objective, namely;
(a) irrelapsable literacy in the mother tongue including skills of articulation;
(b) basic numeracy skills and necessary knowledge of childs physical and social environment;
(c) proficiency in socially useful productive work : Provided that a child who has completed the age of five years
shall not be denied admission in the schools.
(4)
(a) The main objective of secondary education shall be to impart such general education as may be prescribed to
each pupil so as to make him fit either for higher academic studies or for joboriented vocational courses, by the
time he completes his secondary education.
(b) The general education so imparted shall among others, include(i) the development of linguistic skills and literary appreciation in the mother tongue or regional language, as the
case may be ;
(ii) the attainment of prescribed standards of proficiency, in Hindi and English ;
(iii) the acquisition of requisite knowledge in mathematics and physical and biological sciences to pursue further
courses of study ;
(iv) the study of social sciences with special reference to history, geography and civics so as to achieve the
minimum necessary knowledge by the pupil in regard to his State, country and the world ;
(v) the introduction of socially useful productive work as an integral part of the curriculum ;
(vi) the training in sports, games and other physical exercise and other arts ;
(vii) the imparting of knowledge in basic agricultural science and irrigation methods;
(viii) "the introduction of Intermediate Courses ;
(ix) the teaching of morals.
(c) The Government may,(i) accept and implement progressively at the secondary stage, the principle of subject specialisation by the
teacher ;
(ii) take all steps necessary to secure the qualitative strengthening of secondary education and for the purpose,

make every effort to bring the physical standards of existing schools to optimum levels.
Section 8 "Establishment, maintenance, etc., of schools by local authorities
(1) Every municipal corporation or municipal council shall make provision for education upto the end of the
secondary education stage in the area within its jurisdiction for all children in the prescribed age group ordinarily
resident therein and shall undertake the management of preprimary, primary and secondary education schools
taken over by the Government and entrusted to it.
(2) Every Zilla Parishad shall establish, maintain or expand secondary, vocational and industrial schools in the
area within its jurisdiction and shall undertake the management of such schools taken over by the Government
and entrusted to it and shall also be responsible to implement the objectives of secondary education.
(3) Every Mandala Praja Parishad shall be responsible to establish and maintain preprimary and primary schools
in the area within its jurisdiction and shall undertake the management of such Government and taken over aided
preprimary and primary schools as deemed necessary.
(4) Every Municipal Corporation, Municipal Council, Zilla Parishad or Mandala Praja Parishad shall undertake to
make provision for, and improvement of, accommodation for schools with peoples participation.
CHAPTER 4 Primary Education and its implementation
Section 9 Schemes for primary education
(1) Any local authority if called upon by the Government so to do, shall within such time as may be specified by
the Government submit to them a scheme for compulsory primary education in those areas for children ordinarily
resident therein, of such ages and upto such standard as the Government may specify.
(2) In the case of the municipal corporations and the municipalities, the Government may call on them to submit a
scheme for compulsory primary education in those areas for children ordinarily resident therein of such ages and
upto such standard as the Government may specify.
(3) The scheme submitted under subsection (1) or subsection (2) shall be in such form as the Government may
specify and shall contain the following particulars, namely :
(a) the area in which primary education will be compulsory ;
(b) the approximate number of children to whom the scheme will apply classified according to age and mother
tongue ;
(c) a list of existing approved schools and the schools, if any, proposed to be opened for the purpose, classified by
languages in which instruction is given or is proposed to be given;
(d) the number of teachers already employed and the additional staff proposed to be recruited ;
(e) the recurring and nonrecurring cost of the scheme ; and
(f) such other particulars as may be prescribed.
(4) The Government may, after such inquiry as they may consider necessary, sanction with or without
modifications the scheme submitted by the local authority under subsections (1) and (2)The implementation of the
scheme so sanctioned, shall be subject to the general control of and the directions issued from time, by the
Government.
(5) No sanction shall be accorded under subsection (4), in respect of any scheme unless the Government are
satisfied that such steps, as may be prescribed, have been taken to provide the necessary facilities for imparting
compulsory primary education to all children to whom the scheme will apply
(6) On receipt of sanction under subsection (4), the local authority shall give effect to the scheme so sanctioned,
by means of a declaration that, with effect from the first day of the next academic year, primary education for
children of both sexes upto such class or standard and within such age group as may be specified therein shall be
compulsory in any area which may be so specified.
(7) Every declaration under subsection (6) shall be published before the first day of April of each year
immediately preceding the academic year, in the Andhra Pradesh Gazette and in such other manner as the local

authority or the Director, as the case may be, may decide:

Provided that the Government may, for any good and sufficient cause, condone any delay in the publication of
such declaration in any year.
(8) Where any local authority fails to submit a scheme when called upon to do so under subsection (1) or to give
effect to any sanctioned scheme under sub-section (6) to the satisfaction of the Government, the Government may
cause the scheme to be submitted or the sanctioned scheme to be implemented, as the case may be, by such person
or authority as they think fitThe Government may at any time entrust the administration of the sanctioned scheme
to the local authority concerned.
Section 10 Attendance authorities and their powers and functions
(1) The local authority in the cases mentioned in subsection (1) of Section 9, may appoint as many persons as it
thinks fit to be attendance authorities for the purpose of this Act, and may also appoint as many persons as it
considers necessary to assist the attendance authorities in the discharge of their duties.
(2) It shall be the duty of the local authority to cause to be prepared as early as possible after the publication of a
declaration under subsection (6) of Section 9 and in such manner as may be prescribed, a list of children in any
specified area Such lists shall also be prepared annually in every specified area at such time and in such manner as
may be prescribed
(3) The attendance authority or any person appointed to assist the attendance authority may put such questions to
any guardian or require any guardian to furnish such information about his child, as it or he considers necessary
and every such guardian shall be bound to answer such questions or to furnish such information as the case may
be, to the best of his knowledge or belief
Section 11 Responsibility of guardian to cause his child to attend school
(1) It shall be the duty of the guardian of every child to cause the child to attend an approved school unless there
is a reasonable cause for his nonattendance within the meaning of Section 12.
Explanation For purposes of this section and Section 14, the term "approved school" includes a nonformal
education centre
Section 12 Reasonable cause for nonattendance
(1) For the purposes of this Act, any of the following circumstances shall be deemed to be a reasonable cause for
the nonattendance of a child at an approved school:
(a) that there is no approved school within the prescribed distance from his residence
(b) that the only approved school within the prescribed distance from the residence of the child to which the child
can secure admission is one in which religious instruction of a nature not approved by his guardian is compulsory;
(c) that the child is receiving instruction in some other manner which is declared to be satisfactory by the
Government or by an officer authorised by them in this behalf;
(d) that the child has already completed primary education upto the class or standard specified in the declaration
under sub section (6) of Section 9:
(e) that the child suffers from a physical or mental defect with prevents him from attendance;
(f) that the child has been granted temporary leave of absence by the prescribed authority, local authority, or by
any other person authorised by any such authority in this behalf, for sickness or other prescribed reason;
(g) that there is any other compelling circumstance which prevents the child from attending school, provided the
same is certified as such by the attendance authority.
(2) Notwithstanding anything in clause (e) of subsection (1), the attendance authority may, if it is satisfied that, in
relation to a child suffering from a physical or mental defect in any specified area, there is a special school within
the prescribed distance from the residence of the child to which it could be sent, and that nothing in clause (b) or
clause (c) applies in relation to such child, it may, by order, require the child to attend the special school, and
subsection (1) shall have effect in relation to such child as if clauses (f) and (g) were the only provisions

applicable.
Section 13 Attendance Orders
(1) Whenever the attendance authority has reason to believe that the guardian of a child has failed to cause the
child to attend an approved school and that there is no reasonable cause for the nonattendance of the child within
the meaning of Section 12, it shall hold an inquiry in the prescribed manner:
(2) If as a result of the inquiry the attendance authority is satisfied that the child is liable to attend an approved
school under this Act and that there is no reasonable cause for his non attendance within the meaning of Section
12 it shall pass an attendance order in the prescribed form directing the guardian to cause the child to attend the
approved school with effect from the date specified in the order.
(3) An attendance order passed against a guardian in respect of his child under this section shall, subject to the
provisions of subsection (6) remain in force for so long as this Act continues to apply to the child.
(4) If any guardian against whom an attendance order has been passed in respect of his child under subsection (2)
transfers the custody of the child to another person during the period in which the attendance order is in force,
such guardian shall be bound to immediately inform the attendance authority in writing of such transfer.
(5) Where an attendance order has been passed against a guardian in respect of his child under this section, such
order shall have effect in relation to every other person to whom the custody of the child may be transferred
during the period in which the attendance order is in force as it has effect in relation to the person against whom it
was originally passed
(6) A guardian may, at any time, apply to the attendance authority for cancellation of an attendance order on the
ground,(i) that he is no longer the guardian in respect of the child, or
(ii) that circumstances have arisen which provide a reasonable cause for nonattendance; and thereupon the
authority may, after holding an enquiry in the prescribed manner, cancel or modify the attendance order
Section 14 Children not to be employed so as to prevent them from attending to school
No person shall employ a child in a manner which shall prevent the child from attending an approved school
Section 15 Primary education to be free
(1) When a declaration under subsection (6) of Section 9 has been made in respect of any area, no fee shall be
levied in respect of any child for attending an approved school which is under the management of the Government
or a local authority in that area
(2) Fees may be levied from any such child at any other school situated within that area:
Provided that where within one kilometre of such school or such other distance therefrom as may be prescribed,
there is no other approved school, such number of the free places as may be fixed by the local authority shall be
reserved in such school or in any educational institution receiving aid out of State funds.
Section 16 Age of child how to be computed
(1) The age of a child, for the purpose of this Act shall be computed in terms of years completed by the child on or
before the first day of the academic year
(2) Where the birthday of a child falls on a day not later than the first day of the September each year, the birthday
shall be deemed to fall on the first day of the academic year for the purpose of computing the age of the child
under subsection (1).
CHAPTER 5 Examinations
Section 17 Examinations
(1) The Examination system, whether by internal assessment, external assessment or partly internal and partly
external assessment, shall be so regulated by the competent authority as to make it a reliable and effective method

of student evaluation.
(2) The Government may make rules for all matters connected with the implementation of examination system
and the conduct of examinations.
CHAPTER 6 Establishment of educational institutions their administration and control
Section 18 Government to provide facilities for imparting education
The Government may, for the purpose of implementing the provisions of this Act, provide adequate facilities for
imparting general education, technical education, special education and teacher education in the State by
(a) establishing and maintaining education institutions;
(b) permitting any local authority or a private body of persons to establish educational institutions and maintain
them according to such specifications as may be prescribed; and
(c) taking, from time to time, such other steps as they may consider necessary or e pedient.
Section 19 Classification of educational institutions
The educational institutions shall be classified as follows:
(a) State institutions, that is to say, educational institution established or maintained and administered by the
Government
(b) local authority institutions, that is to say, educational institution, established or maintained and administered
by a local authority and.
(c) private institutions, that is to say educational institution established or maintained and administered by any
body of persons registered in the manner prescribed
Section 20 Permission for establishment of educational institutions
(1) The competent authority shall, from time to time, conduct a survey as to identify the educational needs of the
locality under its jurisdiction, and notify in the prescribed manner through the local newspapers calling for
applications from the educational agencies desirons of establishing educational institutions
(2) In pursuance of the notification under subsection (1), any educational agency including local authority or
registered body of persons intending to
(a) establish an institution imparting education;
(b) open higher classes in an institution imparting primary education; or
(c) upgrade any such institution into a high school;
(d) open new courses (certificate, diploma, degree, postgraduate degree courses, etc.,) may make an application,
within such period, in such manner and to such authority as may be notified for the grant of permission therefor
(3) Any educational agency applying for permission under sub section (2) shall,
(a) before the permission is granted, satisfy the authority concerned,
(i) that there is need for providing educational facilities to the people in the locality;
(ii) that there is adequate financial provisions for continued and efficient maintenance of the institution as
prescribed by the competent authority;
(iii) that the institution is proposed to be located in sanitary and healthy surroundings;
(b) enclose to the application
(i) title deeds relating to the site for building, playground and garden proposed to be provided;
(ii) plans approved by the local authority concerned which shall conform to the rules prescribed therefor; and
(iii) documents evidencing availability of the finances needed for constructing the proposed buildings; and

(c) within the period specified by the authority concerned in the order granting permission:
(i) appoint teaching staff qualified according to the rules made by the Government in this behalf;
(ii) satisfy the other requirements laid down by this Act and the rules and orders made thereunder failing which it
shall be competent for the said authority to cancel the permission.
(4) On and from the commencement of the Andhra Pradesh Education (Amendment) Act, 1987 no educational
institution shall be established except in accordance with the provisions of this Act and any person who
contravenes the provisions of this section or who after the permission granted to him under this section having
been cancelled continues to run such institution shall be punished with simple imprisonment which shall not be
less than six months but which may be tend to three years and with fine which shall not be less than three
thousand rupees but which may be tend to fifty thousand rupees:
Provided further that the court convicting a person under this section shall also order the closure of the institution
with respect to which the offence is committed.
Section 20A Prohibition of individual to establish institutions
On and from the commencement of the Andhra Pradesh Education (Amendment Act), 1987 no individual shall
establish a private institution:
Provided that this section shall not have any effect on any private institution established by an individual and
recognised by the competent authority prior to such commencement
Section 21 Grant or withdrawal of recognition of institutions imparting education
(1) The competent authority may, by order in writing grant recognisation in respect of any institution imparting
education or for a higher class in any such institution permitted to be established under section 20 subject to such
conditions as may be prescribed in regard to accommodation equipment, appointment of teaching staff, syllabi,
text books and other matters relating thereto:
Provided that in case of existing institutions under all managements the deficiencies if any, in respect of the above
conditions shall be made good within the time specified therefor in the order granting recognition
(2) Where the manager of any local authority educational institution or private educational institution
(a) fails to fulfil all or any of the conditions of recognition, or fails to comply with the orders of the competent
authority in regard to accommodation, equipment, syllabi, text books, appointment, punishment and dismissal of
teachers;
(b) denies admission to any citizen on grounds only of religion, race caste, language or any of them;
(c) directly or indirectly, encourages in the educational institution any propaganda or practice wounding the
religious feelings of any class of citizens of India or insulting the religion or the religious beliefs of that class;
(d) employs or continues to employ any teacher whose certificate has been cancelled or suspended by the
competent authority after due enquiry or who has been considered by the competent authority after due enquiry to
be unfit or undesirable to be a teacher ; or arbitrarily removes a teacher or fails to comply with the orders of the
competent authority in this regard;
(e) fails to remedy the defects in the instructions or accommodation or the deficiencies in the management or
discipline within such time as may be specified therefor by the competent authority;
(f) contravenes any of the provisions of this Act and the rules and orders made thereunder; the competent
authority may, for reasons to be recorded in writing withdraw the recognition of the institution or take such other
action as is deemed necessary after giving to the manager an opportunity of making representation against such
withdrawal or action
(3) Where the Government are of opinion that the recognition granted to any local authority educational
institution or private educational institution should, in the public interest be withdrawn, they may, after giving one
months notice to the manager of such institution to make any representation, withdraw, by notification, the
recognition granted to the said institution

(4) Notwithstanding anything in any other law for the time being in force, no educational institution which has not
been recognised or the recognition of which has been withdrawn under this Act shall be entitled
(a) to receive any grant-in-aid from the State funds or other financial assistance from the Government;
(b) to send up candidate for examinations in courses of study conducted under this Act.
Section 21A Prohibition of affiliation with Universities outside the State
(1) No institution imparting education and located in this State shall affiliate itself to any University outside the
State of Andhra Pradesh
(2) Whoever contravenes the provisions of subsection (1) shall be punished with simple imprisonment for a term
which shall not be less than six months but which may extend to three years or with fine which shall not be less
than three thousand rupees but which may e tend to fifty thousand rupees or with both
Section 22 Special provisions in respect of existing institutions
(1) All the institutions imparting education which were established and recognised in accordance with rules in
force immediately before the commencement of this Act and in existence at such commencement shall be deemed
to be educational institutions, established and recognised under this Act, provided they comply with the provisions
of this Act and the rules made thereunder within such period and in accordance with such procedure as may be
prescribed
(2) Any private institution imparting education which is in existence at the commencement of this Act but which
has not been recognised in accordance with the rules in force immediately before such commencement, shall
discontinue to impart education from such commencement an application of recognition is made in accordance
with the provisions of this Act and the rules made thereunder and every such application shall be disposed of
within sixty days of its receipt by the competent authority No person shall run any such institution after the
application for recognition is rejected.
(3) Any person who in contravention of subsection (2) runs any such unrecognised institution shall be punished
with simple imprisonment for a term which shall not be less than six months but which may extend to three years
or with fine which shall not be less than three thousand rupees but which may extend to fifty thousand rupees or
with both.
Section 23 Duties of manager of local authority institution
(1) It shall be the responsibility of the manager of a local authority institution to comply with all the provisions of
this Act and the rules or orders made thereunder
(2) Without prejudice to the generality of the forgoing provisions, it shall be the duty of the manager of the local
authority institution,
(a) to ensure that all monies collected by or granted or allotted to the local authority by or under this Act are
expended for educational purposes, and
(b) to submit every year before such date and to such authority as may be prescribed an annual report relating to
the administration of the local authority institution and an annual budget estimate relating thereto.
Section 24 Appointment and removal of manager of private institution
(1) The management of every private institution shall be constituted in such manner and shall consist of such
number of members as may be prescribed : Provided that the board of trustees, or Governing Body of Wakf Board
by whatever name called, constituted or appointed under any other law for the time being in force relating to the
charitable and religious institutions and endowments and wakfs, shall be deemed to be a management constituted
under this subsection
Provided further that the constitution of the management under this subsection shall apply to a minority
educational institution, in so far as it is not repugnant to clause (1) of article 30 of the Constitution of India
(2) The management shall, for the purposes of this Act, nominate a person to manage the affairs of the institution,
whether called by the name of secretary, correspondent or by any other name, and intimate such nomination

within thirty days thereof to the competent authority

(3)
(a) Where the competent authority is satisfied that the management is responsible for the lapses or irregularities of
the institution, the competent authority may, after giving to such management an opportunity to make
representation and for reasons to be recorded in writing suspend the management and appoint a special officer till
the reconstitution of the management :
Provided that in relation to a private institution, under the management of a charitable or religious institution,
charitable or religious endowment and a wakf, the competent authority shall be the Government or an authority or
officer authorised by the Government in this behalf
(b) Where the competent authority is satisfied that the manager alone is responsible for the lapses or irregularities
of the institution, action shall be taken against him by the management, as recommended by the competent
authority
(4) The competent authority may, for reasons to be recorded in writing, declare a person to be unfit to be the
manager of a private institution after giving to such person an opportunity of making his representation against
such declaration and under intimation to the management and on such declaration, the person aforesaid shall cease
to be the manager of the private institution and the management of such institution shall nominate another person
as a manager in his place in accordance with the provisions of subsection (2)
Provided that no manager of a minority educational institution shall be declared to be so unfit under this
subsection save for mismanagement
(5)
(6) For the removal of doubts it is hereby declared that any failure or wilful negligence on the part of a
management to take action against the manager as required under clause (b) of sub section (3) or to nominate
another person as manager under sub section (4) shall constitute an act of mismanagement and action shall be
taken against the private institution under this Act accordingly.
Section 25 Duties of manager of private institution
(1) The manager nominated under section 24 shall be responsible for managing and conducting the affairs of the
private institution in accordance with the provisions of this Act and rules or orders made thereunder and for
maintaining the properties thereof in proper and good condition
(2) It shall be the duty of the manager to maintain such records and accounts of the institution and in such manner
as may be prescribed
(3) The manager shall afford all assistance and facilities as may be necessary or reasonably required for the
inspection of the institution and its records and accounts by such officer as may be prescribed or authorised by the
competent authority in this behalf
(4) Before the end of April in each year, the manager of every private institution shall furnish to the competent
authority a statement containing a list of all movable and immovable properties of the institution with such other
particulars as may be prescribed
Section 26 Private institution not to be closed down, etcwithout sufficient notice
(1) Save as otherwise provided in this Act, no private institution shall be closed down or discontinued, unless a
notice of not less than one academic year expiring with the end of any academic year and indicating the intention
to do so, has been given by the manager to the officer authorised by the competent authority in this behalf.
(2) If any manager fails to give notice as required under sub sec(1), he shall, on conviction, be punished with fine
which may e tend to five thousand rupees or with simple imprisonment which may extend to one year or with
both and with a fine of rupees one hundred for every day of further default.
Section 27 Manager to hand over properties, records etc., to competent authority on closure, etcof private
institution other than a registered school
(1) in the event of the private institution other than a registered school being closed down or discontinued or its

recognition being withdrawn, the manager shall hand over or cause to be handed over to the competent authority
the custody of all the properties, records and accounts of the institution in his possession.
(2)
(a) Where the competent authority is resisted in, or prevented from, obtaining the custody of properties, records or
accounts of the institution by such manager, any Judicial Magistrate of the first class having jurisdiction shall, on
an application made by the competent authority, by order, after notice to the manager, direct the handing over of
the custody of such properties, records or accounts of the institution to the competent authority within the time
specified in such order.
(b) Where the manager fails to hand over the custody of the properties, records or accounts within the time
specified in the order of the Magistrate under clause (a), he shall be punished with imprisonment which may e
tend to one year * or with fine which may e tend to five thousand rupees * or with both and the Magistrate shall
cause the custody of the properties, records or accounts to be handed over to the competent authority taking such
police assistance as may be necessary
(3) Nothing in this section shall apply to a minority educational institution and to a private institution under the
management of a charitable or religious institution, charitable or religious endowment and a wakf.
Section 28 Restriction on alienation of property of private institution
(1) Notwithstanding anything in any law for the time being in force, no sale, mortgage, lease, pledge, charge or
transfer of possession in respect of any property of a private institution other than a registered school shall be
made or created except with the previous permission in writing of the competent authority on an application made
in this behalf.
(2) (a) No permission applied for under subsection (1) shall be refused by the competent authority except where
the grant of such permission will in its opinion, adversely affect the working of the institution (b) The competent
authority shall pass an order, either granting or refusing permission applied for, within a period of sixty days from
the date of receipt of the application
(3) Any person aggrieved by an order refusing permission under subsection (2) may, in such manner and in such
time as may be presented, appeal to the prescribed authority
(4) Any transaction made in contravention of subsection (1) shall be null and void.
Section 29 Liability of manager to repay debts incurred in certain cases
Where any manager incurs debts for the purpose of running an educational institution without proper
authorisation by the management of such institution and where it is found by the competent authority after making
an enquiry that the monies received through such debts have not been utilised for running the institutions it shall
be the personal liability of such manager to discharge the said debts
Section 30 Parent-teacher association
(1) There shall be parent teacher association for every educational institution other than an adult educational
centre
(2) The composition and functions of the parent-teacher association shall be in accordace with such rules as may
be prescribed
Section 31 Inspection of educational institutions
(1) The Government or the competent authority may authorise any officer not below such rank as may be
prescribed to inspect any educational institution in the State
(2) The officer authorised under subsection (1) shall exercise general powers of inspection over the working of the
educational institution.
(3) The manager and the employees of the educational institution shall at all reasonable times be bound to afford
to the aforesaid officer all such assistance and facilities as may be required for the purpose of such institution.
(4) The manager shall comply with such directions or suggestions as may be given by the competent authority on

the report of the aforesaid officer : Provided that the manager aggrieved by any such direction or suggestion may
appeal, with thirty days from the date of receipt of such direction or suggestion to the prescribed authority whose
decision on such appeal shall be final.
Section 32 Registration of tutorial institutions
(1)
(a) On or after the commencement of this Act, no tutorial institution shall be started without prior registration ;
and an application for such registration shall be made in the prescribed manner and to the prescribed officer
(b) In the case of a tutorial institution in existence at the commencement of this Act, any person or body of
persons managing such institution shall, within ninety days from such commencement, make an application for
registration to the prescribed officer and if no such application is so made or if the prescribed officer
communicates to him an order refusing to register the institution under sub-section (2), the person or body of
persons managing such institution shall not run the institution from the date of expiration of the ninety days
aforesaid or the date of communication of such order of refusal, as the case may be.
(2) On receipt of an application under sub-section (1), the prescribed officer may, after satisfying himself whether
or not the application contains all the prescribed particulars and that the tutorial institution complies with the
minimum requirements prescribed in regard to the sanitary conditions of the premises and the qualifications of
teaching staff, either register the tutorial institution in a register to be maintained for the purpose or refuse to
register, and shall, where he so registers the institution, issue in the prescribed form a registration certificate in the
name of the tutorial institution.
(3) The person or body of persons managing every tutorial institution so registered, shall submit to the prescribed
officer within two months after the end of every academic year, an annual report regarding the coaching facilities
provided by it during the academic year
(4) The person or body of persons managing every tutorial institution so registered shall give intimation to the
prescribed officer and the District Educational Officer, of any change in any of the particulars furnished under
sub-section (1), or of closure of the institution, in such form, in such manner and within such time as may be
prescribed, and the prescribed officer shall on receipt of such intimation, amend the register referred to in subsection (2) and the registration certificate wherever necessary, or as the case may be, cancel the certificate, and
notify the same
(5) Where the person or body of persons managing any tutorial institution has, in the opinion of the prescribed
officer, contravened any of the conditions subject to which the registration certificate is issued to such person or
body of persons managing such institution, the prescribed officer may, after giving the person or body of persons
an opportunity of making his representation, cancel the registration certificate and remove the name of the
institution from the register referred to in sub-section (2) and notify the same
(6) Any person who runs a tutorial institution in contravention of clause (b) of sub-section (1) or who establishes
and manages a tutorial institution without obtaining a registration certificate under sub-section (2) or who after the
registration certificate issued to him, under that sub-section having been cancelled continues to run such
institution, shall be punished with imprisonment for a term which shall not be less than six months but which may
extend to one year or with fine which may extend to one thousand rupees or with both
Provided that for a second or any subsequent offence under this section, he shall be punished with imprisonment
for a term which shall not be less than one year but which may extend to two years or with fine which may extend
to five thousand rupees or with both
Provided further that the Court convicting a person under this section shall also order the closure of the tutorial
institution with respect to which the offence is committed.
Section 33 Abhyudaya Pradhamika Vidya Samastha and Residential Educational institutions Society
(1) There shall be a registered society to establish and maintain Adhyudaya Pradhamika Pathasalas in the State for
effecting qualitative improvement in primary education to be called the Adhyudaya Pradhamika Vidya Samastha.
(2) There shall be a registered society to establish and maintain residential educational institutions in the State to

be called the Andhra Pradesh Residential Educational Institutions Society

(3) The compositions of the governing body of each of the said societies and its powers and functions shall,
notwithstanding anything in any law for the time being in force, be such as may be prescribed.
(4) Where the Government are of opinion that all or any of the educational institutions established and maintained
by the said society be taken over, they may, after giving one month's notice to the society to make any
representation; direct by notification that the management of the said educational institution shall, with effect on
and from the date specified therein, vest in the Government without detriment to the interests of the employees of
the said institution.
CHAPTER 6A Registered Schools
Section 33A Definition
The purposes of this Chapter, the expression "registered school", shall mean a school recognised under Section 21
but not receiving aid from the Government.
Section 33B Permission for establishment of registered Schools
(1) The competent authority shall, from time to time, conduct a survey as to identify the need for establishing
registered schools under its jurisdiction and then notify in the prescribed manner through the local news papers
calling for applications from the educational agencies desirous of establishing the school to be registered in the
manner hereinafter provided.
(2) In pursuance of the notification under sub-section (1),any registered body of persons intending to,
(a) establish a registered school;
(b) open higher classes in a registered school imparting pre-primary or primary education; or
(c) upgrade any such school into a high school, may make an application, within such period, in such manner and
to such authority as may be notified for the grant of permission therefor.
(3) The authority empowered to grant permission under sub-section (2) may, after satisfying that the conditions
prescribed for the grant of permission are fulfilled, grant the permission and register the school in such manner as
may be prescribed or refuse such permission after giving reasons therefor and where the school is so registered, a
certificate to that effect may be issued in the name of the school
Section 33C Special provision in respect of existing schools
1) The management of every private institution existing on the date of commencement of the Andhra Pradesh
Education (Amendment) Act, 1987 desirous of registering the school in accordance with the provisions of this
Chapter may make an application for registration in accordance with the provisions of Section 33-B to the
competent authority within sixty days from such commencement and if no application is made within the said
period or where the application is rejected, the institution shall continue to be a private institution.
Section 33D Cancellation of registration of the Registered Schools
Where the competent authority is of the opinion that the management of a registered school has failed to fulfill all
or any of the conditions of registration under Section 33-B or the rules made thereunder, it may after giving a
notice not less than thirty days to the manager of such school cancel the registration of the school and the
certificate granted under Section 33-B
Section 33E Conditions of service of staff
The teaching and non-teaching staff of the registered schools shall be entitled to receive such salaries and
allowances and shall be subject to such conditions of service as may be prescribed.
Section 33F Maintenance of registers and following of syllabus, etc
The registered school shall follow the same syllabi, text books and hand books and maintain the same records and
registers as may be followed and maintained by the recognised schools

Section 33G Advisory Body

The management of every registered school shall constitute an advisory body for the pre-primary, primary and
upper primary classes and for secondary school classes separately and the composition and the constitution of
such advisory body shall be such as may be prescribed
Section 33H Functions of the advisory body
The Advisory body shall perform the following functions, namely:
(i) to advise the management in evolving the fee structure:
(ii) to evolve the procedure for the admission of the students:
(iii) to evolve the procedure for accounting and auditing the accounts of the registered school;
(iv) to suggest guidelines for the administration of the school without interfering with the minority character of
the minority institutions;
(v) to approve the annual report;
(vi) to, subject to the provisions of Section 33-E, evolve the procedure for the recruitment and conditions of
service of the teaching and non-teaching staff of the registered school.
Section 33I Grants
No registered school shall be entitled to receive grant-in-aid or any other financial assistance from the
Government for its managementThe existing recognised schools which are receiving the grant-in-aid shall
continue to receive such aid only until they are registered under Section 33-B
Section 33J Properties of registered schools
The properties of any private institution registered as registered school, like building, furniture, library, laboratory,
equipment, playground, aids, endowments and bank balances, shall continue to be the properties of such
institution even after it is registered under Section 33-B.
Section 33K Transfer certificate to be counter signed
(1) The transfer certificate in respect of any student of a registered school shall be in such form and issued in such
manner as may be prescribed
(2) Students of any recognised school may seek admission in or transfer from any such school to any registered
school and vice-versaThe transfer certificate issued by the registered school shall be countersigned by the
competent authority in such manner as may be prescribed.
Section 33L Examination for the students of registered school
Where the Government have prescribed any common examination or any public examination for student
evaluation, the students studying in the registered schools shall appear for those examinations subject to satisfying
the rules made in this behalf and the conditions prescribed by the Commissioner for Government Examinations
Section 33M Registered schools to make arrangements for conducting of examination
Where the competent authority selects any registered school as a centre for the conduct of the VII Class, District
Common Examination, or the X Class Public Examination, the management of the school shall extend all the
facilities for the smooth conduct of the examination
Section 33N Duties of the Management of the registered school
It shall be the responsibility of the management of a registered school to submit every year before such date and to
such authority as may be prescribed an annual report relating to the administration of the school and such other
information and statistical data as may be prescribed
Section 33O Inspection
The Government shall have the right to visit or cause an inspection to be made by such person or persons as they

may direct for a specified purpose of the registered school and also to cause an enquiry to be made into the
matters connected therewith,
CHAPTER 7 Education funds of local authorities
Section 34 Definitions
In this Chapter, the expression "local authority" does not include a gram panchayat.
Section 35 Education fund of local authority
(1) There shall be constituted for each local authority an education fund, to which shall be credited,
(a) an annual contribution from the general funds of such local authority not being less than a minimum fixed by
the Government in that behalf;
(b) all sums granted to such local authority by the Government for the purpose of providing educational facilities
within its jurisdiction;
(c) all fines and penalties levied within the jurisdiction of such local authority under the provisions of this Act;
(d) all income derived from any endowment or other property owned or managed by such local authority for the
benefit of education;
(e) all tuition fees, if any collected in educational institutions managed by, such local authority;
(f) all other sums of money which may be contributed to or received by such local authority for the purposes of
this Act
(2) Notwithstanding anything in any other law for the time being force, the education fund constituted under this
section shall be kept separately and shall not be merged with the general revenues of the local authority concerned
and it shall be used exclusively for purposes of education
Section 36 Education fund where to be deposited and how to be drawn upon
(1) The education fund constituted under Section 35 shall be deposited in Government treasury
(2) All expenses incurred on education by the local authority concerned shall be paid out of the said fund.
(3) All orders or cheques to be drawn upon the fund shall be signed by the chief executive officer of the local
authority or by such person as he may authorise in writing to sign on his behalf
(4) So far as the funds to the credit of the local authority concerned permit, the treasury shall pay
(a) all orders or cheques signed in accordance with sub-section (3);
(b) all payments made or expenses incurred by the Government on behalf of the local authority by or under the
provisions or this Act, provided that the local authority has given previous permission in writing to the treasury to
debit such expenses to the fund without the issue of any order or cheque
Section 37 Levy of taxes
(1) Any municipal council may, with the previous sanction of the Government and shall, if so directed by them,
levy within its jurisdiction, taxes for the purposes of this Act, at such rates as may be considered necessary, as an
addition to the taxation levied in the municipality under the Andhra Pradesh Municipalities Act, 1965 under the
head of property tax or profession tax or under both these heads
Explanation In construing the expression "taxation levied" occurring in this sub-section exemptions granted under
sub-section (2), sub-section (3), sub-section (4) or sub-section (5) of section 88 of the Andhra Pradesh
Municipalities Act, 1965, shall not be taken into account.
(2) Any gram panchayat may, with the previous sanction of the Government and shall, if so directed by them, levy
within the area under its jurisdiction or part thereof, taxes for the purposes of this Act, at such rates as may be
considered necessary, as an addition to the taxation levied in such area or part under law for the time being in
force governing gram panchayats under all or any of the following heads, namely land cess or local cess,

profession tax and house tax

Section 38 Rate of levy of taxes under Section 37
(1) The rates of levy of any tax under Section 37 shall be determined
(a) by the municipal council or gram Panchayat with the previous sanction of the Government, in case the tax is
levied by it of its own motion; and
(b) by the Government, in case the tax is levied at their direction: Provided that rates of any such tax levied as
addition to the taxation under the head of profession tax, shall be subject to the limits specified in any law for the
time being in force governing the municipalities or gram panchayats, as the case may be, or prescribed by rules
made under this Act: Provided further that the rates of any such tax levied by municipal council or gram
panchayat as an addition to the taxation under the head of property tax shall not exceed five percent per annum in
the case of properties taxed on their annual rental value, one-fourth per centum per annum in the case of
properties taxed on their capital value and four rupees per annum for every three hundred square meters or part
thereof in the case of properties taxed on their extent: Provided also that the rates of any such tax levied by a gram
panchayat as an addition to the taxation under the head of land cess shall not exceed thirty seven paise in the
rupee of the annual rental value of the land.
(2) The municipal council or gram panchayat may with the previous sanction of the Government, and shall if so
directed by them, alter the rates of levy of any such tax.
Section 39 Assessment and realisation of taxes
(1) Every tax levied in any area under any head of taxation mentioned in Section 37 shall be deemed to be an
addition to a tax levied under the same head in such area under the law for the time being in force governing the
municipalities or gram panchayats, as the case may be, and all the provisions of such law relating to the incidence:
assessment or realisation of such tax or in any manner connected therewith shall be applicable accordingly:
Provided that the Government may direct that the said provisions shall apply subject to such modifications and
restrictions, as may be prescribed
(2) In particular, any such tax levied in any area within the jurisdiction of a gram panchayat under any head of
taxation, other than land cess or local cess shall be realised by such authority as may be prescribed as an addition
to a tax levied under the same head under the law for the time being in force governing gram panchayats Out of
the proceeds of the tax so realised, such percentage as may be prescribed shall be deducted towards the collection
charges and the balance shall be paid by such authority into the Government treasury
Section 40 Budget of Education Fund
(1) On or before the prescribed date, every local authority for which an education fund has been constituted under
Section 35 shall submit to the Government through the Director in such form as may be prescribed a budget for
the ensuing financial year showing the income and expenditure relating to such fund
(2) The Government may pass such orders as they think fit in respect of the budget and the local authority
concerned shall carry out such orders.
Section 41 Audit of accounts of education fund
The accounts of education fund of each local authority shall be examined and audited by such officer as may be
appointed by the Government and the local authority concerned shall carry out any instructions which the
Government may issue on the audit report.
CHAPTER 8 Grant-in-Aid
Section 42 Government to set apart sum for giving grant-in-aid to certain recognised institutions
The Government, shall within the limits of its economic capacity, set apart a sum of money annually for being
given as grant-in-aid (hereinafter in this Act referred to as grant ) to local authority institutions and private
institutions in the State, recognised for this purpose in accordance with rules made in this behalf
Section 43 Authorities which may sanction grant

(1) The Government may in such cases as they think fit, by order, sanction grant to any recognised local authority
educational institution or private educational institution subject to such conditions as they may impose in the order
relating to such grant.
(2) Every grant sanctioned under sub-section (1), shall be disbursed by the Director or such other officer
subordinate to the Director as the Government may, by a general or special order, authorise in this behalf, in such
manner and subject to such conditions as may be prescribed
(3) The manager of every recognised institution which is receiving any grant out of State funds shall be
responsible for the fulfilment of all the conditions subject to which such grant has been given.
Section 44 Monies received from sources other than grant
xxxx
Section 45 Application for sanction of grant and the conditions to be fulfilled on such sanction
(1) Every application for the sanction of grant shall be made to the Government, in such form as may be
prescribed and contain a declaration signed by the manager of the recognised institution to the effect that the
conditions of recognition and of grant are being and shall continue to be fully observed, that all facilities for
inspection of that institution, its accounts, registers and other records relating to the grant shall be afforded to the
inspecting staff deputed for the purpose and that all the returns and reports prescribed in this behalf shall be
submitted to the competent authority within the time specified by it
(2) The Government may sanction such grant or for good and sufficient reasons may refuse to sanction such grant.
(3) Subject to the other provisions of this Act, any order passed by the Government refusing to sanction the grant
shall be final and shall not be questioned in any court of law.
Section 46 Power of Government to withhold, reduce or withdraw grant
(1) Notwithstanding anything in this Chapter, the Government may, after such enquiry as they may deem fit,
withhold, reduce or withdraw any grant payable to an educational institution having regard to the funds at the
disposal of the Government or the conduct and efficiency and the financial condition of such institution, after
giving an opportunity to the manager of the institution concerned of making a representation against such
withholding, reduction or withdrawal
(2) Without prejudice to the generality of the provisions of sub- section (1) or any other provision of this Act, the
Government may, after such enquiry as they may deem fit, withhold, reduce or withdraw any grant payable to any
educational institution if the manager of the institution concerned,
(i) fails to fulfil all or any of the conditions of grant;
(ii) denies admission to any citizen on grounds only of religion, race, caste, language or any of them;
(iii) allows any employee of the institution to take part in any agitation intended to bring or attempt to bring into
hatred or contempt, or intended to excite or attempt to excite disaffection towards the Government established by
law in India;
(iv) directly or indirectly encourages any propaganda or practice or wounding the religious feelings of any class of
citizens of India or insulting the religion or the religious beliefs of that class;
(v) is guilty of falsification of registers, of misuse of funds for proposes other than those for which they are
collected;
(vi) fails to remedy within such reasonable time as may be specified by the competent authority, the defects in the
maintenance of accounts pointed out by the auditors;or
(vii) fails to restore, within the time specified by the competent authority, an employee whose services have been
wrongfully dispensed with or fails to pay him any arrears of salary or other benefits when directed to do so by the
competent authority
(3) Subject to the other provisions of this Act, every order passed under this section shall be final and shall not be
questioned in any court of law

Section 47 Utilisation of funds and movable property of private institutions

(1) All the monies collected, grants received and other movable property held by or on behalf of a private
institution shall be utilised for the purposes for which they are intended, and shall be accounted for by the
manager in such manner as may be prescribed
(2) All the monies received or held by or on behalf of every private institution shall be deposited in a Bank
(3) The surplus fund of every such institution shall be invested in such manner as may be prescribed and shall be
utilised towards educational development only
Explanation For the purpose of this section "surplus fund" means all the monies that remain unused with the
institution at the beginning of each academic year, after providing for all the objects, needs, requirements or
improvements of the institution during the previous three academic years.
CHAPTER 9 Accounts, Audit, inspection and Returns
Section 48 Accounts
Every educational institution receiving grants out of State funds and other sources shall maintain accounts in such
manner and containing such particulars as may be prescribed
Section 49 Annual audit of accounts
(1) The accounts of every educational institution receiving grants out of State funds shall be audited at the end of
every academic year in such manner, after following such procedure and by such authority, officer or person as
may be prescribed and different authorities, officers or persons may be prescribed for different classes of
educational institutions
(2)
(a) The prescribed authority, officer or person shall have full access to the account books and other documents
required to be maintained by the educational institution in respect of grants received by it out of State funds and
shall send a copy of the report on the audit of the accounts under sub-section (1) to the competent authority which
shall forward the report to the educational agency
(b) The educational agency shall, within such time as may be prescribed, submit that report together with the
comments of that agency to the competent authority.
Section 50 Inspection or inquiry
(1) The competent authority shall have the right to cause an inspection of, or inquiry in respect of, any educational
institution, its accounts, its buildings, laboratories, libraries, workshops and equipment and also of the
examinations, teaching and other work conducted or done by the institution to be made by such person or persons
as it may direct and to cause an enquiry to be made in respect of any other matter connected with the institution
and the educational agency shall be entitled to be represented thereat
(2) The competent authority shall communicate to the educational agency the views of that authority with
reference to the result of such inspection or inquiry and may after ascertaining the opinion of the educational
agency thereon, advise that agency upon the action to be taken
(3)The educational agency shall report to the competent authority the action, if any, which is proposed to be taken
or has been taken upon the results of such inspection or inquirySuch report shall be furnished within such time as
the competent authority may direct
(4) Where the educational agency does not, within a reasonable time, take action to the satisfaction of the
competent authority, that authority may, after considering any explanation furnished or representation made by the
educational agency, issue such directions as that authority deems fit; and the educational agency and the head of
the institution shall comply with such directions and shall be responsible for the implementation of every such
direction
Section 51 Furnishing of returns, etc
Every educational agency shall, within such time or within such extended time as may be fixed by the competent

authority in this behalf, furnish to the competent authority such returns, satistics and other information as the
competent authority may, from time to time, require.
CHAPTER 10 Prohibition of transfer of properties by aided educational institutions
Section 52 Definitions
In this Chapter, (a) "manager" means the owner, trustee or other person who has power to transfer any land or building belonging
to an educational institution and includes a local authority;
(b) "transfer" includes sale, exchange, mortgage, charge, lease or gift.
Section 53 Prohibition of transfer of lands and buildings by educational institutions without the permission
from Government in certain cases
(1) Where before or after the commencement of this Act,(a) any land or building has been acquired, constructed, improved or altered for the purpose of any educational
institution, with the aid of any grant made from the State funds; or
(b) any land or building has been transferred by the Government for use for the purposes of any educational
institution, then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any other law for the time being in force or in any
deed of transfer or other document relating to the land or building, it shall not be transferred without permission of
the Government under sub-section (2) ; nor shall the land or building be used for any purpose other than the
purposes of the educational institution or purposes ancillary thereto, without the permission of the Government
(2) The Government may, by order in writing, permit the transfer of any such land or building subject to such
conditions as they may impose, if
(i) the transfer is made in furtherance of the purposes of the educational institution or of ancillary purposes
approved by the Government, and the proceeds of such transfer are to be wholly utilised in furtherance of the said
purposes;
(ii) the transfer is made only in part in furtherance of the purpose aforesaid, provided repayment is made to the
Government of such portion as the Government may direct in the circumstances of the case, of the grant referred
to in clause
(a) of sub- section (1) or of the current market value of the land or building referred to in clause (b) of sub-section
(1) or of both as the case may be;
(iii) the transfer is made for any other valid reason provided repayment is made to the Government in full of the
grant referred to in clause (a) of sub-section (1), or of the current market value of the land or building referred to
in clause (b) of sub-section (1) or of both, as the case may be.
(3) Any transfer of land or building made without obtaining the permission of the Government under sub-section
(2) shall be null and void
Section 54 Consequence of breach of provisions of Section 53
Where, in any case, the Government, after giving the manager of the educational institution concerned an
opportunity to make his representation in regard to the matter, are satisfied that the provisions of sub-section (1)
of Section 53 have been contravened in respect of any land or building they may, by order(a) if the land or the land together with the building standing thereon belonged to the Government and was
transferred by them for the purposes of the educational institution, direct the Collectors to take possession of the
land or land together with the building standing thereon, as the case may be, or at their option, direct the manager
to pay to them in full, the current market value of the land or of the land together with that of the building where it
was also transferred by them and also the amount of the grant, if any, made by the Government for improving the
land or altering or constructing the building;
(b) if the land or the building, if any, standing thereon does not belong to the Government, direct the manager to
repay in full the grant made by the Government

Section 55 Effect of orders under Section 53 (2) and 54

(1) Every order passed by the Government under sub-section (2) of section 53 or section 54 shall subject to the
provisions of sub-section (2) and (3), be final
(2) The manager of the institution in respect of which such an order is passed, not being a local authority, may on
the ground that the amount repayable or payable by or to him has been wrongly fixed in the order, apply within
sixty days from the date on which the order is received by him to the District Judge having jurisdiction over the
area in which the property in question is situated for fixing such amount correctly in accordance with the
provisions of sub-section (2) of Section 53 or Section 54, as the case may be
(3) The District judge shall determine the amount which is properly repayable or payable by or to the manager in
accordance with the provisions of sub-section (2) of section 53 or Section 54, as the case may be, and such
determination shall be final.
Section 56 Land or building to vest in Government absolutely on possession being taken
(1) When, in pursuance of an order under section 54, the Collector takes possession of any land or building by
himself or through another, it shall vest absolutely in the Government free from all encumbrances
(2) If the Collector or any person authorised by him in this behalf is opposed or impeded in taking possession of
any land or building under this Chapter he shall, if he is a Magistrate, enforce the surrender of such land or
building to himself; and if he is not a Magistrate, he shall apply to a Magistrate and such Magistrate shall enforce
the surrender of the land or building to the Collector
(3) Whoever opposes or impedes the Collector or any person authorised by him in taking possession of any land
or building under this Chapter shall be punished with imprisonment which may extend to one year or with fine
which may extend to five thousand rupees or with both
Section 57 Recovery of sums due under this Chapter
Any sum required to be repaid or paid to the Government in pursuance of section 53 or section 54 or section 55
may, without prejudice to any mode of recovery provided in any other law for the time being in force, be
recovered from the properties of the institution or from the manager thereof as if it were an arrear of land revenue
due from such educational institution or manager
Section 58 Court not to attach, sell etc., in the absence of permission of the Government
(1) No land or building referred to in sub-section (1) of section 53 shall be liable to be attached, sold or made
subject to a charge by any Court whether in execution of a decree or order or otherwise, unless the person seeking
such relief from the Court has obtained the permission of the Government to do so and files such permission in
the Court
(2) When granting such permission, the Government may impose such conditions as they deem fit
(3) If any such land or building is attached or sold, or a charge is created thereon by any Court without the
permission of the Government having been obtained and filed as aforesaid or if any condition imposed by them
when granting such permission is contravened then the attachment, sale or charge, as the case may be, shall be
null and void.
CHAPTER 11 Taking over of Management , Requisitioning and Acquisition of Educational Institutions
Section 59 Definitions
In this Chapter,(a) "educational institution" means any school, college or other institution for imparting education which is
managed by an individual, body or local authority and is recognised by the Government, but does not include a
minority educational institution;
(b) "person interested" includes all persons claiming or entitled to claim, an interest in the amount payable on
account of the taking over of the management of the educational institution or requisitioning or acquisition of the
property used for the purposes of an educational institution or of any other institution connected therewith under

this Act.
Section 60 Taking over of management of educational institutions in public interest
(1) Where the Government are of opinion that the management of any educational institution should either in the
public interest or in order to secure the proper management of the said educational institution be taken over, they
may, after giving one month's notice to the management of such educational institution, to make any
representation, direct by notification, that the management of the said educational institution, shall with effect on
and from the date specified therein vest in the Government until the said educational institution is acquired:
Provided that no private institution under the management of a religious institution, endowment or a wakf shall be
taken over without the prior consent of such management
(2) The educational institution referred to in sub-section (1) shall be deemed to include all assets, rights and lease
holds, powers, authorities and privileges and all property, movable and immovable including lands, building,
stores, instruments and vehicles, cash balances, reserve fund, investments and book debts and all other rights and
interests arising out of such property as were, immediately before the date of taking over of the management
under sub-section (1) (hereinafter in this Chapter referred to as the date aforesaid) in the ownership, possession,
power or control of the management of such educational institution and all books of account, registers and all
other documents of whatever nature relating thereto
(3) Any contract, whether express or implied, or other arrangement (not being a contract, or arrangement specified
in section 62) in so far as it relates to the management of the educational institution, and in force immediately
before the taking over, shall be deemed to have terminated on the date aforesaid
(4) All persons, in whom the management of the educational institution vested immediately before the taking over
shall, as from the date aforesaid, cease to be so vested and shall be deemed to have vacated their offices as such
on the date aforesaid
(5) Notwithstanding anything in any other law for the time being in force, no person in respect of whom any
contract of management or other arrangement is terminated by reason of the provisions contained in sub-section
(3) or who cases to hold any office by reason of the provisions contained in sub-section (4) shall be entitled to
claim any compensation for the premature termination of the contract of management or other arrangement or for
the cessation of management or for the loss of office, as the case may be
(6) Notwithstanding any judgment, decree or order of any court, tribunal or other authority or anything contained
in any other law for the time being in force, every person in whose possession or custody or under whose control
the educational institution or any part thereof or any properties attached thereto, may be immediately before the
taking over, shall on the date aforesaid, deliver possession of the educational institution or part thereof or any
properties attached thereto, as the case may be, to the special officer appointed by the Government for the purpose
of carrying on the management of such educational institution for and on behalf of the Government, or where no
special officer is appointed, to such other person as the Government may direct
(7) For the removal of any doubt, it is hereby declared that any liability incurred by the private management in
relation to the educational institution before the taking over shall be enforceable against the said management and
not against the Government or the special officer
(8) The amount payable in respect of the vesting in the Government of the management of an educational
institution under sub-section (1) shall be an amount equal to the average net annual surplus income of such
educational institution during the period of its existence, or the period of five consecutive accounting years
immediately preceding the date of such vesting whichever is less:
Provided that no such amount shall be payable if the trust or management under which the educational institution
is founded makes provision for the running of such institution
Explanation In this sub-section, the expression "accounting year" means the period beginning on the 1st day of
July of any year and ending on the 30th day of June of the year next following
(9) The amount payable under sub-section (8) shall, subject to rules made under this Act, be paid by the competent
authority to the person interested in the educational institution in such manner and within such time as may be
prescribed

Section 61 Power to terminate contracts of employment

If the Government or the special officer appointed under Section 60 is of opinion that any contract of employment
entered into by the management in relation to the educational institution at any time before taking over is unduly
onerous, they or he may, by giving to the employee one month's notice in writing or salary or wages for one
month in lieu thereof, terminate such contract of employment
Section 62 Contract etc., made in bad faith may be cancelled or varied
(1) If the Government are satisfied, after such enquiry as they may think proper, that any contract or agreement
entered into at any time within a period of two years immediately preceding the date aforesaid between the
management in relation to the educational institution and any other person, in relation to any service, sale or
supply to, or by the educational institution and in force immediately before the taking over, has been entered into
in bad faith, or is found detrimental to the interests of the educational institution, they make, within one hundred
and eighty days from the date aforesaid, an order cancelling or varying (either unconditionally or subject to such
conditions as they may think fit to impose) such contract or agreement and thereafter the contract or agreement
shall have effect accordingly: Provided that no contract or agreement shall be cancelled or varied except after
giving to the parties to the contract or agreement one month's notice to make a representation in this regard
(2) Any person aggrieved by an order made under sub-section (1) may, within thirty days from the date of
communication of the order, make an application to the principal civil court of original jurisdiction within the
local limits of whose jurisdiction the educational institution is situated, for the variation or reversal of such order
and thereupon such court may confirm, modify or reverse such order.
Section 63 Avoidance of voluntary transfers
Any transfer of property, movable or immovable, or any delivery of goods made by or on behalf of the
educational institution (not being a transfer or delivery made in the ordinary course of transaction or in favour of a
purchaser for valuable consideration and in good faith), if made within a period of one year immediately
preceding the date aforesaid, shall be void as against the Government or the special officer, as the case may be
Section 64 Requisitioning of an educational institution
(1) Where recognition or permission granted to an educational institution is withdrawn by the Government under
sub-section (3) of section 21 or otherwise, or where an educational institution is closed before the last working
day of an academic year and if the Government consider it necessary to requisition any property movable or
immovable, which before the withdrawal of the recognition or permission or the closing of the institution was
being used for the purposes of the institution or of any other institution connected therewith, such as a hostel for
students, quarters for the residence of employees or a playground, then notwithstanding anything to the contrary
in any other law for the time being in force, the Government may, within three months from the withdrawal of the
recognition or permission or the closing of the educational institution, as the case may be, requisition such
property and make such further orders as appear to them to be necessary or expedient in connection with the
requisition
(2) Before requisitioning any property under sub-section (1) the Government,
(a) shall call upon the manager or any other person who is in possession of the property by notice in writing to
show cause, within fifteen days of the date of the service of such notice to him why the property should not be
requisitioned and shall consider the objections, if any, shown by the manager or other person; and
(b) may, by order, direct that the manager or any person shall not, without permission of the competent authority,
dispose of, structurally alter, lease or in any manner deal with, the property until the expiry of such period, not
exceeding three months, as may be specified in the order
(3) Where any property is requisitioned under sub-section (1) the Government may
(a) use or deal with such property for any educational purpose; or
(b) by order, permit any person or body or local authority to use or deal with such property for any such purpose,
subject to the payment of such rent and other sums to the Government and the observance of such conditions as
may be specified in the order.

Section 65 Summary power for taking possession of property

(1) Any person remaining in possession of any property in contravention of an order issued under section 64 may
be summarily dispossessed of such property by an officer empowered by the Government in this behalf, and in the
case of building, if free access to it is not afforded to such officer, he may after giving reasonable warning and
facility of withdrawing to any women not appearing in public according to the customs of the country, remove or
open any lock or bolt or break open any door or do any other act necessary for effecting such dispossession
(2) If any such officer is resisted in the exercise of such power or discharge of such duty the Magistrate having
jurisdiction shall, on a written requisition from such officer, direct any police officer not below the rank of subinspector to render such help as may be necessary to enable the officer to exercise such power or discharge such
duty.
Section 66 Release from requisitioning and discharge of liability of the Government
(1) The Government may at any time, release any property requisitioned under this Chapter and in such case, the
possession of the property released from requisition shall be delivered to the manager or other person from whom
possession was taken at the time when the property was requisitioned, or if there were no such manger or person,
the person deemed by the Government to be the manner or owner of such property and such delivery of
possession shall be full discharge of the Government from all liabilities in respect of that property which any other
person may be entitled by the due process of law to enforce against the person to whom possession of the property
is so delivered
(2) Where the person to whom possession of any such property is to be delivered cannot be found or has no agent
or other person empowered to accept delivery on his behalf, the Government shall cause to be published in the
Andhra Pradesh Gazette a notice declaring that the property is released from requisition; and in the case of any
immovable property, the Government shall also cause a copy thereof to be affixed, on some conspicuous part of
such property
(3) When the notice referred to in sub-section (2) is published in the Andhra Pradesh Gazette, the property
specified in such notice shall cease to be subject to requisition on and from the date of such publication and shall
be deemed to have been delivered to the person entitled to possession thereof: and the Government shall not be
liable for any amount, rent or other claim in respect of such property for any period after the said date.
Section 67 Acquisition of Property
(1) Where any property is vested under sub-section (1) of section 60 in connection with the management of an
educational institution or is subject to requisition under sub-section (1) of section 64, the Government may, if they
consider it necessary to acquire the property for any public purpose connected with education, acquire at any time
such property for the said public purpose by publishing in the Andhra Pradesh Gazette a notice to the effect that
the Government have decided to acquire the property in pursuance of this section:
Provided that before issuing such notice, the Government shall call upon the manager of, or any other person who
in the opinion of the government, is the person interested in, such property to show cause why the property should
not be acquired; and after considering the objection if any, shown by the manager or other person interested in the
property the Government may pass such orders as they deem fit
(2) When notice as aforesaid is published in the Andhra Pradesh Gazette, the requisitioned property shall on and
from the day on which the notice is so published, cease to be subject to requisition and vest absolutely in the
Government free from all encumbrances
Section 68 Principles and methods of determining amount for property requisitioned or acquired
Where any property is requisitioned or acquired under this Act, the amount payable therefor shall be determined
and paid in the manner and in accordance with the principles hereinafter set out, that is to say,
(a) where the amount is settled and fixed by agreement, is shall be paid accordingly:
(b) where there is no such agreement, the Government shall appoint as arbitrator a person who is holding or has
held a judicial office, not below the rank of a district judge, for determining the amount;
(c) at the commencement of the proceedings before the arbitrator the Government and the person to whom the

amount is payable shall state what according to them is the fair amount;
(d) the arbitrator shall after due enquiry determine the amount which appears to him to be just and specify the
person or persons to whom such amount shall be paid; and in making the award determining the amount, he shall
have regard to the circumstances of each case and the provisions of sub-sections (2),(3),(4),and (5) so far as they
applicable.
(e) Where there is any dispute as to the person or persons who are entitled to the amount, the arbitrator shall
decide such dispute and if the arbitrator finds that more persons than one are entitled to the amount, he shall
apportion the amount amongst such persons according to their rights, and
(f) nothing in the Arbitration Act, 1940, shall apply to arbitrations under this section
(2) The amount payable for the requsitioning of any property movable or immovable, shall, in respect of the
period of requisition, be a sum, equal to the rent which would have been payable for the use and occupation of the
immovable property or for the use of the movable property, if it had been taken on lease for that period
(3) The amount payable for the acquisition of any immovable property under Section 67 shall be
(a) the price which the requisitioned property would have fetched in the open market if it had remained in the
same conditions as it was at the time of requisitioning and been sold on the date of acquisition; or
(b) twice the price which the requisitioned property would have fetched in the open market if it had been sold on
the date of requisition whichever is less
(4) The amount payable for the acquisition of any movable property shall be the price which such property would
have fetched in the open market if it had been sold on the date of acquisition
(5) Where any property requisitioned or acquired under this Act was acquired with the grant from the State funds,
the amount of such grant shall be taken into account in the prescribed manner in determining the amount payable
Explanation For purposes of this sub-section, all the property acquired by the educational institution shall be
deemed to have been acquired with the aid of such grant, contribution, donation or collection unless the manager
of the educational institution proves to the satisfaction of the arbitrator that the property has been acquired
otherwise.
Section 69 Payment of amount for property requisitioned or acquired
The amount payable under the award of arbitrator shall, subject to any rules made under this Act, be paid by the
competent authority to the person interested, in such manner and within such time as may be specified in the
award
Section 70 Appeal from the award of the arbitrator under section 68 in respect of amount
Any person aggrieved by the award of the arbitrator under Section 68 may, within sixty days from the date of such
award, prefer an appeal to the High Court:
Provided that the High Court may entertain an appeal after the expiry of the said period of sixty days, if it is
satisfied that the appellant was prevented by sufficient cause from filing the appeal in time.
Section 71 Arbitrator to have certain powers of Civil Court
The arbitrator appointed under this Chapter, while holding arbitration proceedings under this Act, shall have all
the powers of a civil court while trying a suit under the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, in respect of the following
matters namely:
(a) summoning and enforcing the attendance of any person and examining him on oath;
(b) requiring the discovery and production of any document;
(c) reception of evidence or affidavits;
(d) requisitioning any public record from any court or office;
(e) issuing commissions for examination of witnesses.

Section 72 Powers of entry and inspection and calling for Information

The competent authority may, for the purpose of requisitioning or acquiring any property under this Chapter, by
order
(a) empower any authority to enter and inspect any property specified in the order liable to be requisitioned or
acquired under this Act
(b) require any person to furnish to such authority such information in his possession relating to the property as
may be specified in the order.
Section 73 Provisions for existing staff of educational institutions
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any contract or agreement or any law for the time being in force, the
following provisions shall apply in regard to the persons on the staff of the educationalinstitution immediately
before the date on which the management of the educational institutions is vested in the Government, namely
(a) the Government shall have power to terminate the services of any such person after giving him three calender
months' notice in writing or paying him three months' pay in lieu of such notice;
(b) a person whose services have been retained shall be governed at his option either by the conditions of service
as may from time to time be prescribed or by the conditions of service applicable to him immediately before such
vesting.
Section 74 Posts of employees of educational institutions vested under this Chapter to be treated as a unit
for certain purposes
The posts in each category of employees of the educational institutions in a district which have vested in the
Government under this Chapter shall be a separate unit for purposes of seniority, discharge, reversion for want of
vacancies, re- appointment of probationers and approved probationers and appointment of full members.
CHAPTER 12 Transfer of control and management of certain schools
Section 75 Powers of Government to take over control and management of schools, belonging to local
authority
(1) The Government may, by notification, and with the prior consent of a local authority, take over the control and
management of any or all primary schools or secondary schools established or maintained and administered by
said local authority from such date as may be specified in the notification; and from the date so notified it shall be
open to the Government to control and manage the said schools and all the properties and assets of the local
authority pertaining to or intended to be used for, every such school shall stand transferred to, and vest in the
Government free from all encumbrances.
(2) Notwithstanding any contract or agreement or any law for the time being in force, every teacher or other
person employed in any of the said schools immediately before the date on which the control and management
thereof is taken over by the Government shall, as from the said date, be deemed to be an employee of the
Government and shall hold office on the some remuneration and upon the same terms and conditions and with the
same rights and privileges as to pension, gratuity and other matters as he would have held under local authority
until his remuneration, terms and conditions of service are duly altered by the Government:
Provided that every such employee shall, within a period of three months or such other period beyond three
months as may be specified by the Government by a notification, from the date of taking over of the control and
management of the school, exercise his option either to be retrenched from the service on receipt of the
retrenchment benefits as may be prescribed or to be absorbed in the service of the Government with effect from
the said date and shall be governed by the terms and conditions governing the said service which shall not be less
favourable than those applicable to such employee prior to the said date.
Section 76 Transfer of control and management of schools to Zilla Parishads
(1) Notwithstanding anything in the Andhra Pradesh Panchayat Samithis and Zilla Parishads Act, 1959 or the
rules made thereunder, or any other law for the time being in force relating to control and management of schools,
the Government may, with effect on and from such date as may be notified, transfer, with the prior consent of a
Zilla Parishad, the control and management of all primary schools or secondary schools in a district, established

or maintained and administered by the Government or any Panchayat Samithi to the Zilla Parishad concerned; and
from the date so notified, it shall be open to the Zilla Parishad to control and manage the said schools in the
district, and all the properties and assets of the Government or the Panchayat Samithi as the case may be,
pertaining to or intended to be used for, every such school shall stand transferred to and vest in, the Zilla Parishad
free from all encumbrances.
(2) Notwithstanding any contract or agreement or any law for the time being in force, every teacher or other
person employed in any of the said schools immediately before the date on which the control and management
thereof is transferred to the Zilla Parishad shall, as from the said date, be deemed to be an employee of the Zilla
Parishad and shall hold office on the same remuneration and upon the same terms and conditions and with the
same rights and privileges as to person, gratuity and other matters as he would have held under the Government,
or Panchayat Samithi, as the case may be, until his remuneration and terms and conditions of service are duly
altered by the Zilla Parishad: Provided that every such employee shall, within a period of three months or such
other period beyond three months as may be specified by the Zilla Parishad, from the date of transfer of the
control and management of the school, excise his option either to be retrenched from the service on receipt of
such retrenchment benefits as may be prescribed or to be absorbed in the service of the Zilla Parishad with effect
from the said date and shall be governed by the said terms and conditions governing the service which shall not be
less favourable than those applicable to such employee prior to the said date.
Section 77 Transfer of control and management of schools to Abhyudaya Pradhamika Vidya Samstha
(1) Notwithstanding anything in the Andhra Pradesh Panchayat Samithis and Zilla Parishads Act, 1959, the
Andhra Pradesh Municipalities Act, 1965 or the rules made thereunder or any other law for the time being in force
relating to control and management of schools, the Government may, with effect on and from such date as may be
notified, transfer, with the prior consent of the local authority concerned, the control and management of any
primary school, established or maintained and administered by the Government or any Panchayat Samithi or the
municipality, to the Abhyudaya Pradhamika Vidya Samstha; and from the date so notified, it shall be open to the
Abhyudaya Pradhamika Vidya Samstha to control and manage the said schools; and all the properties and assets
of the local authority pertaining to and intended to be used for such school shall stand transferred to, and vest in,
the Abhyudaya Pradhamika Vidya Samstha free from all encumbrances.
(2) Notwithstanding any contract or agreement or any law for the time being in force, every teacher or other
person employed in the said school immediately before the date on which the control and management thereof is
transferred to the Abhyudaya Pradhamika Vidya Samstha shall, as from the said date, be deemed to be an
employee of the said Samstha and shall hold office on the same remuneration and upon the same terms and
conditions and with the same rights and privileges as to pension, gratuity and other matters as he would have held
under the said local authority until his remuneration and terms and conditions of service are duly altered by the
said Samstha: Provided that every such employee shall, within a period of three months or such period beyond
three months as may be specified by the said Samstha, from the date of transfer of the control and management of
the said school, exercise his option either to be retrenched from the service on receipt of such retrenchment
benefits as may be prescribed or to be absorbed in the service of the said Samstha with effect from the said date
and shall be governed by the terms and conditions governing the said service which shall not be less favourable
than those applicable to such employee prior to the said date.
CHAPTER 13 Constitution of Educational Service
Section 78 Constitution of educational service
(1) Notwithstanding anything in this Act or the rules made there under, the Government may, by notification,
constitute any officer or class of officers or any teachers or class of teachers appointed or deemed to be appointed
under this Act into an educational service for the State
(2) Upon issue of a notification under sub-section (1), the Government shall have power to make rules to regulate
the classification, methods of recruitment, conditions of service, pay and allowances and discipline and conduct of
the members of the educational service thereby constituted and such rules may vest jurisdiction in relation to such
service in the Government or in such authority or authorities, as may be prescribed.
Section 78A Age of superannuation of the staff in aided private educational institutions
(1) Every teacher or member of the non-teaching staff employed in any aided, private educational institution, not

belonging to last grade service, shall retire from service on the afternoon of the last day of the month in which he
attains the age of fifty eight years: Provided that a teacher or a member of the non-teaching staff aforesaid, who
has already attained the age of fifty -eight years and continuing in service on the date of commencement of the
Andhra Pradesh Education (Amendment) Act, 1993, shall retire on the afternoon of the last day of the month of
the commencement of the said Act
(2) Every member belonging to the last grade service shall retire from service on the afternoon of the last day of
the month in which he attains the age of sixty years
Explanation For the removal of doubts, it is hereby declared that an employee whose date of birth is the first day
of a month shall retire from service on the afternoon of the last day of the proceeding month on attaining the age
of fifty eight or sixty years, as the case may be.
Section 78B Pension to the employees of aided private, Junior and Degree colleges
(1) Notwithstanding anything contained in any orders issued by the Government for the payment of pension to the
employees of the aided, private, Junior and Degree colleges before the commencement of the Andhra Pradesh
Education (Amendment) Act, 1993, such employees including those in the last grade service who attained the age
of superannuation as specified in section 78A shall be entitled to pension with effect from 1st November, 1992, in
accordance with such separate rules as be made in that behalf
(2) A teacher or a member in any aided, private, junior and degree colleges who continues in service beyond the
age of fifty eight years for any reason shall be entitled to pension with effect from 1st November 1992 in
accordance with such separate rules as may be made in that behalf.
CHAPTER 14 Payment of salaries allowances to and disciplinary action against employees of private
institutions
Section 79 Dismissal, removal or reduction in rank or suspension, etc., of employee of private institutions
(1) No teacher or member of the non-teaching staff employed in any private institution (hereinafter in this Chapter
referred to as the employee) shall be dismissed, removed or reduced in rank except after an enquiry in which he
has been informed of the charges against him and given a reasonable opportunity of being heard in respect of
those charges Provided that no order of dismissal, removal or reduction in rank shall be passed under this subsection against an employee other than an employee of minority educational institution without the prior approval
of such authority or Officer as may be prescribed for different classes of private institutions Provided further that
the management may prefer an appeal against any order of the Officer or authority refusing approval under this
sub-section to such authority or officer and within such period as may be prescribed.
(2) An inquiry under sub-section (1) shall be completed within a period of two months from the date of
communication of charges against the employee
(3)
(a) No employee shall be placed under suspension except when an inquiry into the gross misconduct of such
employee is contemplated
(b) No such suspension shall remain in force for more than a period of two months from the date of suspension
and if such inquiry is not started and completed within that period, such employee shall, without prejudice to the
inquiry, be deemed to have been restored as employee Provided that the competent authority may, for reasons to
be recorded in writing, extend the said period of two months for a further period not exceeding two months, if in
the opinion of such competent authority the inquiry could not be completed within the said period of two months
for reasons directly attributable to such employee
(4) Every such employee as is placed under suspension under sub-section (3) shall be paid subsistence allowance
at such rates as may be prescribed during the period of his suspension
(5) Before imposing any penalty, other than the penalties specified in sub-section (1), an employee shall be
informed in writing of the allegations on which action is proposed to be taken and be given an opportunity of
making a representation, but it shall not be necessary to hold an oral inquiry into such allegations
Section 80 Appeal against orders of punishment imposed on employees of private institutions

(1) Any employee who is dismissed, removed or reduced in rank may prefer an appeal against the order to the
competent authority within thirty days of the receipt of order by him
(2) The competent authority shall not interfere with the order appealed against unless the order is vitiated on any
one or more of the following grounds namely:
(a) that there is no material to substantiate the charge or charges framed against the employee; or
(b) that the authority who passed the order acted with bias or mala fides; or
(c) that the order is preverse or arbitrary; or
(d) that no reasonable opportunity has been afforded to the employee to prove his innocence:
Provided that the competent authority shall not pass any order prejudicial to the management unless an
opportunity of making a representation is given
(3) The competent authority may, after giving notice to the management of the private institution, pass such
interim orders as it deems fit, pending disposal of the appeal under sub-section (2), if it is satisfied that the
employee has made out a prima facie case for interference
(4) In respect of an order imposing any penalty as laid down in sub-section (5) of Section 79 an appeal shall lie to
the District Educational Officer having jurisdiction and in respect of such appeals the order appealed against shall
not be set aside except on the grounds specified in sub-section (2) Explanation For the removal of doubts, it is
hereby declared that the provisions of this section shall apply to any order imposing any penalty made on or after
the date of the commencement of this Act in any disciplinary proceeding which was pending on that date.
Section 81 Appeal to Government
(1)Any employee or the management aggrieved by an order of the competent authority under sub- section (2) of
Section 80, may appeal to the Government within a period thirty days from the date of receipt of the order
(2) Where an appeal preferred under sub-section (1) of Section 80 has not been disposed of by the competent
authority within ninety days from the date the appeal was preferred, it shall be competent for the Government
either suo motu or on application, to withdraw the appeal from the competent authority and dispose of the same
(3) The powers exercisable and the procedure to be followed by the Government acting under this section shall be
the same as that of the competent authority under Section 80.
Section 82 Special provision regarding appeal in certain past disciplinary cases
(1) If, before the date of the commencement of this Act, any employee has been dismissed or removed or reduced
in rank or his appointment has been otherwise terminated and any appeal preferred before that date
(a) by him against such dismissal or removal or reduction in rank or termination; or
(b) by him or by the educational agency against any order made before that date in the appeal referred to in clause
(a); is pending on that date, such appeal shall stand transferred to the competent authority under Section 80
(2) If any such appeal as is referred to in sub-section (1) has been disposed of before the date of the
commencement of this Act, the order made in any such appeal shall be deemed to be an order made under this
Act, and shall have effect accordingly
Section 83 Retrenchment of employees
Where retrenchment of any employee is rendered necessary by the management or competent authority
consequent on any change relating to education or course of instruction or to any other matter, such retrenchment
may be effected with the prior approval of the competent authority or the next higher authority, as the case may be
Section 84 Pay and allowances of employees of private institutions to be paid in the prescribed manner
(1) The pay and allowances of any employee in a private institution shall be paid on or before such day of every
month in such manner and by or through such authority, officer or person as may be prescribed
(2) The Government shall have power to direct the payment of salaries of all teachers and members of the non-

teaching staff in any private aided institution or class of private aided institutions in such manner and through
such agency as the Government may, by order, specify
Section 84A Penalties for contravention of this Chapter
If the management or manager contravenes, or attempts to contravene, any of the provisions of this Chapter or any
rule or order made there under, it or he shall be punished with imprisonment for a term which may extend to one
year and with fine which may extend to five thousand rupees and in the case of continuing contravention, with
imprisonment for a term which may extend to two years and with fine which may extend to ten thousand rupees,
in addition to withdrawal of recognition of the institution.
CHAPTER 15 Welfare and code of conduct and rules of conduct of the employees of educational
institutions
Section 85 Welfare of employees and their code of conduct
(1) The Government may appoint a joint consultative committee, consisting of the representatives of the
Government, management's and employees of educational institutions to deal with matters pertaining to welfare
of those employees
(2) The Government may x x x x prescribe the code of conduct and duties of those employees:
Section 86 Conduct rules
The rules of conduct applicable to the employees of educational institutions, other than the employees of a private
institution, under the management of a charitable or religious institution, charitable or religious endowment or a
wakf, shall be such as may be prescribed
CHAPTER 16 Penalties and Procedure
Section 87 Penalties for contravention
(1) If any person contravenes, or attempts to contravene, or abets the contravention of, any of the provisions of
this Act or any rule made thereunder, he shall be punished with fine, which may extend to * one thousand rupees
and in the case of continuing contravention, with an additional fine which may extend to two hundred rupees for
every day during which such contravention continues after conviction for the first such contravention
(2) If any person obstructs any authority, officer or person from entering any private educational institution in the
exercise of any power conferred on it or him by or under this Act, he shall be punished with fine which may
extend to * two thousand rupees
Section 88 Offence by Companies
(1) Where an offence against any of the provisions of this Act or any rule made thereunder has been committed by
a company, every person who, at the time the offence was committed, was incharge of and was responsible to the
company for the conduct of business of the company, as well as the company, shall be deemed to be guilty of the
offence and shall be liable to be proceeded against and punished accordingly:
Provided that nothing contained in this sub-section shall render any such person liable to any punishment, if he
proves that the offence was committed without his knowledge or that he had exercised all due deligence to
prevent the commission of such offence
(2) Notwithstanding anything in sub-section (1), where any such offence has been committed by a company and it
is proved that the offence has been committed with the consent or connivance of, or is attributable to any neglect
on the part of any director, manager, secretary or other officer of the company, such director, manager, secretary or
other officer shall be deemed to be guilty of that offence and shall be liable to be proceeded against and punished
accordingly
ExplanationFor the purpose of this section,
(a) "Company" means any body corporate and includes a firm, a society or other association of individuals, and
(b) "director" in relation to
(i) a firm, means a partner in the firm,

(ii) a society or other association of individuals, means the person who is entrusted, under the rules of the society
or other association, with management of the affairs of the society or other association, as the case may be.
CHAPTER 17 Miscellaneous
Section 89 Appeals
Save as otherwise provided in this Act (a) any person aggrieved by an order passed by an officer or authority other than the Director under this Act may,
within thirty days from the date of communication of such order, appeal to the Director;
(b) any person aggrieved by an order passed by the Director under this Act other than an order passed by him
under clause (a) may, within sixty days from the date of the communication of such order, appeal to the
Government
Explanation For purposes of this section and Section 92, the expression "Director" includes the Additional
Director or Joint Director when he exercises the powers of the Director under this Act.
Section 90 Power of revision by the Government
(1) The Government may, either suo motu or on an application from any person interested, call for and examine
the record of an educational institution or of any authority, officer or person in respect of any administrative or
quasi-judicial decision or order not being a proceeding in respect of which a reference to an arbitrator or an appeal
to the High Court is provided, to satisfy themselves as to the regularity, correctness, legality or propriety of any
decision or order passed therein; and if, in any case it appears to the Government that any such decision or order
should be modified, annulled or reversed or remitted for reconsideration, they may pass orders accordingly:
Provided that the Government shall not pass any order adversely affecting any party unless such party has had an
opportunity of making a representation.
(2) The Government may stay the execution of any such decision or order pending the exercise of powers under
sub-section (1) in respect thereof
(3) Every application preferred under sub-section (1) shall be made within such time, and in such manner and
accompanied by such fees as may be prescribed.
Section 91 Review
(1) The Government or the Director may suo motu at any time or on an application received from any person
interested within ninety days of the passing of any order under the provisions of this Act, review any such order, if
it was passed by them or him under any mistake, whether of fact or law, or in ignorance of any material fact
(2) The provisions contained in the proviso to sub-section (1) and in sub-sections (2) and (3) of Section 90 shall,
so far as may be, apply in respect of any proceeding under this section as they apply to a proceeding under subsection (1) of that section.
Section 92 Powers of Government to give directions
(1) The Government may, subject to other provisions of this Act, by order, direct the Director or any other officer
not below the rank of a District Education Officer, to make an enquiry or to take appropriate proceeding under this
Act in respect of any matter specified in the said order; and the Director or the other officer as the case may be,
shall report to the Government in due course the result of the enquiry made or the proceeding taken by him
(2) The Government may give directions to any educational institution or tutorial institution as to the giving effect
to any of the provisions contained in this Act or of any rules or orders made thereunder and the manager or owner,
as the case may be, of such institution shall comply with every such direction
Section 93 Delegation of powers of Government
The Government may, by notification, delegate all or any of their powers under this Act, except those conferred
upon them by this section and sections 90,91,99 and 102 to any person or authority subordinate to them subject to
such conditions and to such control and revision by such authority as may be specified in the notification; and
they may in the like manner withdraw any powers so delegated

Section 94 Emergency powers of Director

(1) Where, at any time, it appears to the Director that the manager of a private institution or a local authority
institution has made default in performing any functions entrusted to him by or under this Act relating to the
maintenance and administration of the institution, he may, by order in writing, fix a period for the performance of
such function
(2) If the manager of a local authority institution or of a private institution other than a minority educational
institution fails to perform the function within the period so fixed, the Director may appoint any officer
subordinate to him perform such function on behalf of the manager for the purpose of securing the proper
maintenance and administration of the institution for the purpose of avoiding hardship to the employees of the
institution and may direct that the expenses of performing such function shall be paid within such time as he may
fix, to the Government by the manager out of the funds of the institution and without prejudice to any other
method of recovery, the whole or any part of such expenses may be deducted from any sum payable to the
institution by way of grant-in-aid.
Section 95 Power to enter and inspect
Every officer not below the rank of a deputy inspector in respect of an educational institution imparting primary
education and in respect of other institutions, any other officer not below such rank as may be prescribed, shall,
subject to such conditions as may be prescribed, be compeptent to enter at any time during the normal working
hours of an educational or tutorial Institution, any premises of any such institution, within his jurisdiction and to
inspect any record, register or other documents or any movable or immovable property relating to such institution
for the purpose of exercising his powers and performing his functions under this Act
Section 96 Penalty for obstructing officer or other person exercising powers under this Act
Any person who obstructs an officer of the Government in the exercise of any power conferred on him, or in the
performance of any function entrusted to him by or under this Act or any other person lawfully assisting such
officer in the exercise of such power or in the performance of such function or who fails to comply with any
lawful direction made by such officer or person shall be punished with fine which may extend to one thousand
rupees
Section 97 Protection of acts done in good faith
No suit, prosecution or other legal proceeding shall be instituted against the Government or any officer, authority
or person empowered to exercise the powers or perform the functions by or under this Act for anything which is in
good faith done or intended to be done under this Act or under the rules or orders made thereunder
Section 98 Managers, employees etc, to be public servants
Every manager of any educational institution and every employee of such institution shall be deemed to be a
public servant within the meaning of Section 21 of the Indian Penal Code when on duty in connection with any
examination conducted by the competent authority under this Act
Section 99 Power of Government to make rules
(1)
(a) The Government may by notification x x x make rules to carry out all or any of the purposes of this Act
(b) In particular and without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing power, such rules may provide for,(i) x x x x
(ii) the steps to be taken for providing necessary facilities for imparting compulsory primary education before
notifying any area to be specified area;
(iii) the manner in which lists of children shall be prepared by the attendance authority in any specified area;
(iv) the distance beyond which a child cannot be compelled to attend an approved school;
(v) the manner in which any enquiry under this Act shall be held;
(vi) the form in which an attendance order under this Act shall be passed;

(vii) the registers, statements, reports, returns, budgets and other information to be maintained or furnished by
approved schools for the purposes of this Act;
(viii) the declaration as to what constitutes secondary or higher secondary education, professional education,
technical education, special education, school places, school-age and attendance, in schools or other institutions;
(ix) the registers, statements, reports, returns accounts and budgets and other information to be maintained or
furnished by the local authorities in respect of education funds;
(x) the procedure for the assessment and realisation of the taxes leviable under this Act;
(xi) the establishment or maintenance and administration of educational institutions;
(xii) the grant of recognition to educational institutions and the conditions therefor;
(xiii) regulating the rates of fees, the levy and collection of fees in educational institutions
(xiv) the manner in which accounts, registers, records and other documents shall be maintained in the educational
institutions and the authority responsible for such maintenance
(xv) the submission of returns, statements, reports and accounts by managers or owners of properties of
educational or tutorial institutions;
(xvi) the inspection of educational and tutorial institutions and the officers by whom inspection shall be made;
(xvii) the mode of keeping and the auditing of accounts of such institutions;
(xviii) the standards of education and courses of study in educational institutions;
(xix) the grant of sums by the Government to educational institutions towards providing scholarships, bursaries,
fee concessions and the like;
(xx) the preparation and submission of development plans for educational institutions in general and for technical
education and the contents of such plans;
(xxi) the powers and the functions of the officers and other subordinate staff of the Education Department;
(xxii) the preparation and sanction of building plans and estimates of the educational institutions and the
requirements to be fulfilled by the buildings for the educational institutions maintained by the local authorities and
private institutions:
(xxiii) the purposes for which the premises of the educational institutions may be used and the restrictions and
conditions subject to which such premises may be used for any other purpose;
(xxiv) the regulation of the use of text books, maps, plans, instruments and other laboratory and sports equipment
in the institutions
(xxv) the regulation for admission into educational institutions of pupils for the academic course, private study
and other special courses and the attendance thereat;
(xxvi) the qualifications necessary and other conditions to be fulfilled for appearing at the examinations
conducted by the authorities under this Act and method of valuation or revaluation of answer scripts
(xxvii) the opening of special night schools and the conditions for their working and of parallel sections of classes
in the institutions for linguistic minorities ;
(xxviii) the manner of conducting the class and terminal examinations and promotion of pupils to higher classes ;
(xxix) the conditions subject to which donations or contributions from the public may be accepted by the
educational institutions and the naming of institutions ;
(xxx) the conditions for co-education in the educational institutions and the regulation of the conduct and
discipline of pupils and the penalty for misconduct or indiscipline;
(xxxi) the manner of service of notices, orders and other proceedings, of presenting appeals or applications for
revision or review and the procedure for dealing with them and the fee in respect thereof ;

(xxxii) the scale of fees or charges or the manner of fixing fees or charges payable in respect of any certificate,
permission, marks list or other document for which such fees may be collected;
(xxxiii) the constitution of educational councils at the Panchayat Samithi and Zilla Parishad and the State level ;
their composition and functions;
(xxxiv) all matters expressly required or allowed by this Act to be prescribed or in respect of which this Act makes
no provision or makes insufficient provision and a provision is, in the opinion of the Government necessary for
the proper implementation of this Act.
(2) Any rule may be made under this Act with retrospective effect and when such a rule is made the reasons for
making the rule shall be specified in a statement to be laid before both Houses of the State Legislature
(3) Every notification issued and every rule made under this Act, shall immediately after it is issued or made, be
laid before each House of the State Legislature if it is session and if it is not in the session in the session
immediately following for a total period of fourteen days which may be comprised in one session or in two
successive sessions and if, before the expiration of the session in which it is so laid or the session immediately
following both Houses agree in making any modification in the notification or in the rule or in the annualment of
the notification or the rule, the notification or the rule shall, from the date on which the modification or annulment
is notified, have effect only in such modified form or shall stand annulled, as the case may be ; so however that
any such modification or annulment shall be without prejudice to the validity of anything previously done under
that notification or rule
Section 100 Exemption
The Government may, by notification and for reasons to be specified therein, exempt any educational institution
from the operation of all or any of the provisions of this Act or the rules made thereunder, subject to such
conditions as they may deem fit to impose and may likewise vary or cancel such exemption
Section 101 Repeals
(1) The following Acts are hereby repealed
(a) The Andhra Pradesh (Andhra Area) Elementary Education Act, 1920;
(b) The Andhra Pradesh (Andhra Area) Aided Institutions (Prohibition of Transfer of Property) Act, 1948 in so far
as it relates to the institutions which are intended for an educational purpose;
(c) The Andhra Pradesh Educational Institutions (Requisitioning and Acquisition) Act, 1956;
(d) The Andhra Pradesh Primary Education Act, 1961;
(e) The Andhra Pradesh Recognised Private Educational Institutions (Control) Act, 1975
(2) Upon such repeal, the provisions of sections 8 and 18 of the Andhra Pradesh General Clauses Act, 1891, shall
apply
Section 102 Powers to remove difficulties
If any difficulty arises in giving effect to the provisions of this Act, the Government may by order make such
provisions not inconsistent with the purposes of this Act, as appears to them to be necessary or expedient for
removing the difficulty.
RULE:
ANDHRA PRADESH AIDED DEGREE, ORIENTAL AND JUNIOR COLLEGES STAFF PENSION
RULES, 1993
In exercise of the powers of conferred by section 78 of the Andhra Pradesh Education Act, 1982 and all other
powers hereinto enabling and in supersession of all the rules relating to payment of pension to the staff of private
aided colleges; the Governor hereby makes the following rules:
Rule 1 Short Title and Commencement
(i) These rules shall be called "The Andhra Pradesh Aided Degree, Oriental and Junior Colleges Staff Pension

Rules, 1993."
(ii) They shall come into force on and from 1-11-1992.
Rule 2 Rule 2
These rules shall consist of three parts; Part A in respect of teaching and nonteaching staff who retired from
service on attaining the age of 58 years and Last Grade Staff who retired from service on attaining the age of 60
years; Part B in respect of teaching and nonteaching staff who retired from service on attaining the age of 60 years
and Part C in respect of teaching and nonteaching staff who continued in service beyond 58 years and retired from
service before completing the age of 60 years:
PART-A
(a) The Andhra Pradesh Revised Pension Rules, 1980 shall apply mutantis mutandis to all the teaching and
nonteaching staff of private aided Degree, Oriental and Junior Colleges who retired from service on attaining the
age of 58 years and the members belonging to the Last Grade Service of private aided Degree, Oriental and Junior
Colleges who retired from service on attaining the age of 60 years before or after the commencement of the
Andhra Pradesh Education (Amendment) Act, 1993 and are alive.
(b) Refixation of Pension:- Such of the Teaching and nonteaching staff of Private Aided Degree, Oriental and
Junior Colleges who have retired at the age of 58 years, even prior to commencement of Act No.17 of 1993 shall
be eligible to claim refixation of pension under these Rules, with effect from 1-11-1992 or the date of their
retirement, whichever is later. These staff members would also be eligible for arrears of pension from 1-11-1992.
However, such staff members shall not be eligible for any increased Gratuity. They shall also not be eligible for
commutation on account of increase in the pension.
PART-B The Andhra Pradesh Liberalised Pension Rules, 1961 shall be applicable mutantismutandis to all such
members of teaching and nonteaching staff of private aided Degree, Oriental and Junior College who retired from
service on attaining the age of 60 years and are alive as on 11-1-1992. Provided that the minimum ceiling limit on
pension as provided in rule 3 of the Andhra Pradesh Liberalised Pension Rules, 1961 shall not be applicable to the
above staff members.
PART C The Pension formula given in Part A is also applicable to those teaching and nonteaching staff of private
aided degree, oriental an d Junior Colleges who continued in service beyond the age of 58 years and retired from
service before completing the age of 60 years after coming into force of the Andhra Pradesh Education
(Amendment) Act, 1993 (Act 17 of 1993) and are alive. The Services rendered beyond 58 years in any case shall
not count as qualifying service and it shall be treated as just service not qualifying in any manner for pensionary
benefits.
Rule 3 Commencement of Qualifying Service
Subject to the provisions of these rules, qualifying service of the teaching and nonteaching staff of private aided
degree, oriental and junior colleges in aided Service, shall commence from the date heshe takes charge of the post
to which heshe is first appointed either substantively or in an officiating or temporary capacity in an aided post.
The unaided service shall not count for Pension.
ANDHRA PRADESH EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS (PARENT - TEACHERS ASSOCIATION)
RULES, 1987
In exercise of the powers conferred by Section 30 read with Section 99 of the Andhra Pradesh Education Act,
1982 (Act No.1 of 1982), and in supersession of the rules in force on this subject, the Governor of Andhra Pradesh
hereby makes the following rules relating to the composition and functions of the Parent-Teachers Association in
all educational institutions other than educational centres.
Rule 1 Short title, extent and commencement
(1) These rules may be called the Andhra Pradesh Educational Institutions (Parent - Teachers Association) Rules,
1987.
(2) They shall come into force with immediate effect.
(3) They shall apply to all the educational institutions functioning under the Government, local bodies and private

managements (aided or unaided including the Registered Schools).

Rule 2 Definitions
(1) In these rules unless the context otherwise requires
(a) "Act " means the Andhra Pradesh Education Act, 1982 (Act I of 1982)
(b) "Association" means the Parent-Teachers Association;
(c) "Educational Institution" means the school and/or college functioning under the Government/local
body/private management (aided or un-aided including Registered Schools) recognised by the competent
authority;
(d) "Head of the Institution" means the Head- Master, or the Principal of the educational institution, as the case
may be;
(e) "Management" means the educational agency managing/running/administering the educational institution.
(2) Words and expressions used in these rules but not defined herein shall carry the same meaning as are assigned
to them in the Andhra Pradesh Education Act, 1982.
Rule 3 Aims and objectives of the Association
Every educational institution shall have a Parent-Teachers Association in order
(1) to play an important role in the functioning of the educational institutions vis-a-vis the students amenities,
welfare and other similar objects;
(2) to enable the association to involve itself in improving the tone, educational standards and discipline
maintaining programmes of the institution;
(3) to enable the association to make suggestions regarding the policies and pattern of education and to establish,
close relationship between the educational agency and the parents.
(4) to enable the parents to take interest in the programmes formulated by University Grants Commission and to
provide necessary help for its implementation; and
(5) to undertake an effective public relations programme, to be a perennial source of support to an educational
institution in several ways.
Rule 4 Membership and Subscription
(1) All the parents of the pupils in an educational instution who are on the rolls as on 31st August of the Calender
year or within 30 days from the last date prescribed for admission of students whichever is later and paid the
subscriptions and teachers working in the school shall be the members of the `Parent-Teacher Association."
(2) A subscription of Re.1/- in the case of Pre-Primary and Primary Schools and Rs.2/- in case of Upper Primary
Schools, Rs.5/- in the case of High Schools and Rs.10/- in the case of Colleges, shall be collected from each of the
parent per annum.
(3) If any parent comes forward to donate more amount it shall be accepted.
(4) The amount so collected shall be deposited immediately in a Scheduled Bank/Post Office
Rule 5 The composition of the Association shall be as follows
(1) There shall be a President, Vice-President and Secretary-cum-Treasurer for the Association.
(2) PresidentOne of the parents shall be elected as President of the Association by the members of the Association.
(3) Vice-President:-One of the parents shall be elected as Vice-President of the Association by the members of the
Association.
(4) Secretary-cum-TreasurerThe Head of the Institution shall be the Secretary -cum-Treasurer of the Association.
Rule 6 Executive Council and its functions

(1) Every Parent-Teachers Association shall have an Executive Council consisting of the following members.
(a) Head of the Institution;
(b) One representative of the management;
(c) The Inspecting Officer concerned; and
(d) Three parents elected by the Association.
(2) The President of the Association shall act as the Chairman of the Executive Council. The Executive Council
may meet as often as possible and as and when there is the need for such meetings for the development of the
institution and other activities related to the institution.
Rule 7 Procedure for Election of the Office-Bearers of the Association
(1) The parents who are declared as members of the Association duly paying the subscription, shall be eligible to
contest in the election for the posts of President, Vice- President, Executive Council Members to serve as
Members in the Advisory Body attached to the Registered Schools, and also to serve as members/office bearers in
any other bodies/committees constituted in the institution as may be required from time to time. The memberparents alone are eligible to cast their votes.
(2) The Inspecting Officer concerned shall announce the list of paid up members of the Association after duly
obtaining the same from the head of the institution, by the first week of September/ October of the academic year
in which the election is to take place. He shall also act as the "Returning Officer' in the said election. In case he is
otherwise busy, he may also nominate any other officer not below his rank to act as `Returning Officer'. Under no
circumstances the staff members of the institution shall be nominated to act as the Returning Officer. The other
general rules prescribed for the conduct of elections for similar other welfare associations are also applicable to
the conduct of elections for the Parent-Teachers Association . The election process will have to be completed by
the end of September/ October of the year or before the expiry of the tenure of the office of the outgoing body,
whichever is earlier.
(3) If any one ceases to be a student of an institution permanently irrespective of the grounds, his/her parent
ceases to be a member of the Association automatically and consequently the parent also ceases to be an officebearer of the Association, if any he is holding. Such post (s) shall be filled up, to function for the rest of period
only, by conducting bye-elections by following usual procedure.
Rule 8 Functioning of the Parent-Teachers Association
(1) The term of the Office of the Parent -Teachers Association shall be two years.
(2) The Secretary- cum- Treasurer shall convene the meetings of the Association with one week prior notice to
members. He shall record the minutes, take appropriate action on the minutes of the meeting and also maintain the
accounts. The Secretary shall open Joint Account in the name of the President/Secretary-cum- Treasurer in the
local Post Office/Scheduled Bank to deposit funds and operate the funds as per the programmes approved by the
Association.
(3) The Association shall meet at least thrice in a year. The First meeting shall be convened after the admissions
are completed, the second meeting shall be convened in the middle of the year and the third one towards the close
of the academic year. During the first meeting an action programme shall be chalked out keeping in view the
funds. The second meeting shall be held during the middle of the acedamic year to review the progress of the
programmes taken up. In the meeting to be held towards the close of the academic year, the programmes and
achievements shall be again reviewed and the expenditure incurred approved.
(4) The following officers who are designated as Inspecting officers shall be invited to participate in all the
meetings of the Parent-Teachers Association. The suggestions made by the Inspecting Officer concerned shall
receive due consideration in the meeting.
(a) In respect of Pre-Primary, Primary and Upper Primary Schools. Deputy Inspector of Schools OR Mandal
Educational Officer.
(b) High Schools. Deputy Educational Officer.

(c) Institutions under the control of Director of Higher Education. Regional Joint Director of Higher Education
OR Any Officer authorised by the Director of Higher Education.
(5) The quorum of any meeting of the Association shall be atleast two thirds of the members enrolled.
Rule 9 Duties and Responsibilities of the Parent-Teachers Association(1) Utilisation of Funds
The amount realised through subscriptions shall be utilised for organising the meetings of the Association,
functions like science fair, exhibition and other extra curricular activities aimed at alround development of pupils.
If surplus money is available it can be utilised for providing drinking water/sanitary facilities or for providing
science apparatus, Audio-Visual aids and furniture etc. However, this shall not be treated as a source of income for
the Institute, for providing the above facilities.
(2) Maintenance of Accounts The Secretary -cum-Treasurer shall maintain accounts for the amounts collected and
the amounts spent for the purposes of the Association. These accounts shall be audited at the time of the annual
inspection of the institute by the inspecting officers concerned. The remarks of the Inspecting Officer on the audit
of the accounts shall be incorporated in the Inspection Reports. If any irregularity is noticed, the inspecting officer
shall send a special report to the District Educational Officer (in respect of Schools)/Regional joint Director of
Higher Education (in respect of Colleges). On receipt of the report the District Educational Officer/Regional Joint
Director of Higher Education shall examine it and initiate action for taking disciplinary action against the
Secretary-cum- Treasurer for misuse of funds. The District Educational Officers/Regional Joint Director of Higher
Education shall nominate any one from among the remaining teaching staff of the institution as the Secretarycum-Treasurer, if he finds that the head of the institution is not maintaining the accounts properly for the amounts
collected and spent.
(3) Verification of Stock and Accounts The articles, the equipment and aids purchased shall be entered in the stock
register maintained for this purpose. The stock shall be verified at the time of annual inspection of the educational
institution. If any teaching staff is found to be personally responsible for the loss and destruction of the articles,
the cost of the equipment and aids shall be recovered from him . If they are spoiled by fair use, the general body
of the Association shall pass a resolution for condemning it.
(4) Purchase of Aids, Articles and Equipment The Association at its first meeting shall decide the aids, articles and
equipment to be purchased. The Secretary-cum-Treasurer of the Association shall purchase them as per rules. The
Association at its last meeting of the year shall see the articles, equipment and articles purchased and record a
resolution. The equipment, aids and articles thus purchased shall never be taken out of the institution and used for
personal purpose of the staff of the institution. The District Educational Officer/Regional Joint Director of Higher
Education shall take steps to stop collection of subscriptions and their spending if he has strong reasons to do so,
for reasons to be recorded in writing and communicate the same to the Secretary-cum-Treasurer before taking
such steps.
(5) It shall be obligatory on the part of the management of the institution to take such disciplinary action against
the Secretary-cum-Treasure of the Association as recommended by the District Educational officer/Regional Joint
Director of Higher Education.
(6) It is open to the Association to discuss any matter relating to the programmes for the improvement of the
institution and take appropriate action.
Rule 10 Powers of the Inspecting Officer
In all matters relating to the functions of the Association, the decision of the District Educational Officer/Regional
Joint Director of Higher Education concerned shall be final.
ANDHRA PRADESH REGISTERED SCHOOLS (ESTABLISHMENT, RECOGNITION,
REGISTRATION AND REGULATION) RULES, 1987
In exercise of the powers conferred by Sections 33-A to 33-O read with Section 99 of Andhra Pradesh Education
Act, 1982 (Act No.1 of 1982) as amended by the Andhra Pradesh Education (Amendment) Act, 1987, the
Governor of Andhra Pradesh hereby makes the following rules relating of establishment, recognition, registration
and regulation of Registered Schools and conversion of the existing recognised schools into Registered Schools,
under the Private management.

Rule 1 Short title, extent and commencement

(1) These rules may be called the Andhra Pradesh Registered Schools (Establishment, Recognition, Registration
and Regulation) Rules, 1987.
(2) They shall come into force with immediate effect.
(3) They shall apply to all private schools (including those functioning under the minority communities) which
have been granted Recognition-cum-Registration Certificate (Provisional/Permanent) by the Registration
Authority under Rule 10, and imparting the following classes of education, namely
(a) Pre-Primary The Pre-Primary schools shall be classified as Nursery, Kindergarten, Montessory and the like.
They shall admit children who are in the age-group of 3 to 5.
(b) PrimaryThe primary schools shall consist of classes 1 to 5. No child who has not completed 5 years of age as
on the first working day of that academic year shall be admitted in class 1 (5+age)
(c) Upper-Primary SchoolsThe Upper-primary schools shall consist of classes I to VII.
(d) Secondary Schools (High Schools):- The Secondary Schools shall consist of Classes VIII to X.
Rule 2 Definitions
(1) In these rules, unless the context other wise requires(a) "Act" means the Andhra Pradesh Educations Act, 1982 (Act No.1 of 1982).
(b) "Educational Agency" means the management or the Educational Committee/Co-operative
Society/Society/Trust/Association including Endowment Board, Wakf Board and Christian Mission and the like,
sponsoring/managing/running the school.
(c) "school" means the school sponsored/managed/run by the educational agency which has been granted
Recognition-Cum-Registration Certificate under Rule 11.
(d) "Recognised School" means the school recognised by the competent authority but which has not been granted
Recognition- cum- Registration Certificate under Rule 11.
(e) "Notification Authority" means the authority who is competent to conduct survey to identify the educational
needs of various localities and to issue notification calling for applications from the educational agencies desirious
of establishing new schools or upgrading of their existing schools in the specified localities.
(f) "Permission authority" means the authority who is competent to process the applications as received through
the Registration Authority and issue orders of permission for establishment of new schools, upgrade the existing
schools, open higher classes or open additional sections in the existing schools.
(g) "Registration authority" means the authority who is competent to grant Recognition-cum-Registration
Certificate to such of the private schools which have been accorded permission for establishment of new schools
or upgradation of the existing schools.
(h) "Locality" means the area falling within the territorial jurisdiction of a Mandal in a rural area and in so far as
an urban agglomeration is concerned, an area having roughly the same population as a rural Mandal and may
comprise one or more Municipal wards.
(i) "Form" means the form as appended to these rules.
(2) Words and expressions used in these rules but not defined herein shall carry the same meaning as are assigned
to them in the Act.
Rule 3 Determination of educational needs of the localities
(1) In the first instance the Notification Authority shall conduct survey of the villages/habitations/streets of towns
and cities/areas under his jurisdiction in order to identify the educational needs of the localities. While making the
survey the authority shall keep in mind various priorities determining the educational requirements of the
administrative areas such as population, distance from the existing schools, linguistic minorities etc. The survey
shall be conducted and the requirement of the number of new schools to be established and/or the existing schools

to be upgraded during the next academic year should be finalised by the end of October of the preceeding year.
(2) Upgradation of the existing school shall be permitted only after establishing the need for such upgraded school
as notified by the Notification Authority.
Rule 4 Competent Authority to conduct survey and make Notification
The Notification Authority who is competent to conduct the survey and make notification calling for applications,
for various categories of schools shall be as follows:
Rule 5 Application seeking permission for establishment of new schools or upgradation of existing schools
(1) The Notification Authority in consultation with the Registration Authority and Permission Authority shall
make Notification in the prominent local daily news papers calling for applications in Form-I or Form-II as the
case may be, from the Educational Agency desirious of establishing new schools or upgrading their existing
schools, giving sixty days time to submit applications. The Notification shall be issued in the month of November
and shall contain the information, among other things, the categories of schools and the localities where they are
proposed to be established and the last date for submission of the applications.
(2) The educational agencies desirous of establishing new schools or upgrading of their existing schools in the
specified localities, shall make an application in Form-I or Form-II, as the case may be, in response to the
notification issued, to the authority as specified in the notification who will be, the Notification Authority himself.
(3) No application from any educational agency for establishment of new school or upgradation of the existing
school, shall be entertained except when the same is received in response to the notification issued by the
Notification Authority.
(4) Every application shall be accompanied with the following documents:
(a)
(i) A copy of the Constitution and Bye-laws of the educational agency as registered with the Registrar of
Societies.
(ii) in respect of schools claiming the status of minority institutions, the educational agency shall also produce
documentary evidence in support of their claim.
(b) Treasury challan for Rs.100/- towards application fee. The amount shall be credited to the Government in the
head of account - "077 - Education- G. General M.H.010. Other receipts - SH. (05) Miscellaneous Receipts".
(c) Documentary evidence in support of depositing 50% of the endowment amount (corpus fund) prescribed under
sub-rule (1) of Rule 9, in the joint account of the District Educational Officer and the educational agency as
represented by its Secretary/Correspondent/Manager.
(d) Documentary evidence indicating the financial soundness of the educational agency which is essential to
purchase and provide library books, laboratory equipment, furniture etc., if permission is accorded.
(e) A sketch plan of the site indicating the location of the school in the locality in relaton to other educational
institutions.
(f) A rough plan of the building showing the location of each room, its dimensions and the use it is proposed to be
put to.
(g)
(i) In case the institution is proposed to be located in private accommodation, documentary evidence to show the
applicant's ownership of his rights to be in exclusive possession of the site and buildings.
(ii) Documentary evidence to show the applicant's ownership of the land which has been provided for use of the
institution and a sketch plan of the buildings proposed to be constructed if the buildings are not already
constructed.
(5) The applications not accompanied with the documentary evidences referred to in sub-rule (4) and which have
been received after the stipulated date, shall not be entertained.

Rule 6 Granting of permission for establishment of new schools/upgradation of existing schools

(1) The applications (Forms I and II) received from various educational agencies shall be processed by the
Notification Authority. The Notification Authority who is also an Inspecting Officer shall inspect the premises of
the proposed new or upgraded school giving prior notice of seven days to the educational agency concerned. The
authority shall then forward the application together with the inspection report to the concerned Registration
Authority prescribed under Rule 10. The applications together with the inspection reports shall reach the
Registration Authority within a period of one month from the last date fixed for the receipt of applications from
the educational agencies.
(2) The Registration Authority shall process all the applications together with the inspection reports and forward
the same to the Permission Authority with his specific recommendations either in favour of granting the
permission or rejecting the permission.
(3) Basing on the recommendation of the Registration Authority and the inspection report, the Permission
Authority shall issue orders to the educational agency either of granting permission or rejecting the permission, as
far as possible, within three months from the date of receipt of the application. If permission is accorded the order
shall also contain the status (minority (provisional) or non-minority) granted to the school.
(4) In granting permission for starting a new educational institution, preference will be given to the agencies who
are satisfactorily running educational institution, to body or persons consisting of professionally qualified
educationsts including retired teachers and to those having adequate financial soundness to invest and provide the
required infrastructure.
(5) If the permission is rejected, the grounds for such rejection shall be intimated and the endowment fund, if any,
already deposited shall be refunded, to the educational agency. The decision of the Permission Authority in this
regard shall be final and no appeal shall be entertained.
(6) If the permission is accorded, the educational agency shall be directed to make an application in Form III to
the Registration Authority for grant of Recognition-Cum-Registration Certificate, duly fufilling the conditions
which are yet to be fulfilled, if any.
(7) No educational agency shall establish new school/upgrade existing school in anticipation of orders of
permission from the Permission Authority. Mere making of application and non-receipt of letter of rejection from
the Permission Authority within the stipulated time shall not entitle any educational agency to start the school or
upgrade school for which permission has been sought for. The educational agencies violating the provision are
liable for penal action under the provisions of the Act.
(8) If there are more than one educational agency desirous of establishing a new school/upgrading the existing
school in a particular locality, whereas the need of the locality is for only one such school, the educational agency,
which in the opinion of the Permission Authority satisfies the criteria laid down in Rule 6 (4) and is financially
more sound shall be permitted to establish/upgrade the school. The remaining agencies may, however, be
permitted to establish or upgrade a school in another locality provided they are considered more suitable than the
agencies whose applications have been received in that particular locality.
(9) The educational agency to which permission to establish a new school or upgrade their existing school, has
been accorded may open all the classes for which permission has been accorded at a time or may open, depending
upon the various facilities available, certain classes in the first instance and other classes in the subsequent years,
with the prior permission of the Permission Authority.
Provided however, that if the agencies are directed by the Competent Authority to open all the classes for which it
has been granted permission at the same time they shall do so failing which the competent authority may permit
some other agency to open the said classes and cancel the permission granted for the starting of the said classes or
the starting of the new institution itself.
Rule 7 Granting of permission for opening of higher classes/additional sections
(1) The educational agency desirous of opening of additional sections/higher classes in their existing schools shall
make application to the Permission Authority in Form IV, paying Rs.100/- only towards application fee in the
treasury. There shall be no notification by the Notification Authority in this regard.

(2) The Permission Authority shall permit the opening of the additional sections/higher classes in the existing
schools only when he is satisfied, on the basis of the inspection report, that the educational agency has provided
adequate facilities for this purpose.
Rule 8 Competent Authority for granting or withdrawing of permission
The Permission Authority who is competent to grant or withdraw permission to establish new schools, upgrade
existing schools, open higher classes/ additional sections in the existing school, shall be as follows:Rule 9 Conditions for grant of permission
Permission to establish new schools or upgrade existing schools or to open next higher classes or additional
sections shall be granted subject to the fulfilment of the following conditions
(1) Endowment (Corpus fund)
(i) The endowment fund to be deposited by every educational agency, for various categories of schools shall be as
follows:TABLE
Category of School
Endowment (Corpus Fund)
(1)
(2)
Rs.
a) Pre-primary Schools (other than English Medium)
5,000/b) Pre-primary Schools (English Medium)
7,500/c) Primary School or upgradation of existing Pre-Primary
School into Primary School (other than English Medium)
10,000/d) Primary School or upgradation of existing Pre-primary
School into Primary School (English Medium)
12,500/e) Upper-primary School of upgradation or existing Primary
School into Upper-primary School (other than English
Medium)
15,000
f) Upper-primary School or upgradation of existing Primary
School into Upper-primary School (English Medium)
20,000/g) Secondary School (High School) or upgradation of existing
Upper-primary School into Secondary School (other than
English Medium)

40,000/h) Secondary School (High School) or upgradation of existing

Upper-primary School into Secondary School (English
Medium)
50,000
(ii) 50% of the endowment amount shall be deposited at the time of making the application for establishment of
new school/upgradation of the existing school and the balance shall be deposited at the time of making application
for grant of Recognition-cum- Registration Certificate. No Recognition-cum-Registration Certificate shall be
granted to any school unless the endowment fund is completly by deposited;
(iii) The endowment fund shall be deposited in the joint account of the District Educational Officer and the
Educational agency as represented by its Secretary/Correspondent/Manager;
(iv) Under no circumstances the endowment fund deposited shall be permitted to be withdrawn except when the
educational agency proposes to close down the school with the prior approval of the Competent Authority or
permission granted to the school is withdrawn by the Permission Authority. The Government however may permit
the educational agency to utilise the interest accrued over and above the prescribed endowment fund for the
development of the school at intervals of five to ten years;
(v) In respect of schools proposed to be upgraded or proposing to introduce English medium also, the endowment
fund to be deposited shall be only the difference of amount over and above the endowment fund already deposited
and if no endowment is already created, the amount of endowment fund to be deposited by such school shall be
the same as for opening of a new school;]
(vi) No additional endowment fund need be deposited for opening of next higher classes or additional sections in
the already existing schools, if the entire endowment fund prescribed under Rule 9 (1) has already been deposited.
(2) Accommodation:(i) The educational agency shall provide suitable buildings for accommodating the proposed school as per the
specifications laid down. There shall be one room for each class. If in any particular class there is more than one
section, one separate class-room shall be provided for each section. In the case of Pre-primary and Primary
Schools employing more than five teachers, there shall be one staff-room. In the case of Upper-primary and
Secondary Schools, there shall be separate rooms for the Headmaster, staff, office etc. The optimum strength of
each class-room shall be 40 and the economic strength shall be 20 which may be relaxed to ten in case of
Linguistic minority institutions. However if the class rooms is not adequate to accommodate the specific number
of students, the number of students admitted should be restricted to suit the accommodation;
(ii) There shall be adequate accommodation for locating the library and furniture required.
(iii) There shall be adequate accommodation for locating the Laboratory and the equipment, required.
(3) Sanitary Facilities Sufficient number of Urinals and Lavatories shall be provided. There shall be separate
Lavatories for boys and girls and staff. There shall be facilities for providing drinking water The Certificate issued
by the Municipal/Medical Authorities regarding satisfactory sanitation and drinking water facilities must be
obtained at the time of sanction. First aid equipment must be provided in the school and the adequate precautions
against outbreak of fire may also be provided for.
(4) Play-ground and Garden It is desirable to provide land for developing suitable garden attached to the school.
Sufficient land shall be provided for developing it as play-ground for organising physical education activities,
games and sports.
Rule 10 Competent Authority for granting or withdrawing of Recognition-cum-Registration Certificate
The Registration Authority is the competent authority for granting or withdawing of Recognition-cumRegistration Certificate to various categories of schools for which permission under Rule 6 have been accorded
and shall be as indicated in the table below:

Rule 11 Procedure for granting of Recognition-cum-Registration Certificate

On receipt of orders of permission from the Permission Authority the educational agency shall initiate action to
fulfil all the conditions laid down under Rule 12 for granting of Recognition-cum-Registration Certificate, and for
establishment of new School/upgrading the existing school within two months from the date of receipt of orders
of permission. After fulfilling the conditions the educational agency shall make an application in Form-III to the
Registration Authority indicated in the Table under Rule 10, requesting for grant of Recognition- cumRegistration Certificate. The application, among other things, shall be accompanied with the documentary
evidence in support of depositing of the entire amount of the endowment in the joint account of the District
Educational Officer and the educational agency as represented by its Secretary/Correspondent/Manager, as the
case may be.
(2) On receipt of the application (Form-III) from the educational agency, the Registration Authority shall send an
inspecting officer to the proposed school for further inspection and submit a report about the fulfilment of the
various conditions prescribed for granting of Recognition-cum-Registration Certificate. The report shall also
indicate the nature of sanitary conditions prevailing in and around the premises of the proposed school. The
Registration Authority may also cause inspection by himself if he feels it necessary.
(3) On the basis of the Inspection Report and/or his own assessment if the Registration Authority is of the opinion
that the conditions prescribed have been fulfilled, the educational agency shall be granted Provisional
Recognition-cum-Registration Certificate in the proforma prescribed under Annexure III to these rules, within one
month from the date of making the application (Form-III) by the educational agency or the receipt of the
inspection report, as the case may be.
(4) The Registration Authority shall grant Recognition-cum- Registration Certificate only when he is satisfied
about the fulfilment of the conditions prescribed by the educational agency. He may give one month notice to the
educational agency to fulfil the conditions failing which he may send a report to the Permission Authority on the
reasons for not granting the Recognition-cum-Registration Certificate and suggesting the follow-up action to be
taken by the Permission Authority.
(5) Basing on the recommendations of the Registration Authority under sub-rule (4), the Permission Authority
may give one month notice to the educational agency to explain why the permission accorded to it shall not be
withdrawn for failure to fulfil the conditions prescribed for granting of permission/recognition-cum-registration
certificate. If the Educational Agency fulfils the conditions stipulated and gives satisfactory reply for not fulfilling
the conditions within the given time the Permission Authority may direct the Registration Authority to grant
Recognition-cum-Registration Certificate to the Educational Agency. If the educational agency fails to fulfil the
conditions and fails to give proper reply within the given notice time of one month, the Permission Authority may
withdraw the permission accorded and take action for refund of the endowment already deposited, if any.
(6) According of permission to the Educational Agency, for establishment of new School or upgradation of their
existing schools shall not entitle the agency for the grant of Recognition-cum-Registration Certificate
automatically unless the Registration Authority is also satisfied that the prescribed conditions are fulfilled.
(7) To start with, the school shall be accorded a provisional Recognition-cum-Registration Certificate. The
provisional Recognition-cum-Registration Certificate is renewable once in 3 years for a period of 9 years. If the
Registration Authority is of the opinion that the Educational Agency has been fulfilling the conditions stipulated
for grant of Recognition-cum-Registration Certificate constantly for the last 9 years, the school shall be accorded
a permanent Recognition-cum-Registration Certificate. Provided that if any agency which has been accorded a
permanent recognition-cum-registration certificate, fails subsequently to fulfil the conditions necessary for
continued recognition and registration, the agency can be directed to fulfil those conditions failing which the
recognition-cum-registration can be withdrawn.
(8) Such of the schools for which Recognition-cum-Registration Certificate has not been granted shall not
function.
(9) Granting of Recognition-cum-Registration Certificate is not required in respect of opening of higher classes or
additional sections in the already existing schools. However, they require recognition by the Registration
Authority.

(10)
(a) The Registration Authority shall maintain Registration Registers separately for pre-primary, primary, upper
primary and secondary schools.
(b) There shall be separate Registration Registers for granting of provisional and permanent Recognition-cumRegistration Certificate.
(c) Every Registered School shall be given Registration Number at the time of granting of provisional
Recognition-cum-Registration Certificate followed by permanent Registration number at the time of granting
permanent Recognition-cum-Registration Certificate.
Rule 12 Conditions for granting of Recognition-cum-Registration Certificate
The Registration Authority shall grant Recognition- cum-Registration Certificate only when the Educational
Agency concerned has fulfilled the following conditions
(1) The conditions prescribed for granting of permission under Rules 9 and 11.
(2) FurnitureSufficient number of long benches/dual desks for use of students, one table and one chair for use of
teacher, and one black board of either wooden or rolled up or walled, shall be provided in each class room.
(3) Laboratory(Equipment)In the case of upper-primary and Secondary Schools, Science equipment such as
apparatus, chemicals and specimens for teaching the topics included in the syllabi, atleast for demonstration
purpose by the teacher shall be provided in schools. In addition, the charts, maps, globes etc., equipment needed
for introducing socially useful productive work/vocational courses, as may be insisted upon by the Competent
Authority from time to time, shall also be provided. Sufficient science equipment for providing opportunities to
the students for doing practicals in Science subjects, shall also be provided.
(4) Library Sufficient number of books in language and non language subjects for the use by the students and the
staff as may be specified from time to time, shall also be provided.
(5) Text Books Text books, work books and hand-books shall be as prescribed by the Government for various
classes for use in similar recognised schools.
(6) Appointment of teaching and non-teaching staff The teaching and non-teaching staff shall be appointed by
following the procedure laid down under Rule 15.
(7) The Advisory Body: - The Educational agency shall constitute Advisory Body whose composition and
functions shall be as prescribed under Rule 14.
Rule 13 Conditions for granting of Recognition-cum-Registration Certificate to the existing RecognisedPrivate Schools
The Educational Agency of every recognised private school (aided or un-aided ) existing on the date of
commencement of the Andhra Pradesh Education (Amendment) Act, 1987 (Act No.27 of 1987) desirous of
registering the school as a Registered School shall fulfil the following conditions as governed by the various
provisions under Section 33-A to 33-O in Chapter VI-A of the Act.
(1) The educational agency shall fulfil the conditions laid down under Rules 9,11 and 12 and may make an
application of option in Form-III to the Registration Authoriy within 60 days from the date of issue of these rules.
(2) If the application is not received within the due date or if in the opinion of the registration Authority the
conditions to be fulfilled by a Registered school have not been fulfilled by any school, the Registration Authority
shall reject the application. Such school will continue to be regarded as a Recognised Private School as was
existing prior to the making of the application for registration.
(3) Once the Registration Authority grants Recognition-cum-Registration Certificate to a School, the school shall
be treated as Registered school and shall not be entitled to receive grant-in-aid or any other financial assistance
from the Government. If the School is already aided, the grant-in-aid shall be discontinued with effect from the
date of registration.
(4) The Registration Authority may permit withdrawal of the application of option (Form-III) if Recognition-cum-

Registration Certificate is not already issued.

(5) The properties of any private institution registered as registered school, like building, furniture, library,
Laboratory equipments, playground, aids, endowments and bank balances, shall continue to be properties of such
institution even after it is registered.
(6) To start with the school shall be granted a provisional Recognition-cum-Registration Certificate and the
permanent Recognition-cum-Registration Certificate shall be granted after nine years as in the case of other
Registered Schools.
Rule 14 Constitution and Functions of the Advisory Body
(1) Constitution of the Advisory BodyThe educational agency of every Registered school shall constitute an
Advisory Body. The Constitution of the Advisory Body for various categories of schools shall be as indicated in
the table below:
TABLE
Category of School
Composition of the Advisory Body
(1)
(2)
Pre-Primary School
(a) Correspondent/Secretary/Manager of the School
(b) Head-Master of the School
(c) If the Correspondent and the Head-Master of the School happen to be the same, one senior teacher of School
(d) Deputy Inspector of School/Mandal Educational Officer
(e) One educated parent of one of the students as elected by the Parents Teachers Association of the School
(ii) School having Pre-Primary, Primary and Upper Primary Classes
(a) Correspondent of the school
(b) Head-Master of the School
(c) If the Correspondent happens to be the Head-Master also, one senior teacher of the School
(d) Deputy Inspector of Schools/Mandal Educational Officer
(e) Two educated parents of children studying in the school, who will be elected by the Parents Teachers
Association of the School
(iii) Schools having Pre-Primary, Primary, Upper Primary and Secondary School Classes (a) Correspondent of the
School
(b) Head-Master of the School
(c) If the Correspondent happens to be the Head Master also, one senior teacher of the School
(d) Deputy Educational Officer concerned.
(e) Five educated parents of the children studying in the School who will be elected by the Parent-Teachers
Association of the School
(2) Meetings of the Advisory Body
(a) The names of the members of the Advisory Body as under sub-rule (1) shall be forwarded to the District
Educational Officer by the educational agency before the end of April who will issue orders constituting the
Committee.

(b) The Correspondent of the School shall convene the meetings of the Advisory Body which shall meet atleast
thrice a year. Atleast one week's advance notice shall be given in writing to all the members. The quorum for the
meeting shall be atleast 2/3rd of the member. The decision taken in the meeting, in the absence of the concerned
inspecting officer, shall not be valid. If the Parents representatives do not attend three meetings consecutively,
they shall be replaced under intimation to the District Educational Officer in writing. A record of the minutes of
the meetings held shall be maintained in the School. The decision taken in the meetings shall be approved by the
members present at the meeting and communicated to the members in writing immediately thereafter. However,
where there is dissent, it shall also be recorded and the same communicated to the District Educational Officer for
information.
(3) Functions of the Advisory Body:(a) The Advisory Body shall meet in the month of January to advise on the rates of tuition-fee to be collected from
the students in the ensuing academic year. While taking a decision in evolving the fee structure the Advisory Body
shall take into account the following
i) The expenditure incurred by the management towards the payment of salaries to the teaching and non-teaching
staff and menials.
ii) The amount paid as rent to the owner of the buildings, if it is a building owned by the management, the amount
spent by the management for its up-keep and repairs shall only be considered.
iii) The amount incurred by the management on electricity and water charges;
iv) The amount spent by the management on stationery, pieces of chalk, dusters and purchase of chemicals and
specimens for conducting experiments in science.
v) The amount paid to the auditors;
vi) Towards development of the school including acquisition of library and laboratory equipment;
b) The tuition fee shall be collected for 12 months. It shall be determined for each class. The rates of tuition fee
shall be notified in the notice board well before the re-opening of the school for information of the public. Printed
receipts shall be issued for the amounts collected as tuition fee.
c) The Advisory Body is empowered to recommend the procedure for admission of students into the schools
attached to it.
d)
i) While evolving the admission procedure, the Advisory Body shall keep in mind the rules of reservation
prescribed for the S.C. S.T. and B.Cs. communities and also to the girls by the Government from time to time.
ii) In respect of the schools administered by the minority communities, students belonging to the community
concerned shall be admitted on the basis of merit of marks. However, when such students are not available for
admission others can be admitted subject to following rules of reservations prescribed by the Government, from
time to time.
e) The Advisory Body shall ensure that the service conditions prescribed by Government for the teaching and nonteaching staff appointed in similar recognised schools are properly implemented in the school attached to it.
f) The Advisory Body shall approve the annual report as furnished by the educational agency.
g) The Advisory Body shall suggest guidelines for the administration of the school. It shall not interfere with the
minority character of the minority institutions.
Rule 15 Appointment of teaching and nonteaching staff
(a) The recruitment of teaching and nonteaching staff shall be made as per the procedure formulated by the
Advisory Body attached to the School concerned.
(b) Persons who are in possession of the requisite general and professional educational qualifications prescribed
for various categories of posts only shall be appointed. Untrained and unqualified teachers shall not ordinarily be
appointed.

(c) The conditions of service other than the scales of pay prescribed by the Government for the teaching and
nonteaching staff working in the recognised private schools shall also be applicable to the teaching and
nonteaching staff appointed in the Registered Schools. The scales of pay of teachers in the Registered Schools
shall be decided by the Managements on the basis of the recommendations that will be made by a State Level
Committee to be appointed by the Government. This committee shall have as its chairman a person not lower in
rank than a retired District Judge and shall consist of representatives of Registered Schools, one or two eminent
educationists. This committee may be appointed once in 5 years.
Rule 16 Other conditions governing the Registered Schools
(1) Text Books and Syllabus Text books and syllabus for different classes shall be as prescribed by the
Government for similar classes in the recognised schools.
(2) Fees to be collected
(a) The educational agency shall collect tuition fees as recommended by the Advisory Body attached to the
school.
(b) The educational agency shall collect the special fees at the rates prescribed by the GovernmentCompetent
authority for similar Recognised Schools.
(3) Cancellation of Recognition-cum-Registration Certificate and withdrawal of permission:(a) If the Registration Authority is of the opinion that the educational agency has not fulfilled all or any of the
conditions prescribed for granting of Recognition -cum-Registration Certificate as revealed in the course of
inspection of school or as per inspection reports, the Registration Authority may give one month notice to fulfil
the conditions failing which the Registration of the school shall be cancelled. If the educational agency fails to
comply with the notice, the Registration Authority is competent to cancel the RecognitioncumRegistration
Certificate granted to the school and recommend to the Permission Authority to withdraw the permission accorded
to the school.
(b) Basing on the recommendation of the Registration Authority, the Permission Authority shall withdraw the
permission granted to the school and arrange to refund the endowment deposited to the educational agency.
(c) The school whose Recognition-cum-Registration Certificate has been cancelled and the permission has been
withdrawn, shall not function any further. The educational agencies violating this provision are liable for penal
action under the provisions of the Act.
(4) Issue of Transfer Certificate:(a) The students of any recognised school may seek admission in or transfer from any such school to any
registered school and viceversa. The transfer certificate issued by the Registered Schools shall be in the proforma
as prescribed in the Annexure No.IV to these rules.
b) The Transfer Certificate issued by the Registered Schools shall be countersigned by the competent authorities
mentioned below:TABLE
School
Authority
i) In respect of Preprimary, Primary, Upper-primary Schools Deputy Inspector of Schools/Mandal Education
Officer.
ii) Secondary Schools Deputy Educational Officer.
(5) Maintenance of Registers and RecordsThe Registered School shall maintain such of the RecordsRegisters as
are prescribed for similar recognised schools and indicated in the Annexure I and II to these rules.
(6) InspectionThere shall be no regular inspection of the Registered Schools as in the case of other recognised
schools. However, Government have the authority to visit or cause an inspection directing such officer as they
deemed fit, for a specified purpose and also to cause an enquiry into the matters connected therewith.

(7) Responsibilities of the Educational Agency (Management)It shall be the responsibility of the Educational
Agency (Management) of a Registered School.
(a) In respect of PrePrimary, Primary Upper primary schools.
(i) to furnish information relating to the achievement of enrolment and retention targets for the three quarters and
other statistical information as called for from time to time, to the Deputy Inspector of SchoolsMandal
Educational Officer;
(ii) the particulars of rates of tuition fee fixed, to the District Educational officer, before the schools reopened;
(iii) the procedure evolved for making admissions before the schools are reopened and the particulars of
admissions made before the end of August;
(iv) the information relating to the tests of students promoted from one class to the other and the particulars of
students detained classwise with the reasons therefor to the Deputy Inspector of SchoolMandal Educational
Officer, as soon as the promotions are finalised.
(v) the information on the conduct of Unit tests, Assignments, Terminal Examinations and the Annual
Examinations and on the activities organised in the school, to the Deputy Inspector of SchoolMandal Educational
Officer, before the schools close for summer vacation;
(vi) a copy of the audited accounts of the school, to the District Educational Officer,as soon as the Auditing is
over. The auditing of the Accounts of the school shall be completed in April.
(b) In respect of Secondary Schools:
(i) the promotion lists and the particulars of students detained with the reasons therefor, to the Deputy Educational
Officer, before the end of May;
(ii) the percentage of passes secured at the VIIth Class and Xth class examinations, to the Deputy Educational
Officer, by the first week of June;
(iii) the rates of tuition fee fixed by the Advisory Body to the District Educational Officer by the first week of
June;
(iv) the procedure evolved by the Advisory Body on various aspects indicated under Rule 13 (3), to the District
Educational Officer;
(v) a copy of the auditing report to the District Educational Officer. The auditing of the accounts shall be done
before the end of May;
(vi) a copy of the annual report relating to the administration of the school, to the District Educational Officer;
(vii) any other information as called for by the Deputy Educational Officer from time to time.
(8) Examinations for the students of Registered School: - The students studying in the registered schools shall
appear for those examinations wherever Government have prescribed any common examination or public
examination for student evaluation subject to satisfying the rules made and the conditions prescribed by the
Commissioner for Government Examinations.
(9) Registered schools to make arrangements for conducting of Examinations The educational agency
(Management) of the registered school shall extend all the facilities for the smooth conduct of the examinations
when the school is selected as a centre for the conduct of the VII Class, District Common Examination, or the Xth
Class public Examinations.
Rule 17 General Instructions
(1) The educational agency shall carry out the instructions issued by the Government Director of School
Education or other officers subordinate to him for maintaining the academic standards and to safeguard the
interest of teachers and pupils;
(2) The educational agency shall not appoint any teacher whose certificate has been suspended or cancelled or
who has been declared unfit to be a teacher in a recognised school or who has been convicted for offences
involving moral turpitude;

(3) The educational agency shall not open classes or sections without prior permission of the Competent
Authority;
(4) The strength in each class or section shall be according to the norms prescribed by the Director of School
Education, from time to time;
(5) The educational agency shall not deny admision to any student on the only grounds of religion, caste, race,
language or any of them;
(6) The educational agency shall not encourage any propaganda or practice, wounding the religious feelings of
any class of citizens of India or insulting the religion or the religious beliefs of that class;
(7) The educational agency for which permission to establish an institution has been accorded shall not transfer
the institution to another educational agency under any circumstances.
(8) No Registered School functioning in a locality shall, on the basis of sanction issued for functioning in the
locality be permitted to extend its operation to another locality except with the prior permission of the competent
authority;
(9) If the Permission Authority is of the opinion that an educational agency has fulfilled all the conditions
prescribed for granting of PermissionRecogationcumRegistration Certificate but could not satisfy it by producing
documentary evidence in support of its claim for minority institution status, the Permission Authority is competent
to grant permission to the educational agency for establishment of the school without minority status. Even if
certain schools are given minority institution status, it shall be treated as provisional and subject to framing of
rules relating to criteria for recognition of educational institutions as minority institutions.
(10) The promotion from one class to the next higher class shall be made in accordance with the rules in force for
similar recognised schools.
(11) Government shall not take the responsibility of the staff of the Registered Schools in the event of its being
closed down.
APPENDIX 1 FORM 1
xxxxx
APPENDIX 2 FORM 2
FORM 2
(See Rule 5)
Application for grant of permission for upgradation of the existing Registered Schools.
(Minority and Nonminority)
1. Reference of the notification in response to which the application made.
2. (1)Particulars of the Treasury Challan under which the application fee has been deposited (counter foil to be
enclosed).
(2)Particulars of the Endowment Fund (Corpus fund) deposited (documentary evidence to be enclosed)
3. Details of the Educational agency which is proposing to upgrade their existing school.
(1) Name and address of the educational agency
(2) A copy of the constitution and byelaws of the educational agency as registered with the Registrar of the
Societies
(3) Assets and liabilities of the educational agency.
4. Details of the schools proposed to be upgraded.
(1) Name and address of the school

(2) Whether the School is located in

(i) VillageTown
(ii)Mandalam Revenue District.
(3) Medium of Instruction imparted.
5. (1) Nature of the proposed upgradation (whether the proposal is for the upgradation of the existing school as
primary/upper-primary/secondary (High School).
(2) Medium of instruction proposed to be imparted in the school.
(3) Classes and number of sections in each class, proposed to be started in the school.
6. Number of pupils expected to join in each of the classes proposed to be opened.
7. Whether the educational agency has fulfilled all the conditions stipulated for granting of permission for
upgradation of the existing school.
8. Whether the following facilities required for upper-primary/secondary schools have been provided in the
school.
[1] Additional accommodation provided to meet the requirements of additional classes sections.
[2] Play ground
[3] Land for the garden
[4] Library books
[5] Laboratory equipment
[6] Audiovisual equipment
[7] Games equipment
[8] Sanitary facilities
[9] Water facilities equipment for
[10] Society useful productive works [S.U.P.W.]
9. Whether an application for permission for the upgradation has been made earlier, if so the orders passed by the
competent authority on that application.
10. Is the educational agency running any other recognised/registered school(s); if so the details of these schools
shall be furnished.
DECLARATION
On behalf of the educational agency named I, the Secretary Correspondent Manager, hereby declare that the
particulars furnished in the application are correct to the best of my knowledge and belief. I also declare that the
educational agency will abide by the Rules and Regulations made by the competent authorities from time to time,
in case our request for granting of permission to upgrade the school is agreed to.
Station:
Date:
Signature of the Secretary/Correspondent/Manager
(with office stamp)
APPENDIX 3 FORM 3
FORM 3
(See Rules 8, 11 and 12)

Application for grant of RecognitioncumRegistration Certificate to all Categories of Schools (New or Existing)
(Minority and NonMinority Schools)
1. (i) Name and address of the School
(ii)Medium of Instruction proposed to be used in the School
2. (i) Date of establishment of the school (Reference number and date of orders of the competent authority
permitting the Establishment of the school to be furnished)
(ii)Provisional Registration number (if already registered)
3. (i) Name of the Educational Agency managing the school
(ii)Is the Educational Agency a Registered Body; If so, its aims and objects (a certified copy of the registered deed
should be enclosed)
(iii)In respect of schools claiming the status of minority institution,the Educational Agency shall produce
documentary evidence in support of the claim.
4. Name of the Secretary/Correspondent/Manager
5. Name of the schoolclasses for which registration is sought for
6. (i)Details of accommodation and sanitary facilities available should be enclosed
(ii)Whether owned or rented or rentfree
7. (i)Details of furniture available to be furnished
(ii)Details of Science Equipment and apparatus available to be furnished
(iii)Details of AudioVisual Aids available to be furnished
8. (i)Whether Library is available
(ii)Number of books available (languagewise and subjectwise to be furnished)
9. (i) Whether Socially useful productive work (SUPW) and vocational Educational equipment available
(ii) Details of equipment available craftwise Vocation wise to be furnished.
10. Playground and garden
(i) area available (in acres)
(ii) owned or leased
(iii) whether adequate and fit for use
11. Whether the Educational Agency has deposited the Endowment Fund in full in the joint account of the
D.E.O.and the Educational Agency (details to be furnished and documents to be verified by the authorities).
12. Whether arrangements are made for the medical inspection of pupils?
13. Whether all the registers prescribed are maintained in the prescribed form
14. Whether sanitary certificate from the Health Officer/Doctor prescribed is enclosed
15. Whether qualified teaching and nonteaching staff has been appointed by following the procedure prescribed.
16. Whether pupils are admitted following the procedure prescribed.
17. Whether the educational agency is agreeable to abide by the conditions for recognition and other rules made
under the provisions of Andhra Pradesh Education (Amendment) Act 27 of 1987.
DECLARATION
On behalf of the Educational Agency of the School, I R DS. Whereby declare that all the particulars furnished

above are correct to the best of my knowledge and belief.I also declare that all the conditions prescribed for grant
of RecognitioncumRegistration Certificate have been fulfilled, and that we shall abide by the conditions for
recognition and other relevant provisions of Andhra Pradesh Education (Amendment) Act No.27 of 1987 and the
rules made thereunder from time to time.
Station:
Date:
Signature of the
Secretary/Correspondent/Manager
(with office stamp)
APPENDIX 4 FORM 4
FORM 4
(See Rule 7)
Application for grant of Permission for Opening of Additional Sections and Higher Classes
(Minority and Nonminority Schools)
1. Details of the Education agency proposing to open additional sections/higher classes
(i) Name and address of the Educational Agency proposing to open additional sections/higher classes.
(ii) Is the educational agency a registered body?If so the details along with assets and liabilities shall be furnished.
2. (i) Particulars of treasury challan under which application fee has been paid (counter foil to be enclosed).
(ii) Particulars of endowment (corpus fund) deposited (documentary evidence to be enclosed) (No additional
endowment need bedeposited if the prescribed endowment has already been deposited).
3. Name and address of the Schools:
(a) Medium of instruction imparted in the school
(b) Classes existing in the school
(c) Higher Classes proposed to be started in the school.
(d) Additional sections proposed to be started and the classes in which the sections are to be started:
4. Strength of the School;
(a) Classwise strength:
(b) Sectionwise strength:
5. Number of pupils expected to join in each of the classes/sections proposed to be started:
6. Whether the educational agency has fulfilled/ prepared to fulfill all the conditions stipulated for grant of
permission for opening of additional sections/higher classes:
7. Details of the additional facilities provided for opening of additional sectionshigher classes.
(a) Accommodation proposed to be provided:
(b) Play ground:
(c) Area for the garden:
(d) Library books:
(e) Laboratory:
(f) A.V.equipment:

(g) Games equipment:

(h) Sanitary facilities:
(i) Water facilities:
(j) S.U.P.W.equipment:
8. Whether an application for permission was made in the previous year? If so the orders passed by the competent
authority.
DECLARATION
On behalf of the educational agency named.I.the Secretary Correspondent, hereby declare that the particulars
furnished in the application are correct to the best of may knowledge and belief. I also declare that the educational
agency would abide by the Rules and Regulations made by the competent authorities from time to time, if our
request for permission is agreed to.
Station:
Date:
Signature of the Secretary/Correspondent
(with office stamp).
ANNEXURE 1 ANNEXURE 1
ANNEXURE 1
(See Rule 16 (5))
The List of Registers to be Maintained in the PrePrimary, Primary and Upper Primary Schools.
1. Register of admission and withdrawals
2. Registers of attendance of pupils
3. Register of attendance of teachers
4. Acquittance roll of teachers
5. Leave Registers
6. Census Register
7. Marks register for the Unit tests and examination conducted
8. Stagnation Register
9. Record Sheet
10. Register of Scholarships and Acquittance Roll
11. Stock Register of Articles purchased or received without Government grants.
12. Stock Register of Library Books
13. Stock Register of Science Equipment
14. Stock register of Kindergarten equipment/montessori equipment.
15. Stock Register of game articles
16. Cash Book
17. T.C.Books
18. Fee receipt Books

19. Special Fee receipt books (for classes VI and VIII)

20. Special Fee Cash Book
21. Any other register prescribed to be maintained by the Director from time to time.
22. Daily Fee Collection Register.
23. Scholarship Register
24. C.Ls.Registers.
25. Leave Register of Pupils other than Casual leave Register.
26. Stock Register of S.U.P.W.equipment.
27. Stock Register of AudioVisual Aids.
ANNEXURE 2 ANNEXURE 2
ANNEXURE 2
(See Rule 16 (5)
List of Registers to be maintained by High Schools
1. General Cash Book.
2. Ledger
3. Special fee Cash Book
4. Special Fee Ledger
5. Terms Fee Register
6. Acquittance Register
7. Scholarship Register
8. Register of Admission and withdrawals.
9. Pupils attendance Register.
10. Staff Attendance RegisterTeaching
11. Staff Attendance RegisterNonTeaching
12. C.L.Register
13. Leave other than casual leave Register
14. T.C.Books in the proforma prescribed by the Director of School Education.
15. Promotion Register
16. Marks Register for the unit tests and examinations conducted
17. Stocks Register of games articles
18. Stock Register of equipment.
19. Stock Register of S.U.P.W.
20. Stock Register of Audio Visual Aids.
21. Stock Register of Vocational equipment.
22. Stock Register of Library Books.
23. Acquittance Register.

24. Special Fee Receipt Books.

25. Leave Register of pupils.
26. Leaved Register other than causal leave of staff.
ANNEXURE 3 ANNEXURE 3
ANNEXURE 3
(See Rules 11 13)
Provisional Recognition-cum-Registration Certificate
Provisional Registration No.
Dated:
1. Name and address of the educational agency:
2. Reference of order of Permission:
In pursuance of the orders of permission referred above, in view of the satisfactory fulfilment of the prescribed
conditions and in exercise of the powers confered under Section 33B[3] of the Andhra Education Act, 1982 as
amended by the A.P.Education [Amendment] Act, 1987, the Registration Authority hereby grant Provisonal
Recognition-cum-Registration Certificate for the establishment of (name of the school) at.(locality) . (Mandal) .
(District) in Andhra Pradesh under (name of the educational agency) The institution shall be treated as
nonminority minority institution, provisionally, pending framing rules prescribing criteria for recognition of
educational institutions as minority institutions.
2. The Recognition cum Registration Certificate so granted shall be valid for the three academic years namely
only. and is renewable be every three years before expiry of the earlier registration, by making application in
Form III.
3. The educational agency is directed to continue to fulfil the prescribed conditions constanly for a period of nine
years and unless and until this is done Permanent Recognitioncum Registration Certificate will not be granted.
Station:
Date:
Signature and Designation of the Registration Authority
(with office Stamp)
Permanent Recognition-cum-Registration Certificate Permanent Registration No.
Date:
1. Name and address of the educational agency:
2. Reference of orders of permission:
3. Provisional RecognitioncumRegistration Certificate No.
Having completed the stipulated period of nine years under the Provisional RecognitioncumRegistration
Certificate No.and maintained the prescribed conditions to his satisfaction, the Registration Authority, in exercise
of the powers confered under Section 33B [3] of the Andhra Pradesh Educatiuon Act, 1982 as amended by the
Andhra Pradesh Education [Amendment] Act, 1987, hereby grant Permanent RecognitioncumRegistration
Certificate to (name and address of the school) functioning under (name and address of the educational agency)
The school shall continue to enjoy the status of nonminority institutionminority institution (provisional) accorded
to it in the Provisional RecognitioncumRegistration Certificate, until further orders.
The educational agency is directed to continue to maintain the stipulated conditions for upholding the educational
standards of the school.

Station:
Date:
Signature and Designation of the Registration Authority
(with office stamp)
ANNEXURE 4 ANNEXURE 4
ANNEXURE 4
(See Rule 16 (4)
(Name and address of the School)
(with emblem, if any)
Book No.
Transfer Certificate
Transfer Certificate No
Date:
Register No. (Roll No):
1. Name of the pupil (in block letters):
2. Name of the parentguardian:
3. Date of Birth (in words) as entered in the Admission Register:
4. Special status of the pupil
(1) Nationality
(2) Religion
(3) Caste:
(4) Whether the pupil belongs to S.C.S.T.B.C. communities, if so the particulars thereof.
5. Date and class in which the pupil was first admitted in the school:
6. (a) Date and class in which the pupil was studying at the time of leaving the school:
[b] Subjects taken for study:
Language Subjects. Optionals
[i] [i]
[ii] .. [ii]
[iii] . [iii]
7. [a] Mother tongue:
[b] Medium of instruction:
8. Whether the pupil has been declared eligible by the competent authority for the next higher classcourse:
9. Whether the pupil was in receipt of any educational concession or scholarship [nature of the same has to be
mentioned]:
10. Conduct of the pupil:
11. Personal Marks of Identification:

[a]
[b]
12. General remarks
Station:
Date:
Signature of the
Head of the Institutions
[with office stamp]
COUNTER SIGNED
[Signature and Designation of the Competent Authority]
[with office stamp]
ANDHRA PRADESH PRIVATE PRE PRIMARY TEACHERS TRAINING INSTITUTIONS
(REGULATION AND CONTROL) RULES, 1991
8th JULY, 1991
In exercise of the powers conferred by Sections 20 and 21, read with Section 99 of the Andhra Pradesh Education
Act, 1982 (Act No. 1 of 1982) as amended by the Andhra Pradesh Education (Amendment) Act, 1987, the
Governor of Andhra Pradesh hereby makes the following rules relating to Regulation, Establishment, Control and
Running of the Pre Primary Teacher Training Institutions under Private Managements RULES
Rule 1 Short title, application and commencement
(1) These rules may be called the Andhra Pradesh Private Pre Primary Teachers Training Institutions (Regulation
and Control) Rules, 1991.
(2) These rules shall apply to all the Private Pre Primary Teacher Training Institutions in the State of Andhra
Pradesh.
(3) They shall come into force on the date of publication of these rules in the Andhra Pradesh Gazette.
Rule 2 Definitions
In these rules unless the context otherwise requires:
(a) Act means the Andhra Pradesh Education Act, 1982 (Act 1 of 1982).
(b) Educational Agency means the Private Educational Committee Society Trust Association sponsoring
Managing, running the educational Institute;
(c) Institute means the Teacher Training Institute offering training for the candidates for appointment as teachers
in the Pre Primary Schools, within the scope of rule 1 (2) (a) of the Andhra Pradesh Educational Institutions
(Establishment, Recognition, Administration and Control of Schools) Rules, 1988, issued in G.O.Ms.No.524,
Education, dated the 20th December, 1988;
(d) Competent Authority means the authority as prescribed in rule 3 ;
(e) Director means the Director of School Education;
Rule 3 Competent Authority
The competent authority to grant permission for the establishment of the Institute and withdraw the same shall be
the Government and the competent authority to grant recognition and withdraw the same shall be the Director.
Rule 4 Criteria for granting of permission
(a) No permission shall be granted if the educational needs of the locality are adequately served and in the opinion

of the competent authority an opening of New Pre Primary Teacher Training Institute is likely to create unhealthy
and undesirable competition in the other institutions of the same class or category in the area ;
(b) The permission to open a Pre Primary Teacher Training Institute referred to in sub rule (a) or for opening an
additional section or additional course in the institutions shall be granted only if the conditions laid down in these
rules are fulfilled.
Rule 5 Application for grant of permission
(a) Any Private Educational Agency intending to establish a Pre Primary Teacher Training Institute may make an
application, for permission to start the Pre Primary Teacher Training institute from the succeeding Calender year
as prescribed in Appendix I of these rules in triplicate to the Government through the District Educational Officer
concerned and the Director of School Education so as to reach District Educational Officer by the end of July of
the preceding year of opening of the said institute;
(b) The application under sub rule (a) shall be accompanied with the following:
(i) a challan for Rs.500 towards fee which shall be credited to Government;
(ii) an approved sketch plan of the site;
(iii) an approved plan of the building showing the location of each room with dimensions and the purpose for
which it would be used;
(iv) in case the Institute is proposed to be located in private accommodation, documentary evidence to show the
applicant right to have unhindered possession of the building and the site for considerably a long period;
(v) in case the site or the buildings are owned by the applicant, documentary evidence to that effect shall be
produced. If the buildings are not adequate and if any new buildings are proposed to be constructed in the vacant
site, an approved plan of the proposed buildings shall be produced. A sanitary certificate from the Health Officer
of the locality certifying that the accommodation is suitable as per the dimensions prescribed and it is in the
healthy surroundings ;
(vi) the financial position of the Educational Agency with the supporting documentary evidence regarding sources
of income, endowment, movable or immovable properties and income therefrom etc., and the Annual financial
statement approved by the Chartered Accountant;
(vii) fixed Deposit Receipts for Rs.One lakh in the joint names of the Correspondent and the District Educational
Officer being the first instalment of the Endowment;
(c) The application not received within the prescribed time limit shall be rejected and the application fee forfeited;
(d) The application for opening of additional sections shall be made to Government before one month before the
commencement of the year in which they are proposed to be opened. No additional section shall be opened
without obtaining the orders of the competent authority at the earliest and no fee shall levied for the same.
(e) The District Educational Officer shall scrutinise and ensure that the application in the prescribed form is
accompanied by all the necessary documents and challan for the fee remitted, etc. If the application is lacking any
information or not accompanied by the documentary evidence he may return the same to the applicant for
rectification and resubmission. On receipt of the application in complete shape, the District Educational Officer
shall constitute an Inspection Committee consisting of the District Educational Officer, the Principal of the
District Institute of Education and Training (D.I.E.T.) of the District and one Deputy Educational Officer of the
zone and have a preliminary inspection of the applicant registered office and the premises of the proposed institute
within one month from the date of receipt of the application to verify whether the Educational Agency has
fulfilled the conditions for granting permission. The Committee shall submit a detailed report along with the
application of the management with all the documents in the prescribed proforma to the Director within 15 days
from the date of the inspection.
(f) The proposals received from the District Educational Officers shall be scrutinised by a Committee consisting
of: (i) The Director of School Education Chairman

(ii) The Joint Commissioner for Government Examinations Member

(iii) The Director, State Council for Education Research and Training Member
(iv) The Principal, Government Comprehensive College of Education, Hyderabad Member
(v) An Expert in early childhood education form National Council for Education Research Training to be
nominated by the Government Member
(vi) Two Professors form the university concerned to be nominated by the Government Members
After thorough scrutiny the Director shall send suitable proposals to the Government as may be recommended by
the Committee giving specific reasons either to grant permission or refuse the same;
(g) Basing on the recommendation of the Director, the Government either grant the permission or reject the same.
The Government however before taking a decision may call for such information as it deems fit for taking an
appropriate decision.
Rule 6 Conditions for grant of permission
The Educational Agency shall fulfill the following conditions before the permission for the establishment of the
institute is granted by the Government:
(1) Physical facilities :
(i) Accommodation: For a strength of 60 trainees the following accommodation is to be made available: Class
room of 30 x 32 One
Supervising and Meeting room of 9 x 12 Two
Audio Visual room of 9 x 12 One
Library room of 10 x 12 One
Administrative Office Room of 10 x 12 One
Principal Office Room 10 x 12 One
Staff room of 15 x 12 One
Teaching aids store room 10 x 10 One
Toilets (Separately for ladies gents) Two
The Management shall have preferably its own building to run the institute. For this purpose, they shall acquire
vacant site of 5 acres inclusive of play ground of half an acre in rural areas and 1000 Square yards in Cities and
other urban areas and they shall construct the building with the plinth of the above mentioned dimensions. The
land must be registered in the name of the committee and they shall produce a non encumbrance certificate and
title deeds and as to establish the ownership of the property.(ii) Pending construction of buildings the management
can provide private rented accommodation which should be adequate as per the dimensions prescribed. In this
case the management shall produce the rental agreement deed, Rental valuation certificate. In no case the rental
agreement, shall be for a period of not less than five years.(iii) If the Educational Agency proposes to locate the
Institution within the premises of an already existing institution of the same management, like a college of
education, Degree College, Junior College, High School etc., the accommodation should be free from the
encroachment from such existing institution. The furniture, equipment etc., shall also be non sharable with the
existing institution.* [(iv) EndowmentThe Management desirous of establishing Pre Primary Teacher Training
Institute shall create Endowment fund of Rs.3.00 lakhs (Rupees three lakhs only) which shall be deposited in the
Joint Account of the Secretary Correspondent of the Management and District Educational Officer. However, the
Management has the option to deposit Rs.1.00 lakhs (Rupees one lakh only) before making application to the
competent authority seeking permission for the establishment of the Institution and for the balance amount, bank
guarantee shall be produced.](2) LibraryAn exclusive library containing books on teacher education worth of not
less than Rs. 10,000 should be provided.(3) Furniture and EquipmentThe management shall provide adequate
number of single desk chairs (American Type) for each trainee, a Table and a chair for the teacher in each class
room, and other furniture items for the Principal, Staff room, Library, Visitors etc., Audio Visual Equipment such

as a Colour Television, VCP, Over Head slide projector, Radio, Public Address system and other teaching learning
materials should be provided adequately.(4) Games and SportsThere shall be adequate provision for the indoor
and outdoor games. The playground of not less than 1 2 acre should be provided in rural areas and 1000 square
yards in twin cities and urban areas.(5) Art and Craft:- There shall be a provision for teaching art including art and
craft. This department should contain adequate items of material, accommodation and furniture.(6) Model
School:- Each Pre Primary Teacher Training Institute shall have a model Nursery School attached. Apart from the
facilities prescribed under rule 6, the model school shall have the following facilities for a strength of 20 children.
Play Room (30 x 32 ) One
Activity rooms for creative activity, Block Play, book corner, tools play etc. (15 x 16) . . Two Varandah (for
consuming snaks, (60 x 61 ) . . One Kitchen (10 x 10 ) . . One Store Room (10 x 10 ) . . One Staff Room (10 x
10 ) . . One Toilets (Separately for boys girls) . . Two
The model school shall have a qualified teacher, one Ayah and one Sweeepercum Part time cook. The model
School shell function under the overall control of the Principal of the Institute. The model school shall be
provided with adequate outdoor equipment such as tricycles, Swings, Jinglegym, Slide, Sand pit, Pull and push
toys besides, Indoor equipment such as pictorial books puzzles, manipulative toys, soft toys, puppets, musical
instruments, heads blocks, dolls and suitable raw materials for creative art activities such as per colours, paints,
brushes, casel boards, potters, gum, crayons, chalks and other accessories.(7) Staff(a) The Pre primary Teacher
Training Institute shall employ the following staff with qualifications as prescribed.
(i) The qualifications for the post of Principal shall be post graduation with Diploma or Post Graduate diploma in
any of the subjects like child psychology, Child development, Child education, Nutrition and Montesssory
Education. *
[......] Apart from the qualifications, persons with atleast 5 years of experience shall be recruited for the post of
Principal. Candidates who secured 55 marks in the post graduation are only eligible for the post of Principal.(ii)
LecturersThe number of lecturers shall be four. The qualifications, for the post of lecturer shall be Post graduation
with Diploma or Post Graduate diploma in any of the subjects like Child Psychology, Child Development, child
Education, Nutrition and Montessory Education * [.......] Candidates who secured 55 of marks in the Post
graduation are only eligible for the posts of Lecturers.(iii) One librarian with degree or diploma in Library Science
and with two years of experience.(iv) * [.......] (v) One Physical Culture Teacher : Apart from teaching the
Physical exercises, the Teacher shall also teach the trainees the techniques of supervising the movements of the
Children in rhythmic, systematic, graceful and scientific way.
Teachers with aptitude and talent in music and Dance shall be preferred. The candidate must necessarily be a
graduate.(vi) Non Teaching Staff:- One Clerk cum typist, one Attender each of the Office, Sports, and Laboratory
and one for Audio Visual Section.(b) Appointment of Staff:- For all the teaching and non teaching posts including
that of the Model School, the recruitment shall be through a Committee. The selection of Principal and the staff
shall be made in accordance with the procedure laid down in Rule 15 of the G.O.Ms.No.524, Education, Dated 24
12 1988 subject to the modification that for the post of Principals the Correspondent of the Institute shall be the
Chairman of the Committee and for all other posts the Principal of the Institute shall be the Chairman of the
Committee. The Correspondent Secretary is the appointing authority for all the posts.
All the appointments made by the Selection Committee shall be purely on temporary basis. The appointments to
the non teaching posts and that of librarian, shall be made only by the Selection Committee drawing the
candidates from the concerned Employment Exchanges. For every appointment, the approval of the Director of
School Education shall be obtained within one month from the date of such appointment.(c) Payment of salaries
to the staffAs a rule the management shall pay the salaries to the staff along with such allowances as the
Government may prescribe for the staff in the DIETs from time to time. But in cases where the management
cannot pay salaries as per the Government scales prior permission of the Director shall be obtained for paying
such lower salaries duly explaining the reasons for such inability and by giving complete particulars of the fee
receipts, investments expenditure etc.
Rule 7 Procedure for granting recognition
Under rule 5 (a) Government issues orders permitting the management for establishing the Pre Primary Teaching
Training Institute with effect from such date and with such conditions as the Government may impose. Within

thirty days from the date of the Government order, the management shall submit an application as in Appendix II
to the Director for recognition through the District Educational Officer concerned. The Recognition shall not be
given on permanent basis to any management. But it shall be renewed every year by the Director. In case,
conditional recognition is granted, the renewal need not be granted on a routine basis, but it should be granted
within the discretion of the competent authority that the action of the management to fulfil the conditions
prescribed in the last renewal was steady and satisfactory, or in the opinion of the competent, authority that the
management would fulfill the conditions if one more year time is granted. The renewal of the temporary
recognition shall not be granted in cases where the qualified staff are not appointed, or even if appointed, the
procedures prescribed in rule 6(7) (b) is not followed, if there is any complaint from the staff members that the
salaries are not paid as per the prescribed scales, or if there are any complaints that the management is resorting to
unfair practices which are prohibited by the Andhra Pradesh Education Act, 1982. In all cases, the question of
extension of Recognition shall be examined only after an enquiry is ordered by the Director and after examining
the report of the Enquiry Officer.
Rule 8 Annual Inspection of the Institute
The District Educational Officer concerned shall conduct an annual inspection of the Institute assisted by the
Principal or one Senior Lecturer of the DIET of the district for academic matters. The purpose of Inspection shall
be to ascertain the academic standards of the institute and to advise and guide the management on matters which
need rectification. The annual Inspection report of the District Educational Officer shall be submitted to the
Regional Joint Director of School Education and to the Director of School Education every year while extending a
copy thereof to the management for rectification of the defects if any before the next inspection. The Regional
Joint Director, after receiving the report shall critically review the report and communicate the review to the
management and to the D.E.O. for follow up action. The inspection and the review of the report shall be
completed before the management applies for the renewal of the recognition for the following year i.e., before
31st January of the academic year in which the recognition expires.
Rule 9 Withdrawal and suspension of the Temporary Recognition
Notwithstanding anything in rule 7, the temporary recognition is liable to the withdrawn before its expiry, subject
to the following conditions, namely:
(a) The Temporary Recognition along with the permission accorded by the Government lapses ipso facto in any of
the following events viz.,
(i) If the Institute is closed by the management without the knowledge of the Director or otherwise than in the
manner prescribed for such closure in these rules;
(ii) If the premises of the Institute is shifted to a new premises without the knowledge and permission of the
Department;
(iii) If the management and the Correspondent of the Agency to whom the permission was granted is transferred
to any other individual or body otherwise than in the manner prescribed in these rules;
(b) When the permission and the temporary recognition ceases as per rule 9 (a), the management shall apply
afresh for granting permission as if it is a new institute.
(c) Without repugnant to any clause under any of these rules, the temporary recognition will be extended for a
period of one year from the date on which it expires, and the temporary recognition remains suspended if,
(i) the management does not positively respond to the fulfilment of any or all of the conditions that were
stipulated while granting the last renewal;
(ii) there are disputes in the constituted managing body which in the opinion of the Director is detrimental to the
normal function of the Institution;
(iii) the rules of admission and the procedure for the appointment of staff are continuously flouted by the
management despite instructions ;
(iv) the salaries are not paid to the staff regularly and as per the scales of pay;
(v) the management fails to maintain the records properly and upto date;

(vi) necessary supervision of the teaching practice is not properly and effectively done;
(vii) the physical education and art and craft instruction are not properly imparted; and
(viii) the records are not produced for inspection etc., At the discretion of the Director, the recognition may be
refused for a part of the academic year during which the above lapses take place and the recognition will be
reviewed only from the date from which the Director feels justified.
(d) If the recognition to any institute is renewed after any suspension under sub rule (c), the director shall notify in
the press that the attendance put in by the students during the suspended period of recognition will not count for
the purpose of examination.
Rule 10 Admissions
(a) Admissions into the course shall be open for all. A Minimum qualification for admission into the Pre Primary
Teacher Training Institute shall be a pass in the X Class examination with a minimum of 45 marks in the
aggregate. The minimum percentage of marks in the case of Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes is, however,
35 . Preference shall be given to those who have passed the SSC in one attempt. Atleast 30 of the seats shall be
filled in by X class (SSC examination) passed candidates only. The remaining seats may be filled by the
candidates of higher qualification. Even in the case of such candidates, the marks secured in the SSC by the
candidates shall alone be the criterion for selection of candidates. The merit list drawn up from the admission
applications shall be scrutinised by the Principal and the provisional selection lists prepared by duly following the
reservation procedure and shall be submitted to the District Educational Officer for approval.
(b) Reservation : The admissions shall be made strictly in accordance with the rule of reservations in force from
time to time.
(c) The process of admissions for every batch shall be started well in advance in such a way that the next course
shall commence with an interval of one month after completion of the previous course.
* [(d) Age LimitThe candidates seeking admission should have completed seventeen years of age on the date of
commencement of admissions. However, there shall be no upper age limit for admission into the course.]
Rule 11 Intake capacity
The intake capacity for each section shall be 75. However, depending upon the need, another section of 75 can
also be permitted simultaneously along with the initial permission by the Government, provided the physical
facilities such as accomodation, furniture, equipment, library, laboratory are adequate. If the permission is granted
only for one section of 75 students, the Director can grant permission for the second section also at a subsequent
year depending upon the need. Under no circumstances, the third section shall be permitted.
Rule 12 Fees
No tuition fee shall be levied on the students belonging to the Scheduled Castes, Scheduled Tribes and Physically
handicapped students. The students shall pay Rs. 2,000 per annum i.e., for 12 months duration which shall be paid
by each student in four equal instalments i.e., Rs.500 per instalment for Private un aided Institutions. The
following special fee shall be paid by all students.
Rule 13 Examinations
The Examinations will be conducted by the Commissioner for Government Examinations, and a certificate called
"Pre Primary Teacher Training Certificate" shall be issued to the successful candidates.
Rule 14 Syllabus, Scheme of the course
The Syllabus, the course content, the scheme of the course and examination, Practical etc., are isued separately,
for the management to follow:
Rule 15 Medium of Instruction
The medium of instruction in the Institute shall be either English, Telugu or Urdu. Parallel sections of English,
Telugu and Urdu can also be permitted to the other relevant clauses of these rules. The management shall not open
additional or parallel sections without the prior permission of the competent authority.

Rule 16 Miscellaneous
(a) The management shall carry out all the instructions issued by the Government from time to time with a view to
maintain academic standard and to safeguard the interests of the teachers and the trainees.
(b) The Educational Agencies shall adopt the Teachers Provident Fund Scheme and any other schemes for the
benefit of their employees as may be prescribed by the Government from time to time. Failure to implememt the
scheme shall entail suspension of recognition within the scope of rule 7 of these rules.
(c) The Educational Agency shall maintain all the records and Registers as may be prescribed by the competent
authority and they shall be made available to the concerned authority and the inspection authority.
(d) The Educational Agency shall follow all the service conditions applicable to Government employees of the
same cadre and category including leave rules etc. They have to adopt the code of conduct prescribed by the
Government for the Teaching and non teaching staff in the institution.
(e) Every Institution shall arrange for the medical inspection of the trainees within two months from the last day
of admission.
APPENDIX 1 APPLICATION FOR GRANT OF PERMISSION FOR STARTING A PRIVATE PRE PRIMARY TEACHER TRAINING INSTITUTE
APPENDIX I
APPLICATION FOR GRANT OF PERMISSION FOR STARTING A PRIVATE PRE - PRIMARY TEACHER
TRAINING INSTITUTE
(See Rule 5)
1. Name of the Sponsor Society with Registration Number ..
2. Name and address of the Sponsor Society Secretary Correspondent. ..
3. Location of the proposed Private Pre-Primary Teacher Training Institute. ..
Place ..
Mandal ..
District ..
4. Is the proposal for a Private Pre-Primary Teacher Training Institute ..
5. Is the Sponsor Society prepared to provide the cash deposit Rs.3.00 lakhs ..
6. Is the land required under these rules acquired ..
7. Accommodation (See rule 6 (I)) ..
(a) Is sufficient building avail-able for locating the Pre-Pri-mary Teaching Training Institute? ..
(b)Number of rooms available with dimensions (A rough sketch of the plan may be furnished) ..
(c)Is the building own or rented (A copy of the rent lease deed may be enclosed in case it is a rented building). ..
(d)Is the Sponsor Society ready to provide sufficient building before the Pre Primary Teacher Training Institute is
started functioning in case the accommodation is not readily available ?
8. Other facilities :
(a)Is the Sponsor Society having books, furniture and equipment required for the Institute ?
(b)If not, whether the Sponsor Society is prepared to provide books furniture and equipment before the
Recognition is granted ?
9. Is any Pre Primary Teacher Training Institute existing in the Mandal or District? (If so give the following
details)

Place, Mandal, District

Distance from the proposed institute .
10. Is the place declared as Backward or Tribal Area ?
11. Is the proposal
(a) Fresh
(b) Renewal
Signature of the Sponsor
Society Correspondent.
APPENDIX 2 APPLICATION FOR RECOGNITION OF A PRE PRIMARY TEACHER TRAINING
INSTITUTE
APPENDIX
APPENDIX II
APPLICATION FOR RECOGNITION OF A PRE PRIMARY TEACHER TRAINING INSTITUTE.
(See Rule 7)
DISTRICT : MANDAL :
Town Village :
1. Name of the Pre Primary Teacher Training Institute
2. (a) Date of Establishment
(b) Number and date of the Government Order in which permission for the opening of the pre primary Teacher
Institute was accorded
3. Name of the Society, Association or person owning the Pre Primary Teacher Training Institute
4. Name of the Correspondent
5. Is a model school attached to the Pre-Primary Teacher Training Institute
6. Staff:
7.
Sl.No.
Name of the Staff Member
Designation
Full Salary
assigned or proposed to be assigned
Age
Subjects
taught
Service in the
Pre-Primary
Teacher
Training

Institute
Service in other
recognised
PPTTI(Names
of such institutes
may be
specified.)
General
Educational
qualifications
with year of
passing and
subjects of study
and class
obtained.
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
8. Accommodation and Sanitation :
(i) Total area of
(a) Class rooms, Office rooms, staff room etc.
(b) Play Ground
(c) Garden
(ii) Number of Class rooms, the super-ficial and cubical area of each room, the number of school places in each
room and the maximum number of trainees proposed to be taught in each room.
(iii) Details and extent of accommodation provided to
(a) Laboratories
(b) Craft rooms
(c) Library
(iv) Details of sanitary facilities like water Supply, ventilation,latrines and urinals.

(v) Is sanitary certificate in the pres-cribed form enclosed.

(vi) Is a rough plan of the building attached (The rough plan should show the actual location of each room, its area
and the use it is put to etc.)
9. Furniture, apparatus and applications (Full details to be given)
10. Library :
(a) Number of books
(b) Is a catalogue and an issue register of books maintained
11. Are all the registers in Appendix II maintained ?
12. Is any hostel attached to the Institute and if so residence in the hostel made compulsory?
13. Is any museum maintained by the managment If so details may be given.
DECLARATION
On behalf of the management of the Pre Primary Teacher Training Institute I hereby declare that the Pre Primary
Teacher Training Institute, fulfills all the conditions specified in these rules which are issued under the Andhra
Pradesh Education Act, 1982 and I promise to comply with all the conditions if any yet to be ful filled and to
furnish such returns as may be required by the Government Concerned Authority.
In the event of the management deciding to close down the Pre Primary Teacher Training Institute, I agree to give
one year notice to the Government Concerned Authority before actual closure and that the closure will be made
only at the end of the academic year of instruction.
Station : Correspondent.
Date :
APPENDIX 3 APPENDIX
APPENDIX
APPENDIX III
LIST OF REGISTERS TO BE MAINTAINED BY A PRE PRIMARY TEACHER TRAINING INSTITUTE
[See Rule 16 (c)]
1. General Cash Book
2. Ledger
3. Special fee receipt books
4. Special fee cash book
5. Special fee Ledger
6. Term fee Register
7. Acquittance Register
8. Scholarship Register
9. Register of Admission and withdrawals
10. Pupils Attendance Register
11. Staff Attendance Register Teaching
12. Staff Attendance Register Non Teaching
13. Casual Leave Register

14. Leave other than Casual Leave Register

15. Internal Assessment marks register
16. Marks for the unit tests and the examinations conducted.
17. Student teacher assignment record
18. Leave register of students
19. Stock register of games articles
20. Stock register of equipment
21. Stock Register of Audio Visual Aids
22. Stock Register of Library books
PRE PRIMARY TEACHER TRAINING COURSE
I. Details of the Course :
1.
Name of the Course
PRE PRIMARY TEACHER TRAINING COUSE.
2.
Duration of the course
12 months 9June to May) The mumber of working days shall be 200, with six working days per day
3.
Medium of Instruction
Telugu English Urdu
4.
Name of the Institute Pre Primary Teacher Training Institute.
5.
Strength in each section
75 in each section in each medium subject to a maxcimum of two sections in each medum.
6.
Admission requirements
SSC or equivalent examination
7.
Admission Procedure
On merit from the marks secured in SSC Public Examination.
8.
Age
Minimum of 17 years and maximum of 25 years as on 1st January of the year of admission.
9.
Attendance

80 of the total working days.

Shortage may be condoned by the Director of School Education to a maximum of 20 on medical grounds.
II. Aims and objectives of the Course :
(a) General Aims :
(1) To develop the values, attitudes and behaviours required understand, Love and handle the children learning
and living contexts.
(2) To prepare young women for a career in the education of young children.
(3) To orient the student teachers in the concept and techniques of pre primary Teacher Education.
(4) To help them acquire the competencies and skills required to work with and guide the children.
(5) To develop in them the skills in the use of locally available and indigenous material for preparing equipment
for Pre Primary children, and
(6) To develop the ability of applying the principles of health education nutrition and hygiene in catering to the
needs of the children.
(b) Specific Aims :
(1) To help the trainees to observe children and simulate their understanding of children behavior.
(2) To define the principles and purpose on which to base a programme for the Pre Scholars and to develop an
organised structure of activities based on these principles and purposes as to help the trainee choose from a range
of activities appropriate for the programme.
(3) To encourage the trainees to experiment with a variety or materials so as to express their ideas freely in
pictorial and other forms.
(4) To provide guidelines for day to day work with children which involve :
(a) Careful Planning of every activity.
(b) Adequate use of A.V. Aids.
(c) Paying special attention to the weaker students.
(d) Recognising individual differences in learners
(e) Cultivating the spirit of oneness in the Class
(f) To be sympathetic to the learners
(g) Basing the discipline of the class room on co operation and mutual good will.
(h) To be interested in the things that interest the learners.
III. The course structure :
(a) The structure of the Pre Primary Teacher Training Programme comprises three parts viz.,
(i) Understanding the Pre School child
(ii) Knowledge base of the Pre School Teacher
(iii) Skills base of the Pre School Teacher
(b) The structure is divided into the following units viz.,
(i) Understanding the Pre School child and knowledge and skills of the teachers.
(ii) Sociology of learning network.
(iii) Pedagogical aspects of Early childhood Education

(iv) Organistaion of Early childhood Education.

(v) Comparative approaches to the Early Childhood Education including policy on Early Childhood Education
and
(vi) Practice
(c) Each of the above six units of the Pre Primary Teacher Training Course shall contain the following:
I. PAPER I UNDERSTANDING THE CHILD:
(a) Personality development of a child Personality formation from birth to 8 years influence of heredity and
environment on the personality development of a child.
(b) Growth and development : (1) Pre natal and post natal stages
(c) Infancy and Early child hood; physical and mental development, language development Emotional and social
development moral development.
Classroom implications of these stages awareness of potentialities of the child autonomy and self actualisation.
(d) Habit formation Parent child relationship identification with parents, siblings, peers, teachers, adults etc.,
(e) Interests, attitudes, aptitude role of customs, traditions and superstitutions role of teacher in the development
of the above.
(f) Creativity.
(g) Dealing with the exceptional child, learning disabilities among children.
(h) Child health and Nutrition : Concept of health importance of the role of school Symptoms, prevention and
treatment First Aid Environmental influence on health Malnutrition and infant mortality Dietary habits and
methods of improving diet food hygiene Demonstration of lowest balanced diets.
PAPER II : SOCIOLOGY OF LEARNING NETWORKS :
1. Influence of parental attitudes and family relationship on the child behavior and performance in the School.
2. The importance of educating parents and the community in child rearing practices ;
3. Role of the school in parent and community education ;
4. Home School co operation, its importance and impact on child development.
5. Methods and techniques of educating parents and community.
6. Meetings, discussions, visits, film shows, demonstrations and written communications through news letters,
pamphlets, brouchures etc.,
7. Community resources, Agencies imparting parent education.
8. Organisation, implementation and evaluation of parent an community education programmes, such as
(a) Home as learning network
(b) Community Neighbourhood as a learning network
(c) Media as a learning network.
(d) Pre Schools as a learning network
(e) The Pre School teacher training institution as learning network, and
(f) The Professional Association as a learning network.
PAPER III : PEDAGOGY OF EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION :
(a) Concept of pedagogy

(b) General Principles and methods of teaching

(c) Methods.
(i) Activity method
(ii) Demonstration
(iii) Story telling
(iv) Action method Action songs
(v) Role play
(vi) Dramatisation
(vii) Puppetry
(viii) Look, say, touch
(ix) Thinking and doing activity : (a) Puzzles, (b) Painting (c) Cutting (d) Paper Work, (e) Collection of materials
(f) field trip (g) preparation of puppets, dolls, toys other aids.
(x) All aspects related to manipulative skills.
(d) Paiget theory of cognitive development as applied to Pre primary children.
(e) Teaching aids :
(i) Preparation and study of play equipment used in a child learning Application of the principles of child
developments to the designing and production of materials.
(ii) Use of natural resources such as water, clay, sand and plants in children learning.
(iii) Introduction to modern A. Vaids and their use. Record player, Taperecorder, slide projector, Film Projector
Radio, Television, Video Casettes, Video Re corder and overhead projector.
(f) Introduction to direct purposeful experience such as rearing of lets, vezetable gardening and field trips as a
source of learning.
PAPER IV : ORGANISATION OF EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION :
Planning and organising a pre school curriculum in accordance with the needs of children and objectives of Pre
Primary teacher training
Relationship of educational boals with the prevalent Social pattern an social needs.
Education as preparation for life. Ultimate goal of child education, promoting around development at optimum
level.
Specification of objectives of Pre Primary teacher training to work out suitable curriculum of child education to
meet the needs of the present day Society.
Emphasis on creating a stimulating environment using natural and other resources available.
Planning and organisation of various activities and experience for children in a Pre Primary school, i.e., creative
activities, music, story telling, science, Social Studies, Games, Languages, reading and writing arts, mathematics
etc.
Brief methodology of teaching Social Studies., Science, English, Hindi, Telugu and mathematics. Relation of each
of these components of curriculum to the development of a child.
Expression of self, development of wholesome attitudes and creative thinking through a Pre Primary Programme.
Teacher role in planning and organising activities and experience and in providing guidance for the over all
development of a child personality
National Policy of Education pertaining to Pre Primary and Primary School Education.

Organisation of Pre School :

Planning and organising a pre school curriculum in accordance with the needs of children and objectives of Pre
Primary Teacher Training.
Planning of a school calendar.
Considerations for preparing the weekly programme.
Preparation of the child for a smooth transition from home to pre primary school and from pre primary school to
primary school.
Organisation of the physical environment of a pre primary school.
Selection and use of building furniture, equipment and materials in relation to the goals, curriculum and method.
Pre Primary school personnel, staffing pattern, professional qualifications and personality of a pre primary
teacher.
In Service education and staff development programmes to help professional growth.
The role and responsibilities of the school administrator.
Relationship of the teacher with the administrator and colleagues.
Administration and management of pre primary school in India.
ASSESSMENT OF PROGRESS :
Evaluation of Pre Primary Programme, Performance of children and teachers.
Importance of maintaining academic and administrative records.
Budgeting the programme and administrative items and supervision.
Education rules relating to establishment, recognition of Schools.
PAPER V : COMPARATIVE APPROACHES TO EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION
AND NATIONAL POLICY ON EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION.
Principles and methods of Froebel Kindergarten ; Maria Montessori House of Children, Mc Millan Sisters
Nursery School ; Pestolozzi, Rousseau John Dewey concept of Education and Rudolf Stainer method of
education.
Way of strengthening the teacher role in school administration.
Contribution of Indian Educators to child education Rabindranath Tagore Educational Philosophy and his method
of teaching Gandhiji Pre basic and basic education and J. Krishnamuthy views on education and teaching.
Historical development of formal preprimary teacher training in India and provision of Pre Primary School in
India in the form of Laboratory Nursery School, Anganwadi and Balwadi.
Study of some significant programmes of child education arising out of the need of the society viz., Mobile
creche, Vikaswadi at Kosbad, Integrated Child development scheme of the Government of India. Head Start
Programme of U.S.A. Play group movement in U.K.
Importance of developing new concepts and approaches to child education to prepare the young generation to
meet the challenges of their times and age.
Policy Framework on Early Childhood Education :
Construction of India (portions relating to the child) Child Development Programmes in India. Regulations of the
Child Convention of the United Nations.
VI. PRACTICALS :
Details of practical work :

(i) Observation of Pre Primary Schools :

The practical work of the students of pre primary teacher Training course is to be offered as below :
To begin with, students are given opportunity to observe the physical environment, activities and the programmes
conducted by teachers of pre primary schools having different approaches to child education. The observation
reports are submitted of each school observed which are discussed with the Faculty guide.
(ii) Creative work experience forms an integral part of practical work in the first semester. Through this
programme the student teachers are exposed to various experience and material which they later use with
children. They are given the direct experience of working with various materials used in a pre primary school i.e.,
Sand Clay, Water paints, other natural and waste materials. They also organise activities such as music, activities
of creative art, story telling, games school games school readiness activities and prepare musical instruments and
books for children.
Plan, prepare and implement a nursery school programme and provide a range of direct experiences to children,
parents and teachers in a school situation.
Each student teacher is placed in a local school for concentrated experience in practice teaching under the
supervision a faculty guide. The students are required to observe the programme, assist the teacher in their work
and gradually handle the classes independently.
Each student is required to plan and implement minimum of 30 lessons during practice teaching. Besides these
lessons, a student is also required to attend Block Practice Teaching for a week during which 15 to 20 lesson,
plans are implemented. The tentative distribution of lesson plans allotted to different subject areas is as follows :
A. Visits and Educational Excursions :
The students are taken to visit educational agencies such as Bal Bhavan Children Hospital, National Institute of
Nutrition, Creche, Institutes for the mentally handicapped.
B. Practical work related to the theory subjects :
Child Health and Nutrition : Planning of balanced diets, Therapeutic diets and low cost nutritious supplements ;
C. Parent Community Education, Planning and Implementing parent and community Education programmes.
D. Teaching Aids :
Preparation of audio visual aids related to the areas of pre school curriculum.
IV. The Scheme of Evaluation :
The scheme of evaluation including internal and continuous evaluation besides external examinations.
The student teachers of Pre Primary Teaching Training Course will have internal assessment for the theory
subjects, Practical work and viva voce, over and above the internal assessment, the student teachers will appear
for the external Examination in theory which will be conducted by the Commissioner for Government
Examinations, Andhra Pradesh. Each subject offered in the course is assigned a specific number of course allotted
to a theory subject and or practical work, per week. Each credit hour prepresents one hour of theory lecture or two
hours of practicals in the first Semester, and two hours of theory lecture and one hour of practicals in the second
semester.
The credit for each subject are given below :
Subject (Theory)
I
Semester
II
Semester

(1)
(2)
(3)
Child Education, Goals curriculum
4
..
Personality Development of a child I
4
..
Child Health & Nutrition
4
..
Approaches to Child Education
4
..
Personality Development of a child II
..
3
Organisation of Pre-School
..
3
Parent & Community Education
2
2
English
3
4
Practical work :
Observation visits
6
..
Creative work experience (Micro Teaching)
1
..
Practice teaching
..

9
Attendance in general education and English classes is compulsory but obtaining passing grade in these subjects is
not a requirement to complete the course. In each subject in each semester periodical tests are given. The grade
system is as follows for the assessment of the tests.
Grade points.
Corresponding Marks.
(1)
(2)
(3)
A Grade
Grade point 3
(Range 2.5 to 3.0)
Very good (above 65 )
B Grade
Grade Point 2
(Range 1.5 to 2.4)
Good : 55 64
C Grade
Grade point 1
(Range 1.0 to 1.4
Satisfactory
40 54
D Grade
0.9 and below
Unsatisfactory
39 and below]
Internal Assessment of Theory work :
The internal grade for a theory subject in a given Semester will be the average of the grade obtained in all the tests
in that subject. A student is required to obtain minimum of C grade in all the theory subjects in each Semester.
Only if a student has recorded a minimum of C grade in 50 of the theory subject, offered in the first semester will
be allowed to appear for the supplementary tests in those subjects given within a month of the beginning of the
second semester. Until such time that the candidate is declared to have obtained the passing grade in those
subjects in the supplementary test, here continuation in the second Semester will be considered to be conditional.
Internal Assessment of practical work :
The practical work of the Pre Primary Teacher Training Course consists of observation visits, creative work
experience and practice teaching spread over two Semesters. The Student teachers are graded in each of these 3
aspects of practical work based on their records, performance in supervisory meetings and performance in the
practical sessions. The final grade in practical work will be the aggregate grade of the 3 grades obtained
observation visits, creative work experience and practice teaching. A student is required to obtain a minimum of C
grade in the practical work. Until such time that she is declared to have obtained the C grade in practical work,

she cannot continue with the practical work of the following Semester.
VIVA VOCE :
A student must secure a minimum of C grade in each theory subject and in the practical work for the two
semisters in order to qualify for the viva voce. An external examiner will participate in the Viva Voce examination
of the students. The Viva Voce will be conducted by
(a) The Principal of the Institute.
(b) One external specialist to be nominated by the Commissioner for Govt. Examinations.
(c) One member of the faculty.
A student is required to secure a minimum of C grade in the Viva Voce.
Guidelines for Viva Voce :
During the Viva Voce a student will be assessed on the following points.
1. Integration of theory subjects and practical work.
2. Knowledge and comprehension of the content learnt.
3. Application of the knowledge gained.
4. Creative thinking and innovative ideas.
5. Ability to express one ideas and thoughts.
V. COMPLETION OF THE PRE PRIMARY TEACHER TRAINING :
A student will be allowed four years time from the date of her admission into the Pre Primary Teacher Training
Institute to complete the course. Untrained candidates are not eligible for the examination.
VI. AWARD OF CERTIFICATE :
After having successfully completed all the requirements of the Pre Primary Teacher Training Course, a student
will be awarded with a certificate in pri Primary Teacher Training by the Commissioner for Government
Examinations, Andhra Pradesh.
VII. BOARD OF THE PRE PRIMARY TEACHER TRAINING :
The Adhoc Board of Teacher Education will also be responsible for the Pre Primary Teacher Training Certificate
for the following functions and processes.
(a) In General to offer suggestions regarding the syllabus and the course of study.
(b) To see the suitability of books to be prescribed.
(c) To prescribe the nature and duration of question papers.
(d) To consider and pass the results of the examination.
(e) To edit the reports of the examiners.
(f) To recommend to the Commissioner for Government Examination to relax any rule or rules governing the
scheme of syllabus.
VIII. STATUS OF THE PRE PRIMARY SCHOOL TEACHER :
The Pre Primary trained teachers are eligible for the same pay and allowances as are applicable to the S.G.B.T.
teachers. They cannot handle classes other than lower K.G. and Upper K.G. The Pre Primary Teacher Training
Certificates issued by the Board of Pre Primary Teacher Training shall be prominently superscribed as follows :
"This certificate holder is eligible to teach classes below class I only i.e., L.K.G., AND U.K.G., or the equivalent.
IX. MAINTENANCE OF THE CERTIFICATES ETC.

The rules for the maintenance of the record books issue of duplicate certificates etc., are the same as in the case of
the Teacher Training Certificates now being followed by the Commissioner for Government Examinations.
D.V.L.N. MURTHY,
Secretary to Government.
ANDHRA PRADESH SAHAKARA JUNIOR KALASALALU (REGISTRATION, ESTABLISHMENT,
RECOGNITION AND REGULATION) RULES, 1988
In exercise of the powers conferred by Sections 20, 21 and 24 read with Section 99 of the Andhra Pradesh
Education Act, 1982 (Act 1 of 1982) and subsection (1) of Section 3, Section 4 and 5 read with Section 31 of the
Andhra Pradesh Cooperative Societies Act, 1964 (Act No.7 of 1964), the Governor of Andhra Pradesh hereby
makes the following rules relating to Registration, Establishment, Recognition and Regulation of Sahakara Junior
Kalasalalu under Cooperative sector.
Rule 1 Short title, Extent and Commencement
(1) These rules may be called the Andhra Pradesh Sahakara Junior Kalasalalu (Registration, Establishment,
Recognition and Regulation) Rules 1988.
(2) They shall come into force with immediate effect.
(3) They shall apply to all the Sahakara Junior Kalasalalu established by the Educational Societies under
Cooperative sector.
Rule 2 Definitions
(1) In these rules unless the context otherwise requires:
(a) "Act" means, unless otherwise specifically mentioned, the Andhra Pradesh Education Act, 1982 (Act No.1 of
1982).
(b) "Board" means the Secretary, Board of Intermediate Education.
(c) "Educational Society" means a Cooperative Education Society formed by donors and parents aiming at
establishing Sahakara Junior Kalasalalu under the A.P. Cooperative Societies Act, 1964.
(d) "Managing Committee" means the committee which is entrusted with the management of the affairs of the
Educational Society constituted under Section 31 of the Andhra Pradesh Cooperative Societies Act, 1964.
(e) "Sahakara Junior Kalasala" means a Junior College imparting Intermediate Education and established by the
Educational Society.
(f) "Member" means any individual who has been admitted as a donor member or a parent member.
(g) "Parent" means any father, mother or guardian of the student admitted into the Junior Kalasala and continuing
the studies being on the effective rolls of attendance.
(h) "Notification Authority" means the Secretary, Board of Intermediate Education empowered to conduct survey
to identify the educational needs of the localities and to issue notification in the news papers calling for
applications from the Educational Societies desirous of establishing the Sahakara Junior Kalasalalu in the
specified localities.
(i) "Registration Authority" means, unless otherwise specifically mentioned, the Director of Higher Education
who is empowered to perform the function of "Registrar" under subsection (1) of Section 3 of the Andhra Pradesh
Cooperative Societies Act, 1964.
(j) "State Council" means the Andhra Pradesh State Council of Higher Education established under subsection (1)
of Section 3 of the Andhra Pradesh State Council of Higher Education Act, 1988.
(k) "Ward" means son or daughter of a parent who is admitted into the Junior Kalasala and continuing the studies
being on the effective rolls of attendance.
(2) Words and expressions used herein but not defined shall have the same meaning as assigned to them in the

Andhra Pradesh Education Act, 1982 or the Andhra Pradesh Cooperative Societies Act, 1964, as the case may be.
Rule 3 Competent Authority for Registration of the Society
The Director of Higher Education shall be the Registration Authority competent to register the Cooperative
Educational Societies and empowered to discharge the functions of Registrar of Cooperative Societies under
subsection (1) of Section 3 of the Andhra Pradesh Cooperative Societies Act, 1964.
Rule 4 Registration of CoOperative Educational Society
(1) The people of any mandal desirous of establishing a Sahakara Junior Kalasala in their locality shall join
together to form a Cooperative Educational Society, in the first instance.
(2) The Cooperative Educational Society so formed, after fulfilling the conditions prescribed under the Andhra
Pradesh Cooperative Societies Act, 1964, shall make an application in the prescribed form to the Registration
Authority enclosing a copy of the byelaws to be adopted by the Educational Society. It is binding on the part of
the Educational Society to adopt the byelaws prescribed in the Annexure.
(3)
(a) If the Registration Authority is satisfied that the application conforms to the requirements laid down by the
Andhra Pradesh Cooperative Societies Act, 1964 and the rules made thereunder, he may register the society and
its byelaws within a period of one month, at the latest.
(b) Where the Registration Authority decides to register an Educational Society, it shall do so by giving a
Registration Number and entering the particulars of the Educational Society in a Registration Register maintained
for the purpose. The Registration Authority shall also issue a Certificate of Registration in the prescribed form to
the Educational Society as an evidence that it is a registered Cooperative Educational Society.
(c) Initially the Educational Society shall have provisional registration only. The permanent registration shall be
allowed only after the Society is permitted to establish the Kalasala.
(4) Where the Registration Authority is not satisfied about the conformity of the requirements laid down by the
Andhra Pradesh Cooperative Societies Act, 1964, it may reject the application in which case the reasons for such
rejection may be intimated to the Educational Society within a month.
Rule 5 Determination of Educational Needs of the Localities
(1) In the first instance the Notification Authority shall conduct survey of the Mandals in the State in order to
identify the educational needs of the localities. While making the survey, the authority shall keep in mind various
priorities determining the educational requirements of the area such as population, distance from the already
existing Junior College if any, population of linguistic and religious minorities etc.
(2) In order to achieve uniformity in the matter of establishment of Sahakara Junior Kalasala each Mandal shall be
taken as a unit and preference shall be given for establishment of Sahakara Junior Kalasalalu in the Mandals
where there are no junior colleges existing and where there are sufficient number of secondary schools.
(3) Since the Sahakara Junior Kalasalalu are vocational oriented, such Kalasalalu shall be established in Mandals
where there are already existing I.T.I.Polytechnicworkshop facilities and then in the Mandals where the people
come forward to establish such kalasalalu with attached I.T.I.sPolytechnics.
Rule 6 Competent Authority to conduct Survey and make Notification
The Secretary, Board of Intermediate Education shall be the competent authority to conduct survey and make
notification calling for applications for the establishment of Sahakara Junior Kalasalalu in consultation with the
State Council.
Rule 7 Procedure for making application seeking permission for establishment of Sahakara Junior
Kalasalalu
(1) Basing on the guidelines laid down in Rule 4 the Notification Authority in consultation with the State Council
shall take a decision on the number of Sahakara Junior Kalasalalu to be established (menwomencoeducational)
and the Mandals where they are to be established during the particular academic year. The Notification Authority
shall then make notification in the local daily news papers calling for applications in the prescribed form (FormI)

from the Cooperative Educational Societies, desirous of establishing Sahakara Junior Kalasalalu under
Cooperative sector, in the specified mandals, specifying the last date for submitting the applications.
(2) The Cooperative Educational Societies which have been registered with the Registration Authority may, in
response to the notification under subrule (1), apply to the Notification Authority in the prescribed form (FormI)
seeking permission for establishment of Sahakara Junior Kalasala.
(3) No application form from any Cooperative Educational Society for establishment of Sahakara Junior Kalasala
shall be entertained except when the same is received in response to the notification issued by the Notification
Authority, under sub rule (1).
(4) Every application shall be accompanied with the following documents :
(a)
(i) a copy of the constitution and byelaws of the society registered with the Registration Authority.
(ii) list of members admitted into the society as on the date of making the application.
(b)
(i) Crossed Demand Draft or Indian Postal Order for an amount of Rs.1000 only in favour of Secretary, Board of
Intermediate Education as application fee to meet the expenditure on inspection, etc.
(ii) Counterfoil of Treasury Challan in support of payment of Rs.500 only as postpermission fee inspection to
meet the expenditure of the Government Director of Higher Education on inspection. The amount shall be
credited to Government under the head of account "007EducationD. PreUniversity EducationM.H. (01) Other
receipts S.H. (01) Contribution and income from Endowments".
(c) documentary evidence indicating the financial soundness of the society, in the form of bank balance, securities,
etc. which is essential to purchase and provide library books, laboratory equipment, furniture, etc., in case
permission is accorded.
(d) documentary evidence in support of possession of not less than Rs.5.00 lakhs to be used for construction of
buildings for the Kalasala in case there are no buildings of their own.
(e) a sketch plan of the site indicating the location of the Kalasala in the locality in relation to other educational
institutions.
(f) a rough plan of the building showing the location of each room, its dimensions and the use it is proposed to be
put to.
(g)
(i) in case the institution is proposed to be located in private accommodation, documentary evidence to show the
societys ownership of its rights to be in exclusive possession of the site and buildings.
(ii) documentary evidence to show the Societys ownership of the land which has been acquired for use of the
institution and a sketch plan of the buildings proposed to be constructed if the buildings are not already
constructed.
(5) The applications not accompanied with the documentary evidences referred to in subrule (4) and which have
been received after the stipulated date, shall not be entertained.
Rule 8 Competent Authority for granting or withdrawing of permission
State Council are the competent authority for granting or withdrawing of permission for the establishment of
Sahakara Junior Kalasalalu basing on the recommendation of the Notification Authority and the Registration
Authority.
Rule 9 Procedure for granting of permission for establishment of Sahakara Junior Kalasalalu
(1) The applications received from various Educational Societies shall be processed by the Notification Authority.
The Notification Authority who is also empowered to discharge the functions of inspection officer, shall inspect
the premises of the proposed Sahakara Junior Kalasala giving prior notice of ten days to the Educational Society.

The authority shall then forward the application together with the inspection report with his remarks to the
Registration Authority. The applications together with the inspection reports shall reach the Registration Authority
within a period of one month from the last date fixed for the receipt of application from the Educational Societies.
(2) The Registration Authority shall then process all the applications together with the inspection reports and
forward the same to the State Council with the specific recommendations either in favour of granting the
permission or rejecting the permission.
(3) Basing on the recommendations of the Registration Authority and the inspection report, the State Council shall
issue orders to the Educational Society either of granting permission or rejecting the permission, as far as possible
within three months from the date of receipt of the application.
(4)
(a) If the Educational Society is to be permitted for the establishment of the Sahakara Junior Kalasala orders to
that effect may be issued in the proforma prescribed in the FormV with necessary modifications as deemed fit.
(b) While according permission the Educational Society shall also be directed to make an application in the
prescribed form (Form II) to the Board for granting of recognitionaffiliation to the Sahakara Junior Kalasala duly
fulfilling the conditions prescribed for the purpose, under Rule 13.
(5) If the permission is rejected, the grounds for such rejection shall be intimated to the Educational Society. The
decision of the State Council in this regard shall be final and no appeal shall be entertained.
(6) No Educational Society shall establish any Sahakara Junior Kalasala in anticipation of orders of permission
from the State Council. Mere making of application and nonreceipt of communication of rejection from the State
Council within the stipulated time shall not entitle any Educational Society to start the Sahakara Junior Kalasala
for which permission has been sought for. The Educational Societies violating the provision are liable for penal
action under the provisions of the Act.
(7) If there is more than one Educational Society desirous of establishing Sahakara Junior Kalasalalu in a
particular Mandal, while the need of the locality is for only one such institution, the Educational Society which in
the opinion of the State Council has fulfilled all the conditions or majority of the conditions laid down for
establishing the Sahakara Junior Kalasala shall be accorded permission for establishment of the Junior Kalasala.
The decision of the State Council in this regard shall be final. However, in case the Educational Society for which
permission to establish the Sahakara Junior Kalasala is accorded fails to fulfil all the conditions laid down for
according recognitionaffiliation to the institution, the State Council is empowered to cancel the permission
accorded and permit some other Educational Society to establish the Sahakara Junior Kalasala which in their
opinion is capable of fulfilling the prescribed conditions.
Rule 10 Conditions for grant of permission
(1) Every Educational Society desirous of establishing Sahakara Junior Kalasala shall fulfil the following
conditions before permission is accorded.
(a) The Educational Society shall provide atleast five acres of land in which the buildings for the institution are to
be constructed. It is desirable to provide ten acres of land for developing it as play ground and garden for the
institution. However, Government are empowered to reduce the extent of land to be provided by the Educational
Society for the purpose of playground and garden of the institution, especially in urban and metropolitan areas.
(b) The Educational Society shall have atleast rupees five lakhs for use for construction of buildings for locating
the Sahakara Junior Kalasala if not already having their own buildings.
(c) The Educational Society must be finacially sound and capable of providingpurchasing library books,
laboratory equipment, furniture, etc., if permission is accorded.
(d) If the Sahakara Junior Kalasala is to be located in a private accommodation, the buildings so acquired should
have sufficient accommodation with plinth area of 5,000 Sq. Ft.
(e) The buildings in which the Sahakara Junior Kalasala is to be located shall be as per the specifications laid
down by the Board of Intermediate Education. The institution shall have, in addition to class rooms, library and
laboratory rooms, an office room, Principals Room, Staff room, ladies waiting room with attached toilet, Students

Union room and a conference hall. There shall be adequate urinals and toilets separately for staff, boys and girls.
(2) The Educational Society which has been permitted to establish the Junior Kalasala, on receipt of the orders of
permission shall fulfill the following conditions within a period of 60 days and make application to the Board of
Intermediate Education for according recognitionaffiliation to the Kalasala.
(a) AccommodationThe building in which the Sahakara Junior Kalasala is proposed to be located shall be
adequate enough, sufficiently ventilated and located in hygenic atmosphere.
(b) Sanitary FacilitiesSufficient number of urinals and lavatories shall be provided. There shall be separate
lavatories for boys and girls and staff. There shall be facilities for providing drinking water. The certificate issued
by the MunicipalMedical authorities regarding satisfactory sanitation and drinking water facilities must be
obtained at the time of sanction. First aid equipment must be provided in the Kalasala and the adequate
precautions against outbreak of fire may also be provided for.
(c) Playground and gardenThere shall be atleast 5 acres of land and it is desirable to provide ten acres of land for
developing suitable playground for physical activities of the students and a garden for mental relaxation. However
in respect of the institutions located in urban and Metropolitan areas, a liberal outlook may be taken in providing
the requisite land.
(d) Furniture: Each class room shall be provided with a blackboard either wooden or walled. There shall be a table
and a chair for the use of the lecturer. Sufficient number of desks or chairs with sidewriting planks or tables and
chairs for the students shall be provided.
(e) Laboratory : There shall be separate laboratory for conducting experimentspracticals in Chemistry, Physics,
Botony, Zoology, etc., subjects;
(i) Science equipment such as apparatus, chemicals and other materials required for conducting
practicalsexperiments in physics, chemistry etc. subjects shall be proided adequately. Similar animal and plant
specimens microscopes and slides and other material required for conducting practicalexperiments relevant to
syllabus prescribed for Botony and Zoology subjects shall also be provided separately.
(ii) Depending upon the vocational courses proposed to be introduced, separate laboratory with adequate
equipment relevant to the courses offered, shall be provided for conducting practicalsexperiments.
(iii) In the Laboratories, sufficient number of large tables shall be provided for keeping the apparatus, microscope
and other equipments and to conduct practicalsexperiments.
(iv) The students shall be provided with stools for sitting while conducting experimentspracticals.
(f) LibraryThe Educational Society shall provide adequate number of text books prescribed for the courses to be
offered in the proposed institution. Reference books of higher knowledge pertaining to the courses of study and
books on recent developments in various fields shall be provided to enable the teaching staff to acquire upto date
knowledge in their respective subjects who in turn will enlighten the students. It is also desirable to provide books
of great literary importance and autobiographies of great personalities. Books on general subjects also need be
provided which will enable students and the staff to get acquaintance with the day to day happenings around the
world in the various fields.
(g) Games and SportsArticles and materials required for efficient participating in indoor and outdoor games and
sports shall be provided. There shall be separate rooms for games and sports.
Rule 11 Competent authority for granting or withdrawing of recognition

affiliation

The Secretary, Board of Intermediate Education is the competent authority for granting or withdrawing of
recognition affiliation to the Sahakara Junior Kalasalalu.
Rule 12 Procedure for according provisional recognition affiliation
(1) On receipt of orders of permission from the State Council, the Educational Society shall initiate action and
fulfil the conditions laid down under Rules 10 and 13 for granting of recognitionaffiliation within a period of sixty
days from the date of issue of orders of permission. The Board may also impose such other conditions which they
feel deem fit for according recognitionaffiliation to the institution.

(2) After fulfilling the conditions prescribed for granting of recognitionaffiliation to the institution, the
Educational Society shall make an application in the prescribed form (Form II) to the Registration Authority for
onward transmission to the Board.
(3) All the applications seeking recognitionaffiliation shall be accompanied with the documentary evidences in
support of fulfilling the conditions laid down for the purpose under Rules 10 and 13.
(4) The Registration Authority shall forward the applications seeking recognitionaffiliation to the Sahakara Junior
Kalasala to the Board only when he is satisfied that the conditions prescribed are fulfilled by the Educational
Society.
(5) On receipt of the applications from the Educational Societies, the Registration Authority shall cause inspection
of the proposed Sahakara Junior Kalasala to ensure whether the conditions prescribed for granting of
permissionrecognitionaffiliation under Rules 10 and 13 have been fulfilled.
(6) Basing on the inspection report if the Registration Authority is of the opinion that:
(a) the conditions prescribed for according recognitionaffiliation have been fulfilled, he may forward the
application to the Board of Intermediate Education recommending for granting of recognitionaffiliation;
(b) the conditions prescribed for according recognitionaffiliation have not been fulfilled, he may give one month
notice to the Educational Society to fulfil the conditions and come up with the compliance report and in case the
society fulfils the conditions prescribed forward their application to the Board recommending for according of
recognitionaffiliation.
(c) the Educational Society is not in a position to fulfil the condition prescribed for according
recognitionaffiliation and that there are meagre chances of complying with the stipulated conditions, the
Registration Authority may forward the application to the State Council with a detailed report recommending for
withdrawal of the permission accorded for establishment of Sahakara Junior Kalasala.
(7)
(a) Basing on the recommendation of the Registration Authority for withdrawal of permission accorded to the
Educational Society for establishment of the institution State Council may give one month notice to the Education
Society to explain why the permission accorded to it shall not be withdrawn for failure to fulfil the conditions
prescribed.
(b) If the Education Society fulfils the conditions prescribed and gives satisfactory reply for failure to fulfil the
conditions within the given time, State Council may return the application to the Registration Authority directing
him to forward the application to the Board for according recognitionaffiliation to the Sahakara Junior Kalasala.
(c)
(i) If the Educational Society fails to fulfils the stipulated conditions andor fails to give a satisfactory reply about
the reasons for not fulfilling the conditions within the given time, State Council shall withdraw the permission
accorded, and inform the same to the Educational Society under intimation to the Registration Authority and the
Board of Intermediate Education.
(ii) State Council may then issue orders of permission to some other Educational Society desirous of establishing
a Sahakara Junior Kalasala in the particular locality which in the opinion of the State Council is capable of
fulfilling the prescribed conditions.
(8) The Board shall not entertain any application seeking recognitionaffiliation to the Sahakara Junior Kalasala
from any Educational Society directly except when it is received through the Registration Authority.
(9) It shall also be competent for the Board to prescribe such other conditions as it may consider necessary for
according of recognitionaffiliation for the Sahakara Junior Kalasala.
(10) On receipt of the applications seeking recognitionaffiliation of the Sahakara Junior Kalasala through the
Registration Authority, the Board shall cause inspection of the proposed Sahakara Junior Kalasala to ensure that
the conditions prescribed for the according of recognitionaffiliation have been fulfilled. It is not binding on the
part of the Board to accord recognitionaffiliation to any of the Sahakara Junior Kalasalalu for the only reason that
they have been permitted to be established by the State Council and received through the Registration Authority

unless the conditions prescribed for the purpose are complied with.
(11) Basing on the inspection report, if the Board of Intermediate Education is of the opinion that(a) the conditions prescribed for according recognition/affiliation have been fulfilled, may accord provisional
recognitionaffiliation to the institution;
(b) the condition prescribed for according recognitionaffiliation have not been fulfilled, the Board may give one
month notice to the Educational Society to fulfil the conditions and come up with compliance report and in case
the Society fulfils the conditions prescribed, the institution may be accorded provisional recognitionaffiliation;
(c) the Educational Society is not in a position to fulfil the conditions prescribed for according
recognitionaffiliation and the Society is unlikely to comply with the conditions prescribed, the Board may reject
the application together with the reasons for such rejection. The Board shall then recommend to the State Council
for withdrawal of permission accorded to the Educational Society for establishment of the Sahakara Junior
Kalasala.
(12) Basing on the recommendation of the Board, the State Council shall withdraw the permission accorded to the
Educational Society for establishment of the Sahakara Junior Kalasala after following the procedure laid down
under subrule (6). The order of withdrawal of permission shall invariably contain the reasons for such withdrawal.
(13) No Sahakara Junior Kalasala which has not been accorded recognitionaffiliation by the Board shall function
in anticipation of the orders ;
(14) To start with every Sahakara Junior Kalasala shall be accorded provisional recognitionaffiliation by the
Board. The provisional recognitionaffiliation so accorded is renewable once in two years. The Sahakara Junior
Kalasalalu which have been functioning and fulfilling the stipulated conditions for grant of recognitionaffiliation
constantly for a period of ten years, are eligible for grant of permanent recognitionaffiliation by the Board.
Rule 13 Conditions for granting of provisional recognition affiliation
The Board shall accord recognition provisionally, only when the Educational Society fulfils the following
conditions:
(1) The Educational Society must have fulfilled the conditions prescribed under Rule 10 before making the
application.
(2) Syllabus and text books : The institution shall adopt the curriculum, syllabus, text books and other records etc.,
as prescribed by the Board of Intermediate Education from time to time.
(3) Appointment of staff and payment of salaries:
(a) The staff pattern to be adopted in the Sahakara Junior Kalasala shall be as prescribed by the Board from time
to time.
(b) The students and teachers ratio in the institution shall be as prescribed by the Board of Intermediate Education
from time to time.
(c) The teaching and nonteaching staff shall be appointed by following the procedure prescribed under Rule 19.
(d) The teaching and nonteaching staff shall be paid salaries as per the scales and in the manner prescribed under
Rule 20.
(e) Only women candidates shall be appointed in the teaching posts in respect of Womens Sahakara Junior
Kalasalalu. However if no suitable candidates are available men can be appointed on a temporary basis with the
prior permission of the Board of Intermediate Education.
(4) The Board may also prescribe such other conditions at it feels necessary as preconditions for according
provisional recognitionaffiliation to the Kalasala.
Rule 14 Conditions for granting of permanent recognition affiliation
Only such of the Sahakara Junior Kalasalalu which have been fulfilling the following conditions shall be accorded
permanent recognitionaffiliation by the Board.

(1) The Junior Kalasala must be working to the satisfaction of the competent authorities for the last ten years and
fulfilling all the prescribed conditions.
(2) The institution has a pucca building of its own and the accommodation available is quite adequate for running
the institution satisfactorily;
(3) The Educational Society has implemented the instructions issued by the Education DepartmentBoard of
Intermediate Education in all matters relating to the proper functioning of the institution and excellence of
education:
(4) The Educational Society has not denied admission to any student on the only grounds of religion, caste, race,
language or any of them.
(5) The Educational Society has not encouraged any propaganda or practice wounding the religious feelings of
any class of citizens of India or insulting the religion or the religious beliefs of that class :
(6) The Educational Society has not refused for constituting the institution as a Centre for conducting various
publicannual examinations and also other examinations of the departments:
(7) The Educational Society has reinstated the teaching and nonteaching staff whom it has removedsuspended on
receipt of orders from the competent authority for such reinstatement.
(8) The Educational Society should have appointed the staff following the procedure prescribed by the
Government from time to time, and got the appointments approved by the competent authority ;
Rule 15 Procedure for granting of permanent recognition/affiliation
(1) The Educational Society which has been running the Sahakara Junior Kalasala for the last ten years and which
has fulfilled all the conditions prescribed under Rule 14 may make an application in the prescribed form (FormII)
duly enclosing documentary evidences in support of their claim of fulfilling the said conditions.
(2) On receipt of the application from the Educational Society seeking permanent recognition to its Kalasala, the
Board shall cause an inspection of the Kalasala to find out the extent of fulfilment of the conditions prescribed for
granting of permanent recognitionaffiliation by the Educational Society. It shall be lawful for the Board to
prescribe such other conditions as it may consider necessary under Rule 13, for according permanent
recognitionaffiliation.
(3) Basing on the inspection report, if the Board is of the opinion that
(a) the conditions prescribed for according permanent recognitionaffiliation have been fulfilled, the Board may
issue orders to the Educational Society according permanent recognitionaffiliation, subject to such other
conditions which the Board may feel deem fit in the interest of academic standards and excellence of Education ;
(b) the conditions prescribed for according recognition affiliation have been fulfilled, the Board may give one
month notice to the Educational Society to fulfil the conditions and come up with compliance report and in case
the Society fulfils the conditions prescribed, the Board may accord permanent recognitionaffiliation to the
Kalasala, subject to such other condition which the Board may prescribe.
(c) the conditions prescribed for according recognition affiliation have not been fulfilled even within the given
time, the Board shall reject the application for according permanent recognitionaffiliation which the Kalasala of
the Society, is already enjoying.
(d) the conditions prescribed for according recognition affiliation have not been fulfilled and the request have
been rejected, the Board may grant renewal of the provisional recognitionaffiliation together with the reasons
therefor.
Rule 16 Procedure for withdrawal of Permission/Recognition/Affiliation
The permission accorded and the provisionalpermanent recognitionaffiliation accorded to a Sahakara Junior
Kalasala may be withdrawn by the competent authority after following the procedure prescribed below under the
circumstances mentioned under Rule 17.
(1) If, in the opinion of the Board, the Educational Society has not been fulfilling the conditions prescribed for
continuing the recognitionaffiliation of the Junior Kalasala, it shall give the Educational Society one month notice

to explain why the recognitionaffiliation granted to its institution shall not be withdrawn for failure to fulfil the
conditionscomply with the instructions of the competent authorities, specifying the lapses.
(a) If the Educational Society managing the Junior Kalasala fulfils the stipulated conditionscomply with the
instructions and submits its explanation for its lapses to the satisfaction of the Board, the Board may withdraw the
further action against the Educational Society subjecting it to such other conditions which the Board may feel
deem fit.
(b) If the Educational Society managing the Junior Kalasala fails to rectify the lapses pointed out andor if the
explanation given is not to the satisfaction of the Board, the Board may withdraw the provisionalpermanent
recognitionaffiliation accorded to the Junior Kalasala. The reasons for such withdrawal shall be invariably
communicated to the Educational Society.
(c) The Board after withdrawing recognitionaffiliation shall recommend to the State Council for withdrawal of
permission accorded to the Junior Kalasala.
(d) On receipt of the recommendation of the Board for withdrawal of permission accorded to the Educational
Society, the State Council shall give one month notice to the Society to explain why the permission accorded shall
not be withdrawn under the given circumstances and if the Educational Society fails to give a suitable reply within
the given time andor if the reply given is not to the satisfaction of the State Council, State Council shall withdraw
the permission accorded to the Educational Society for establishing the Junior Kalasala under intimation to the
Board.
(2) Similarly if the State Council have formed the opinion, on the basis of inspection reports, enquiry reports etc.,
submitted by the Director of Higher Education and other authorities, that the Educational Society to which
permission to establish a Sahakara Junior Kalasala is accorded have not been fulfilling the conditions prescribed
and violating the instructions constantly, it may issue one month notice to the Educational Society to explain why
the permission accorded should not be withdrawn for failure to fulfil various conditionscomply with the
instructions issued by the competent authority from time to time.
(a) If the Educational Society managing the Junior Kalasala fulfil the stipulated conditions and comply with the
instructions issued by the competent authority and submit its explanation to the satisfaction of the State Council,
State Council may drop further action against the Educational Society subjecting it to such other conditions which
they deem fit.
(b) If the Educational Society managing the Junior Kalasala faills to comply with the instructions fulfilling the
conditions within the given time andor the reply given is not satisfactory, State Council may withdraw the
permission accorded the Educational Society for establishing the Sahakara Junior Kalasala and intimate the
reasons for such withdrawal to the Society.
(c) The State Council, after withdrawing the permission accorded to the Educational Society, shall also
recommend to the Board to take action for withdrawal of provisional permanent recognitionaffiliation accorded to
the Sahakara Junior Kalasala.
(d) Basing on the recommendation of the State Council for withdrawal of recognitionaffiliation accorded to the
Sahakara Junior Kalasala, the Board shall give one month notice to the Educational Society to explain why the
recognitionaffiliation accorded to the Kalasala shall not be withdrawn under the given circumstances. If the
Educational Society fails to give a suitable reply within the given time andor if the reply is not to the satisfaction
of the Board, the Board shall withdraw the recognitionaffiliation accorded to the Kalasala in which case the
reasons for such withdrawals shall be communicated to the educational society.
Rule 17 Conditions for withdrawal of Permission Recognition Affiliation
The permission accorded and the provisionalpermanent recognitionaffiliation accorded to a Sahakara Junior
Kalasala can be withdrawn by the competent authority under the following circumstances:
(1) When a Sahakara Junior Kalasala, in the opinion of the competent authority, failed to fulfil the prescribed
conditions andor comply with the instructions issued by the competent authorities from time to time.
(2) The Educational Society has failed to comeup to the expectations of discharging the duties for the maintenance
of academic standard in the Kalasala, as envisaged.

(3) The Educational Society has indulged in various malpractices regulating in malfunctioning of the institutions
and academic standards.
(4) When certain members have introduced politics in the functioning of the Society resulting in groupism,
castism, and other sorts of unhealthy developments resulting in tempering of functioning of the Society and the
instruction as a whole.
Rule 18 Conditions for opening of Additional Sections Media Groups Courses
(1)
(a) The Educational Society for which permission to establish a Sahakara Junior Kalasala is accorded shall open
only such number of sectionsgroupscourses and in such media for which permission has been accorded.
(b) No sectiongroupcourse in any media shall be opened without the minimum strength of students and without
the prior permission of the competent authority. The minimum strength of students shall be as prescribed by the
Board from time to time.
(2) The competent authority for granting of permission for opening of additional sectionsgroupsnew courses and
any other media other than those permitted at the time of according of permission for establishing the Junior
Kalasala shall be the Director of Higher Education.
(3) The Educational Society desirous of opening of additional sectionsgroupcourses and media in their already
existing Junior Kalasala may make an application to the Director of Higher Education in the prescribed form
(FormIII). The Director of Higher Education shall accord permission only when the Educational Society has
provided necessary infrastructural facilities like accommodation, furniture, library and laboratory facilities as
prescribed by the Board of Intermediate Education, and as required for the proposed additional
sectiongroupMediacourse.
Rule 19 Procedure for Appointment of Teaching and Non Teaching Staff
(1) Appointment of the staff, both teaching and non teaching shall be outside the purview of Andhra Pradesh
College Service Commission.
(2) Appointment of teaching and nonteaching staff shall be made by the Staff Selection Committee constituted for
the purpose, from among the candidates sponsored by the Employment Exchange or drawn through news paper
advertisement in case the Employment Exchange could not sponsor suitable candidates.
(3)
(a) The Managing Committee shall constitute a Staff Selection Committee which shall consist of the following
personnel as members.
(i) President of the Educational Society or any of the members of the Managing Committee as authorised by the
President.
(ii) The Principal of the Institution.
(iii) One representative of the Board.
(iv) Two nominees of the Director of Higher Education among which one shall be a subjectexpert.
(b) In case of selection of the Principal of the Sahakara Junior Kalasala, the Principal of the nearest Degree
College (preferably Government college) shall be the member under item (ii) in subrule (3) (a).
(c) The quorum of the selection committee shall be four and the quorum shall not be complete unless the
representatives of the Board and Director of Higher Education are present.
(d) The candidates as approved by the majority members shall be deemed to have been selected by the Staff
selection committee.
(4) The Educational Society shall make an application to the competent authority in the prescribed form (FormIV)
enclosing a copy of the list of selected candidates approved by the Staff Selection committee, within a period of
fifteen days from the date of selection of the candidates, seeking approval of the appointment.

(5) The competent authority ordinarily shall not take more than three months from the date of receipt of
application for the approval of the appointment, made by the Staff Selection Committee.
(6)
(a) The competent authority for approval of appointment of teaching staff shall be the Board.
(b) The competent authority for approval of appointment of nonteaching staff shall be the Director of Higher
Education.
Rule 20 Criteria and Procedure for fixing Salary Structure of the Staff
(1) The teaching and nonteaching staff are entitled to payment of salaries at the scales of pay as prescribed and
decided by the Managing Committee of the Society from time to time depending upon the financial position of the
Society. The staff are also entitled for other benefits like Festival Advance, Educational Concession etc., as may
be prescribed by the Managing Committee.
(2) The Managing Committee of the Society shall fix the salary structure of the staff taking into account the
revenue position of the institution and other requirements mentioned under Rule 21 for which amounts are to be
earmarked. Approximately 50% of the total revenue collections as fee from students shall be earmarked for
payment of regular salaries to the staff and 15% of the revene shall be earmarked for providing various benefits
like Teachers Provident Fund, Group Scheme etc.,
(3) In order to improve the revenue position of the Society it is not desirable for the Managing Committee to
increase the fee to be collected from the students abnormally as it is likely to discourage parents from admitting
their wards into the institutions. Instead with moderate fee structure the institutions can attract more students to
join the Kalasala resulting in collections of higher revenue which in turn enable payment of higher salaries to the
staff etc.
(4) Since the salary to staff and fee to be collected from the students and the strength of the students in the
institution are interlinked factors, any raise in the dearness allowance payable to staff may be declared once in an
academic year by taking a decision in one of the meetings of the Managing Committee, by which time the revenue
position of the institution will be clear. However, the Managing Committee may also consider the question of
raising the dearness allowance once in each term or as and when teaching staff appointed in similar other private
educational institutions have been sanctioned, by taking decisions to that effect during their meetings.
Rule 21 Criteria for fixing fee Structure and Allocation of the Revenue earned as fee
(1) The Managing Committee of the Society is empowered to fix the fee structure for institution. While fixing the
fee structure the Managing Committee shall take into account the following criteria :
(a) Expenditure towards payment of salaries and other benefits to the staff.
(b) Expenditure towards payment of rent for the building occupied by the institution and the upkeep of the
building.
(c) Expenditure towards electricity and water charges.
(d) Expenditure towards office requirements like stationery, stamps etc.,
(e) Expenditure towards purchase of books for the library and chemicals and specimens for the laboratories.
(f) Expenditure towards payments to the auditors engaged for auditing the accounts.
(g) Any other miscellaneous expenditure.
(2) It is open for the Managing committee to take a decision to collect fees from students either monthly or
quarterly halfyearly. However the Special fee shall be collected only once in an academic year.
(3) The fee collected from the students shall be allocated so as to meet the following requirements.
(a) 10% of the fee collected shall be earmarked to meet the expenditure involving maintenance of the Educational
Society.
(b) 15% of the fee collected shall be utilised for the maintenance of the institution towards expenditure involving

the building rent, electricity and water charges, stationery etc., required for the office, payments to be made to
menials and auditors, purchase of library books, chemicals, specimens and other material required for the
laboratory and expenditure involving the upkeep of the institution etc.,
(c) 15% of the fee collected shall be earmarked for the developmental activities of the institution i.e., opening of
additional courses, classes, sections and upgradation of the institution, providing construction of additional
accommodation, acquiring costly equipment and furniture, purchase of land for the use of the institution etc.,
(d) 45% to 50% of the fee collected shall be earmarked towards payment of salaries to the staff.
(e) 15% of the fee collected shall be earmarked as Societys contribution towards staff benefits like Gratuity,
Teachers Provident Fund, Group Insurance Scheme etc.,
(f) It is open for the Managing Committee to make marginal modifications to the percentages of allocation
mentioned above, if necessary, in line with the byelaws.
(g)
(i) The Educational Society shall maintain separate account in one or more banks for the amounts allocated for
various purposes mentioned above, so that the amount allocated for a specific purpose shall not be diverted for
another purpose. However the Educational Society by passing a general body resolution and with the prior
permission of the Government, may, divert the amount for other than a purpose for which it is maintained
provided the amount is subsequently made good to the original accounts.
(ii) The accounts opened as specified above shall be operated through the joint names of the president and
Secretary of the Educational Society.
(h) The accounts of the Educational Society are subject to inspection and audit by the Auditors appointed by the
Government under the Cooperative system of accounting.
Rule 22 General Instruction
The following conditionsinstructions shall be scrupulously followed by the Educational Society.
(1) No Educational Society shall establish any Sahakara Junior Kalasala unless it is permitted to be established by
the Government and that it has been recognisedaffiliated to and by the Board.
(2)
(a) The Sahakara Junior Kalasala which has been permitted to be established in a Mandal cannot be permitted to
be shifted to any other Mandal. However the said institution can be permitted to be shifted to any other locality
within the Mandal with the prior permission of the Government provided a resolution to that effect is passed by
two thirds majority of the members of the General Body.
(b) The Sahakara Junior Kalasala which has been permitted to be established in a Mandal can be permitted to be
shifted in urban areas with the prior permission of the Government and in rural areas by the Director of
Intermediate Education, provided a resolution to that effect is passed by two thirds majority of the members of the
General Body. However the shifting of Kalasala from one Mandal to another Mandal in rural areas shall be
considered on the merits of each case only when another Kalasala is available in the Mandal from which it is
proposed to be shifted.
(3) The Educational Society shall follow the rule of reservation while making admission of students and shall
follow the procedure prescribed for the purpose of admissions.
(4) The Educational Society shall not deny admission to any of the students on the only grounds of religion, caste
race etc.,
(5) The Kalasala shall not collect fee from students other than the fee prescribed by the Managing Committee.
(6) The Educational Society shall carry out the instructions issued by State Council, the
GovernmentBoardDirector of Higher Education from time to time with a view to maintain the academic standards
and to safeguard the interests of teachers and pupils.
(7) The Educational Society shall fulfil all the conditions stipulated by the competent authorities for grant of

permissionrecognitionaffiliation.
(8) The premises of the institution (buildings, playground or open site whether adjacent to it or away to it,) shall
be used for the purposes of conducting classes, or functions conducted by the institute for education purpose or
for authorised examinations or for other purposes specifically permitted by the competent departmental
authorities.
(9) The premises of the institution shall be sufficiently healthy, well lighted and wellventilated with due provision
for the safety of the pupils. The institution shall produce a sanitary certificate from the Municipal Health
OfficerMedical Officer of the Primary Health Centre.
(10) The Kalasala must be prepared to maintain itself from out of its resources and cannot claim grantinaid from
Government.
(11) The Educational Society shall not open additional sectionsmediacourses for which permission has not been
obtained. No coursesmediasection functioning duly permitted shall be closed down without prior permission of
the competent authority.
(12) The Educational Society shall adopt Teachers Provident Fund scheme or any other scheme for the benefit of
its employees as prescribed by the Government from time to time.
(13) The Educational Society shall maintain all the records and registers as prescribed by the competent
authorities and they shall be made available to the concerned inspecting officers for inspection and surprise
checks.
(14) The staff appointed in the Sahakara Junior Kalasalalu shall be governed by the code of conduct prescribed for
the teaching and nonteaching staff appointed in other private junior colleges.
Rule 23 Over all powers of the Government
Government shall have all the residual powers as well as overriding powers of control over the managements and
are competent to prescribe appropriate guidelines for running the institutions, in general.
ANNEXURE 1 Model ByeLaws
ANNEXURER
(See Rule 4)
Model ByeLaws
........................................................................Educational Co-operative Society Ltd.
1. Name, Constitution and Address :The.....................................................Mandal Sahakara Junior Kalasala Ltd., No........................................is
registered as a Cooperative Society under the Andhra Pradesh Cooperative Societies Act, 1964. Its address shall
be....................................Its area of operation shall be confined to.................the......................Mandal.
2. Definitions:- In these byelaws unless there is anything repugnant in the subject or context :
(a) "Act" means the Andhra Pradesh Cooperative Societies Act, 1964. (Act No.7 of 1964)
(b) "Rules" means the Andhra Cooperative Societies Rules, 1964
(c) "Society" means the........................Educational Cooperative Society Ltd.
(d) "Registrar" means the Registrar of Cooperative Societies, Andhra Pradesh or any person on whom the powers
of the Registrar are conferred by Government under Sec. 3 of the Andhra Pradesh Cooperative Societies Act,
1964.
(e) "Member" means a member admitted into the Society.
(f) "Committee" means the Board of management of the Society.
(g) "Parent" means the father, mother or guardian of the student who is or to be admitted in the Society.

(h) "Competent authority" means the authority who is competent to recognise the Sahakara Junior Kalasala under
the Andhra Pradesh Education Act, 1982.
(i) "Ward" means a student who is admitted to the Junior Kalasala and whose name is lawfully borne in the
admission register of the Junior Kalasala.
3. (1) Aims:- To set up Junior Colleges, at Mandal Headquarters for Arts, Sciences, Humanities and Commerce,
and also vocational courses and those subjects approved by the Government.
(2) Basic Objectives:- (a) To expand educational facilities so as to cover all Mandals.
(b) To mobilise and tap community initiative by organising Junior Colleges with attached Industrial Training
Institutes in the Cooperative Sector.
(c) To make education more relevant by giving a thrust to vocationalisation and by preparing the students for
gainful and wage employment.
(d) To implement the syllabi, medium of instructions, text books, hand books, records and registers prescribed by
the competent authorities.
(e) To make arrangements for students to appear for any common examination etc., prescribed by the competent
authorities.
(f) To make arrangements for conduct of examination.
(g) To set up workshops or utilise the existing facilities for training.
(h) To conduct job oriented courses approved and examined by the Government and quasi Government bodies.
(i) To purchase buildings or to take on rent or lease the building for the above purpose.
(j) To establish hostels, libraries for the benefit of the students.
(k) To do such other things as may be necessary and incidental for running the colleges.
4. Liability of Members :- The liability of members of the Society shall be limited to the share capital subscribed
by them.
5. Share Capital:- The share capital of the Society shall for the present be Rs.11,00,000 made up of.............A class
shares of the share value of Rs.3,000...........B class shares of the share value of Rs.10,000 and.........C class shares
of the share value of Rs.2,000 each.
6. Entrance Fee :- Entrance fee for `A class share shall be Rs.100, for `B class share Rs.50 and `C class Rs.10.
Entrance fee is nonrefundable.
7. Membership:- Membership in the Society shall be open to the following:
`A Class: Parents who intend to join their childrenwards in the Junior Kalasala shall be admitted as
parentmembers. The value of share for a parent member shall be Rs.3,000.
`B Class: Persons who are interested in the development of Junior Kalasala and who contribute to the
development of Junior Kalasala shall be admitted as Donar members. Every donar member shall take one share of
Rs.10,000.
`C Class: Persons other than those specified in classes `A and `B and who have dealings with the Society shall be
admitted as nominal members. The value of share for a nominal member shall be Rs.2,000.
(i) receiving the transfer certificate:
(ii) continues studies without receiving T.C.
(iii) debarred for the rest of the academic year;
(iv) cancellation of admission in Kalasala on any grounds.
(2) It shall be open to the parent member, after cessation as parent member, to continue his membership in the
Society as a nominal member or to withdraw membership and get the share amount refunded after giving a notice

of three months to the Society.

(3) A nominal member shall not be entitled to any share in any form whatsoever in the profits or assets of the
Society as such member. Such member shall not have the privileges, rights and liabilities of a member.
8. Disqualification:- No person shall be qualified for admission or being a member if he incurs any
disqualifications prescribed in the Act and Rules.
9. Admission:- Every application for admission to the Society shall be in the form prescribed along with the
remittance of the value of shares applied for as specified in Byelaw 7 together with the entrance fee of Rs.100
Rs.50 or Rs.10 as the case may be. Such applicant shall disclose in writing the information regarding the Society
or Societies in which he is already a member with dates of admission and share capital held. He should also
declare the details and extent of services already availed of by him in such Society or Societies as on the date of
the application. The Committee shall dispose of the application within the time limits prescribed in the Act. The
name of every person either admitted as a member under subsection (3) of Section 19 of the Act or deemed to
have been admitted as a member by virtue of the proviso to the said section shall be entered in the admission
register by the Secretory of the Society within 30 days from the date of resolution passed by the Committee to
admit such person as a member or from the date on which such person is deemed to have become a member as the
case may be.
(b) Appeal shall lie to the Registrar under Section 76 within the time specified in Section 76.
10. Share Certificates:- A share certificate duly signed by the President and Secretary of the Society and with the
seal of the Society shall be issued to every member for the shares taken by him after he has paid the full value of
share.
11. Withdrawal of shares:- (1) No parent member shall be permitted to withdraw any of the shares held by him in
the Society or to resign his membership till the Transfer Certificate of his ward is issued by the Society.
(2) No donor member shall be permitted to withdraw from the membership of the society within one year of his
admission and it can be done only after giving notice of 3 months.
12. Death of a member and nomination of heirs:- (1) If a member dies, his membership shall ipso-facto ceases; the
nomination of a heir and procedure to be adopted when no nomination is made shall be governed by the
provisions contained in Rules 16 and 17 of the rules respectively.
(2) The liability of a past member or of the estate of a deceased member shall be as prescribed in Section 29 of the
Act.
13. Expulsion of a member:- If a member has acted adversely or prejudicially to the interests of the Society, it
shall be competent to the General Body to expel him from membership following the provisions in Section 23 of
the Act.
14. Funds:- The Society shall ordinarily obtain funds from the following sources:
(1) Share capital and entrance fee.
(2) Donations and subscriptions.
(3) Deposits and borrowings.
(4) Tution fees, examination fees, rent and rates.
(5) Collection from arts and cultural functions.
(6) Donations in the form of books.
(7) By Screening benefit show films.
15. Borrowings :- The Committee may, from time to time, borrow money, for the use of the Society from
Government or the Co operative Central Bank and with the approval of the Registrar from any scheduled bank or
other cooperative institutions.
The maximum borrowing limit of the Society shall be 12 times the aggregate of its paid up share capital plus
Reserve fund or such other enhanced limit as may be permitted by the Registrar and subject to such restrictions

imposed by him.
16. Management:- (1) The management of the Society shall vest in Committee known as the Managing
Committee consisting of 8 members.
(a) Five `A Class members to be elected by parent members.
(b) Two `B class members to be elected by Donor members.
(c) The Principal of the College shall be an exofficio member of the society without right to vote.
(2) The President shall be elected by the members of the General Body from among themselves in the manner laid
down in Rule 22AA of the Rues.
(3) The election of President and members of Committee shall be in the manner prescribed in Rule 22 as amended
from time to time.
(4) The Committee shall hold office for a period of 3 years from the date of election of the members of the
Committee.
(5) Any interim vacancy on the Committee shall be filled up for the unexpired portion of the original period by
cooption from among the members.
(6) It shall be competent for the General Body to remove any member of the Committee and elect another in his
place. The member so elected shall hold office only for the unexpired portion of the original period. The
proceedings of the Committee shall not be invalidated on account of any vacancy or vacancies on the Committee
which remain unfilled.
17. Election of office Bearers :- The members of the Committee shall elect from among themselves a
VicePresident and Secretary.
18. Powers of the Committee:- The Board of Directors shall have the following powers:
(1) To borrow funds for the purpose of carrying out the functions of the Society on such terms and conditions
determined;
(2) To admit members, and allot shares;
(3) To maintain such accounts and registers as specified in the Act and Rules and specified by the Registrar from
time to time and also records and registers maintained by Government Colleges;
(4) To prepare annual budget of the Society and refer to the General Body;
(5) To decide the term fee or such other fees to be collected from students;
(6) To fix the hostel fees;
(7) To incur such expenditure connected with the objects of the Society;
(8) To prepare and submit or cause to be prepared and submitted within the period specified in subsection (3) of
Section 50, the annual accounts of the Society to the Chief Auditor;
(9) To place the report of the inquiry or inspection along with the findings of the Registrar before the General
Body of the Society ;
(10) To prescribe or regulate from time to time the strength of office, their salaries and allowances and to regulate
their work and to appoint suspend, remove or dismiss or otherwise deal with the employees duly in accordance
with the special byelaws;
(11) To authorise one or more officers of the Society to issue receipts for the amounts paid by the members
including the fees paid by the students. In the case of borrowings the receipt and bond shall be executed by atleast
three (3) persons including the President and Secretary ;
(12) To sanction loans to the employees for the purpose approved by the Registrar;
(13) To convene meetings of the General Body;

(14) To constitute, conduct, defend, compound, compromise or abandon legal proceedings by or against the
Society ;
(15) To take necessary steps to start the colleges ;
(16) To sanction or approve investments of funds of the Society ;
(17) To transact all other business incidental to the administration of the society;
(18) To decide the medium of instruction in which the education may be imparted;
(19) To approve the form of transfercertificate and fees to be collected for issue of T.C.
(20) To obtain permission for setting up of the college;
(21) To adopt the method of admission prescribed by the competent authorities for making admission of the
wards;
(22) To decide affiliations to Central Board of Secondary Education and Indian Council of Secondary Education
when demand arises;
(23) To decide value of prizes to be given to meritorious students each year as decided by advisory committee
constituted and to award fellowshipsscholarships to deserving students out of profits.
19. Disqualifications of the Members of the Committee :- No person shall be eligible for being chosen as and for
being a member of the Committee, if he incurs or incurred any of the disqualifications prescribed in the Act and
Rules.
20. Cessation of the Membership of the Committee and Reinstatement:- Should a member of the Committee
absents himself from three consecutive meetings of the committee, he shall cease to be a member of the
committee. The fact shall be intimated to the member concerned and it shall be reported by the Secretary, at the
next meeting of the committee, with the reply if any received from the member. It shall be open to that body to
reinstate such member and provide also that he shall not be reinstated more than once during the term of the
Committee. If the President or VicePresident so looses his seat on the Board and if he is not reinstated by the
Committee at its next meeting, he shall cease to be the President or as the case may be the VicePresident and the
Board shall proceed to fill up the vacancy caused thereby.
21. Subsidiary Regulations:- It shall be competent for the Committee to frame subject to the approval of the
Registrar subsidiary regulations consistent with the Act and Rules for conduct of the business of the Society. The
subsidiary regulations framed shall come into force from the date of approval by the Registrar.
22. Power to appoint Advisory Committee :- It shall be competent for the Committee to appoint an Advisory
Committee with not more than 3 members of the Committee of whom the President shall be one for a specific
purpose.
23. Service of Members to be Gratutious :- The service of the members of the committee except President shall be
gratutious. The members of the Committee and other committee, if any, constituted by the committee under the
byelaws, shall be eligible for such TA and DA as may be decided upon by the committee with the approval of the
Registrar.
Provided, however, they shall not be eligible for TA and other allowances from any other cooperative institution
for journeys made to attend meetings, of such institution on or about the same date of the meeting of the society.
The person claiming TA and DA for journeys made should invariably furnish a certificate stating that he has not
claimed or drawn TA and DA for the same journey from any other institution.
24. Service conditions of Employees:- The methods ofrecruitment the conditions of service and the authority
competent to fix, revise or regulate the scale of pay and allowances of paid officers and employees of the society
and of the procedure to be followed in the disposal of disciplinary cases against them shall be governed by the
special byelaws.
25. Notes of Meetings:- (a) Save as otherwise provided in the Rules it shall be the duty the Secretary to send
notices of meetings along with the agenda to the members or the committee, as the case may be. For committee
meetings 7 clear days of notice shall be given to the members. All the notices for meetings shall be sent by one of

the following modes namely:

(i) by local delivery.
(ii) by post under certificate of posting or.
(iii) by publication in the news paper.
(b) The notice of the meetings shall be deemed sufficient and proper if sent to the address given by the members,
it being their duty to keep the society informed of any change in their address. In the case of amendments to
byelaws the notice shall give the members a reasonably clear idea of the nature of the amendments proposed.
(c) Any subject of an urgent and important nature not included in the agenda expect the amendments to byelaws
may with the leave of the house be taken up for discussion. If leave is refused the subject so brought up shall be
deemed to be a subject for discusson at the next meeting. In the case of amendment to byelaws 15 days clear
notice shall be given to the members and the notice shall give the members reasonably clear idea of the nature of
amendments proposed.
26. Power of Office Bearers :- Subject to such resolutions as the committee may, from time to time, pass in this
behalf the several officers of the society shall have the powers mentioned below:
26a. (1) Powers of the President:- (a) He shall have powers to appoint paid staff in the pay range upto Rs.250. He
shall preside over the meetings of the general body, the committee and the Advisory Committees.
(b) The President shal exercise the powers delegated to him by the cmmittee and may, subject to the approval of
the committee except in an emergency, delegate any of his powers in writing to the VicePresident or in his
absence, to any Director for a specified period and may withdraw any powers so delegated.
(c) It shall be the duty of the President to call the meeting of the committee so that atleast one meeting is held in
every three months. It shall also be the duty of the President to call a meeting of the committee within 15 days
from the date of receipt of requisition from any of the requisitionists specified in sub section (2) of the Section 32
of the Act.
(2) VicePresident:-Whenever the President is obliged to absent himself from his office by reason of his absence
from headquarters or illness or any other cause, the VicePresident shall exercise the powers and perform the duties
of the President.
(3) Secretary:- (a) The Secretary shall be responsible for the general administration of the society subject to the
control of the President;
(b) The Secretary shall.
(i) have custody of all account books and other registers of the society;
(ii) be the officer to sue or be sued on behalf of the society, in his official designation ;
(iii) have power and on behalf of the society to operate on societys accounts jointly with any other officer
authorised for the purpose and subject to such directions and limits as may be laid down by the Committee to buy,
sell, pledge, endorse and transfer promissory notes, Government and other securities standing in the name or held
by the Society; to sign, endorse and negotiate cheque and other negotiable instruments, and to sign all receipts and
other documents connected with the business of the society ;
(iv) have also power, subject to directions of the committee, to accept deposits and to carry out general
transactions within the frame work of these byelaws ;
(v) arrange for the holding of the meetings of the general body, committee and other committees if any;
(vi) maintain such accounts and registers as are prescribed under the A.P. Coop. Societies Act, A.P. Coop.
Societies Rules or by the Registrar and to submit in time such returns as are prescribed;
(vii) do all that is necessary for carrying on generally the daytoday administration of the society;
(viii) incur expenditure on contingencies within the budget allotment and within the limits prescribed by the
committee in respect of each item;

(ix) to renew deposits, issue deposit certificate in accordance with the rules framed in this behalf and to arrange
their payment with interest.
27. General Body :- The ultimate authority in all matters relating to the administration of the society shall vest in
the General Body. The General Body shall not however, interfere with the powers of the committee in respect of
matters delegated to it in the byelaws. The matters to be dealt with by the general body shall be as specified in
subsection (2) of Section 30 of the Act.
28. General Body Meetings:- (a) The Committee of the society may at any time convene a meeting of the general
body of the society but such meeting shall be called for and held within six months of the end of the Coop. year.
(b) The general meeting shall consist of all the members of the society.
(c) A general body meeting may be called at any time by the Committee and it shall be called within a period of
30 days from the date of receipt of requisition from twothirds of the total number of members or at the instance of
the Registrar or any person authorised by him or federal society or financing bank to which the society is
affiliated.
(d) A notice of the meeting of the general body shall be issued specifying the time, place and date of the meeting
atleast 15 clear days in advance and such notice shall be sent to the members by any one of the following modes
namely;
(1) by local delivery; or
(2) by post under certificate of posting ; or
(3) by publication in the newspaper.
(e) The quorum for the general body meeting shall be ( ) or 13 of the total number of members on rolls whichever
is less.
(f) The President or in his absence the VicePresident or in the absence of both, one of the members elected for the
purpose shall preside at the general body meeting.
(g) All questions before the General Body shall be decided by a majority of votes. In case of equility of votes the
Chairman of the meeting shall have casting vote as second vote.
29. Power to amend Byelaws:- No amendment, alteration or cancellation of byelaws, or the enactment of new
byelaw shall be made except at a general body meeting of the society for which prior notice has been given to the
members indicating a reasonably clear idea of the nature of the amendment proposed and it shall deemed to have
been passed unless a majority of the members present vote for at such meeting nor it shall take effect until it has
been approved and registered by the Registrar. The amendment so carried shall be sent to the Registrar for
registration within 30 days from the date of meeting.
30. Record of Proceedings:- The proceedings of the General body Committee and any other committee shall be
recorded in the minute book of the society kept by the Secretary and signed by the Chairman of the meeting
concerned at the close of proceedings.
31. Appointment of paid Staff :- (1) No person shall be appointed as a paid officer or employee in any category of
service in the society unless he possesses the required qualifications and without obtaining from him security in
such form and according to such standard as the Registrar may fix for such category of service in the society or
for the class of societies to which it belongs.
(2) No paid officer or employee shall be retained in any category of service in the society if he does not possess
the required qualifications or furnish within such time as the Registrar may direct, security in such form and
according to such standard as the Registrar may fix for the category of service in the society or for the class of
societies to which it belongs.
32. Profits :- (1) The net profits of the society as declared by the Chief Auditor shall be disposed of in the manner
indicated in Section 45 (2) of the Act and Rule 36 of the Rules.
(ii) The balance of the net profits may be utilised as follows:
(a) a sum not exceeding 7 12% of net profits may be credited to a common good fund to be utilised within the

area of operations of the society for any charitable purpose as defined in Section 2 of the Charitable Endowments
Act 1890.
(b) a sum not exceeding 10% of the profits may be carried to the building fund.
(c) a sum not exceeding (5%) of the profits may be carried to a special fund to award prizes to meritorious
students and scholarship to deserving students.
(d) any profits not alloted in the manner aforesaid in any year shall be forthwith added to the reserve fund.
(e) all undisbursable and indivisible profits shall be added to the Reserve Fund.
33. Investment and disposal of Reserve Fund:- The investment and disposal of reserved fund shall be in the
manner indicated in Rules 37 and 38.
38. Accounts to be maintained :- The Chief Executive of the society shall maintain such accounts and Registers as
are prescribed by the Act and Rules and by the Registrar from time to time and he shall be responsible for the
correct and uptodate maintenance and production of the same when called for in connection with audit, inquiry
and inspection.
35. Examination for the Students :- Where the Government have prescribed any common examination or any
public examination for student evaluation, the student studying in the societys College shall appear for these
examinations subject to satisfying the rules made in this behalf and the conditions prescribed by the Board of
Intermediate Education.
36. Society to make arrangements for conducting Examinations:- Where the competent authority selects any
Cooperative Junior Kalasala as a centre for the conduct of the PublicAnnual Examinations, the society shall
extend all the facilities for the smooth conduct of the examination.
37. Act and Rules to be made available:- The Society shall keep a copy of the A.P. Cooperative Societies Act
1964. (Act No.7 of 1964) A.P. Cooperative Societies Rules 1964, the byelaws, the last audited annual balance
sheet, the profit and loss account and list of the members of the committee open to inspection by its members free
of charge at all reasonable times at its registered office. It shall also permit such of the members who request to
inspect such portion of the books and records in which transactions relating to them have been recorded.
38. List of Members:- The Society shall prepare a list of its members with the admission number and name of the
member, name of the father or husband and the address of such member, as on the last day of the Coop. Year
within one month of the close of the Coop. Year and keep open at the office of the society during office hours for
inspection by any member of the Society and it shall be the duty of the Secretary, to supply copies of the list to
such of the members who desire to have them on payment of such fee as may be prescribed by the committee in
this behalf.
39. Returns:- The Committee of the society shall prepare the statement and returns as specified in Rule 45 of
Rules and submit the same to the Chief Auditor within the time specified in the said Rule.
40. Disputes:- The disputes arising between the parties specified shall be referred for disposal in the manner
specified in Sections 61 and 62 of the Act.
41. Property lost or stolen:- Should any sum or property belonging to the society be either stolen or otherwise lost
and found not recoverable, it shall be open to the general body to write off such amount or the value of the
property after obtaining the sanction of the Registrar.
42. Sum due by the Society:- Any amount due by the Society and not claimed within the period of limitation
allowed by the Indian Limitation Act shall be added to the Reserve Fund of the society.
43. Pattern of Education :- The Junior Kalasala shall have pattern of education as prescribed by Government from
time to time and vocationalisation shall be a major component of curriculum. The Junior Kalasala shall also
follow the guidelines prescribed from time to time by the competent Authority.
44. Construction of Buildings:- The Junior Kalasala Buildings shall be constructed in accordance with type
designs standardised by the Government. The construction as far as possible shall be entrusted to donors who
volunteer to take up construction.

APPENDIX 1 Application for permission for Establishment of Sahakara Junior Kalasalalu

FORM I
(See Rule 7)
Application for permission for Establishment of Sahakara Junior Kalasalalu
1. Name and address of the Educational society proposing to establish the Institution.
2. Name and address of the proposed Sahakara Junior Kalasala (place where the Institution is proposed to be
established)
3. Details of the notification according to which the educational society is making the application for
establishment of the institution
4. Details of Demand Draft or I.P.O. and Treasury Challan thr- (i) ough which prescribed application fee and
Inspection fee has been deposited (counter foil of challan also to be enclosed.) (ii)
5. Details of the educational society.
(1) Is the educational society registered with the Registration authority as provided under Rule 4 (if so, a copy of
the certificate of Registration shall be enclosed)
(2) Aims and objects of the educational society in establishing the Sahakara Junior Kalasala (copy of the
constitution and Byelaws as registered shall be enclosed.
(3) List of office bearers of the Society
6. Details of the proposed Sahakara Junior Kalasala
(1) Academic year, in which the institution is proposed to be established.
(2) Classescoursesmedia of study in which education is proposed to be imparted.
(3) No. of students proposed to be admitted in each coursesection.
7. If the Junior College is proposed to be established in own buildings, a plan of building and details of
accommodation like number of rooms, their dimensions, etc. shall be furnished.
8. (1) If the Sahakara Junior Kalasala is proposed to be established in rented accommodation, documentary
evidence to show the applicants ownership of his right to be in exclusive possesson of the site and buildings at
least for a period of 5 years.
(2) A rough plan of buildings showing the location of each room, its dimensions and the use it is proposed to be
put to;
9. If the society has acquired land for constructing own buildings at a later date, documentary evidence to show
the societys ownership of land and sketch plan of the building proposed to be constructed and bankbalance of
Rs.5 lakhs required for the purpose.
10. (1) Infrastructural facilities provided.
(a) Number of classrooms and the dimensions of each.
(b) Furniture,
(c) Equipment
(d) Library or reading room.
(e) Laboratories, workshops
(f) Play grounds
(g) Sanitary facilities
(h) Water supply

(i) Class Room.

(2) If facilities are not already provided, documentary evidence to show financial soundness of the society
indicating its ability to provide the required infrastructural facilities.
11. Whether the society is proposing to provide hostel facility for the students admitted, if so the details shall be
furnished.
12. Whether the Junior Kalasala proposed to be established to cater exclusively for the women/boys/Coeducation.
13. Whether the educational society is running any other educational institutions.
14. Whether the educational society is prepared to fulfil all the conditions prescribed for according
permissionrecognition/affiliation and comply with the instructions of departmental authority.
DECLARATION
I, ............................................................ Son Daughter Wife of Sri......................................... Secretary of the
Educational Society do hereby declare that the particulars furnished in the application are correct to the best of my
knowledge and belief. I also declare that we will abide by the Rules and regulations prescribed by the
Departmental authorities from to time, if our request for permission is agreed to.
Station: Signature of the Secretary of the
Dated: Educational Society,
(with Official Stamp).
APPENDIX 2 APPLICATION SEEKING RECOGNITION/AFFILIATION (Both provisional and
permanent)
FORM II
(See Rules 12 & 15)
APPLICATION SEEKING RECOGNITION/AFFILIATION (Both provisional and permanent)
State whether the application is for seeking fresh or renewal of recognition/affiliation.
1. Name and address of the educational society establishing the institution:
2. Name and address of the proposed Sahakara Junior Kalasala.
3. Reference of orders under which the institution has been permitted to be established (Copy of the orders to be
enclosed).
4. Reference of provisional recognitionaffiliation if already being enjoyed by the institution.
(In case of old institution. copy of the provisional recognition/affiliation accorded to be enclosed).
5. Details of infrastructural facilities provided.
(1) Number of class rooms and the dimensions of each.
(2) Details of furniture available to be furnished.
(3) Details of science equipment and apparatus available to be furnished.
(4) Details of Audiovisual aids availability to be furnished.
(5) (a) whether library is available.
(b) if so, number of books available. (Language-wise and subjectwise to be furnished).
6. Details of the land provided for use as play groundgarden.
(1) Area of land available.
(2) Owned or leased (Documentary evidence to be proposed).

(3) Details of sports and Games articles provided.

7. Whether arrangements are made for the Medical inspection of pupils?
8. Whether all the registers prescribed are maintained in the prescribed forms.
9. Whether sanitary certificate from the Health OfficerMedical Officer of the Municipal Office concerned is
enclosed :
10. Whether pupils are admitted following the procedure prescribed.
11. Whether qualified teaching and nonteaching staff have been appointed by following the procedure prescribed.
12. Whether the educational society is agreeable to abide by the conditions for recognition and other rules made
under the provisions of Andhra Pradesh Education Act, 1982.
DECLARATION
I, ............................................................................................... DaughterSonWife of
Sri.............................................................Secretary+of the educational society do hereby declare that all the
particulars furnished above are correct to the best of my knowledge and belief. I also declare that all conditions
prescribed for grant of RecognitionRenewal of recognition have been fulfilled, and that we shall abide by the rules
and regulations made by the departmental authorities from time to time failing which action can be taken against
us, under the provision of the Andhra Pradesh Education Act, 1982 and the rules made thereunder, from time to
time.
Station: Signature of Secretary of the Date : Educational Society, (with official stamp).
APPENDIX 3 APPLICATION FOR OPENING OF ADDITIONAL SECTIONS/COURSES/MEDIA
FORM III
(See Rule 18)
APPLICATION FOR OPENING OF ADDITIONAL SECTIONS/COURSES/MEDIA
1. Name and address of the educational society running the Junior Kalasala. 2. Name and address of the Sahakara
Junior Kalasala. 3. Details of the reference under which the Junior College is functioning. (Copy of the orders to
be enclosed). 4. Details of the reference under which the Junior College has been accorded recognitionaffiliation.
(Copy of the order to be enclosed). 5. Prospective strength in the proposed additional sectionscoursesmedia. 6.
Need for opening the additional SectionscoursesMedia. 7. (a) Number of institutions of the same class in the
neighbourhood (with class and strength). (b) Whether these institutions can meet the educational needs of the
locality. (c) Whether the interest of these institutions will suffer adversely in case permission is accorded to the
educational agency. 8. Details of infrastructural facilities provided. (1) Additional accommodation provided (No.
of class rooms and dimension of each). (2) Furniture provided. (3) Laboratory equipment provided. (4) Library
books provided. (5) Additional facilities provided for meeting needs of increase in the strength of students. 9. No.
of the teachers existing and their qualifications and the No. of new teachers proposed to be appointed to. 10.
Approximate recurring and nonrecurring expenditure involved. Whether the educational society is expecting to
meet the expenditure and the sources or the purpose. 11. Any other information the educational society would like
to furnish.
DECLARATION
I,.............................................................. SonDaughterwife of Sri....................................... Secretary of the
educational society do hereby declare that the particulars furnished in the application are correct to the best of my
knowledge and belief. I also declare that we will abide by the rules and regulations prescribed by the
Departmental authorities from time to time, if our request for permission is agreed to.
Station: Signature of the Secretary of the
Dated: Educational Society,
(with official stamp).
APPENDIX 4 APPLICATION SEEKING APPROVAL OF APPOINTMENTS MADE BY THE

EDUCATIONAL SOCIETY
FORM IV
(See Rule 19)
APPLICATION SEEKING APPROVAL OF APPOINTMENTS MADE BY THE EDUCATIONAL SOCIETY.
1. Name and address of the educational society running the Junior Kalasala.
2. Name and address of the Sahakara Junior Kalasala.
3. Details of the reference under which the Junior College is functioning.
(Copy of the orders to be enclosed).
4. Details of the reference under which the Junior College has been accorded recognitionaffiliation.
(Copy of the orders to be enclosed).
5. (1) List of teaching staff appointed indicating qualification, age, and date of appointment of each candidate
(separate of statement of the particulars can be furnished if required).
(2) Whether the appointments have been made as selected by the Staff Selection Committee constituted for the
purpose.
(Copy of the proceedings of the staff selection committee to be enclosed).
6. (1) List of nonteaching staff appointed indicating qualification, age and date of appointment of each candidate
(separate statement of the particulars can be furnished if required).
(2) Whether the appointments have been made as selected by the Staff Selection Committee constituted for the
purpose.
(Copy of the proceedings of the Staff Selection Committee to the enclosed).
7. Whether the staff appointed have any previous work experience, if so the details of each of them (separate
statement of particulars can be furnished, if necessary).
8. Any other particulars the educational society would like to furnish.
DECLARATION
I,.............................................................. Son/Daughter/wife of Sri........................................ Secretary of the
educational society do hereby declare that the particulars furnished above are correct to the best of my knowledge
and belief and that I am prepared to undergo any punishment that may be imposed on me if any of the particulars
furnished are found to be false and misleading. I further declare that while making the appointments Government
instructions have been strictly followed and I request you to approve the appointments whose particulars are
furnished under items 5 and 6 above.
Station : Signature of Secretary of the
Dated : Educational Society.
(with official stamp).
APPENDIX 5 PROFORMA FOR THE ORDER IN WHICH PERMISSION TO ESTABLISH
SAHAKARA JUNIOR KALASALA HAS TO BE ACCORDED
FORM V
(See Rule 9)
PROFORMA FOR THE ORDER IN WHICH PERMISSION TO ESTABLISH SAHAKARA JUNIOR
KALASALA HAS TO BE ACCORDED.
Sub: Establishment of Junior Kalasalalu..........According of permission to ............................................Educational

Society for establishment of Sahakara Junior Kalasala+at..........................Orders Issued.

Ref:1. G.O.Ms.No.251 Edn. dated 2751988 published in Andhra Pradesh Gazette.
2. ....................(reference of Registration Certificate).
3. ...........................(reference of Notification).
4. ...............................(reference of appliction).
5. ...............................(reference of Inspection Reports of Board of Intermediate EducationRegistration Authority
Consequent of making of application by the ...................... .........(name and address of the Educational
Society).......... ..................... in response to the notification issued by the Notification Authority expressing its
desire to establish a Sahakara Junior Kalasala at...................................the Board of Intermediate
EducationRegistration Authority have caused the inspection of the proposed Sahakara Junior Kalasala and
submitted the inspeaction reports together with their recommendations in the reference 5th read above.
2. After careful examinations of the inspection reports and the recommendations of the Board of Intermediate
EducationRegistration Authority, State Council are satisfied that the Educational Society has fulfilled all the
prescribed conditionsis capable of fulfilling the prescribed conditions for according permission for establishment
of Sahakara Junior Kalasala before the Kalasala is accorded provisional recognitionaffiliation. Accordingly State
Council in exercise of powers conferred under Rules 8 & 9 of the G.O. 8th read above hereby accord permission
to the ................................. Educational Society for the establishment of Sahakara Junior Kalasala
at.................................................from the academic year............. To start with the Educational Society is permitted
to start the following groupssections Media in the Intermediate Course.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
3. The Educational Society is directed to fulfil the conditions prescribed for according
permissionrecognitionaffiliation if not already fulfilled and make an application in the prescribed form to the
Board of Intermediate Education through the Registration Authority seeking provisional recognition affiliation.
Unless the Board of Intermediate Education accords provinsional recognitionaffiliation the Sahakara Junior
Kalasala shall not function.
4. Permission to establish the Sahakara Junior Kalasala is accorded subject to fulfillment of conditionsinstructions
which may be issued by the competent authorities from time to time failing which Educational Society is liable
for penal action under the provisions of Andhra Pradesh Education Act 1982 and the rules made thereunder.
To
Name and address of Educational Society.
Secretary Board of Intermediate Education Andhra Pradesh Hyderabad.
Director of Higher Education, A.P. Hyderabad.
Regional Joint Director of Higher Education concerned.
Copy to the Secretary to Government, Education Dept. A.P. Hyderabad.
Copy to District Development Officer concerned.
Copy to Registrar of Cooperative Societies Andhra Pradesh, Hyderabad.
ANDHRA PRADESH TUTORIAL INSTITUTIONS (REGISTRATION AND REGULATION) RULES,
1997

In exercise of the powers conferred by Section 32 read with Section 99 of the Andhra Pradesh Education Act,
1982, (Act No.1 of 1982) and in supersession of all rules in force, the Governor of Andhra Pradesh hereby makes
the following rules relating to registration and regulation of the tutorial institutions functioning in the State of
Andhra Pradesh.
Rule 1 Short title, extent and commencement
(1) These rules may be called "the Andhra Pradesh Tutorial Institutions (Registration and Regulation) Rules,
1997".
(2) They shall come into force at once.
(3) These rules shall apply to the following categories of tutorial institutions; namely :(a) un-recognised schools and colleges imparting coaching to students in various classes or courses and send them
to appear for the relevant public examinations to be conducted by recognised bodies or Universities as private
external candidates;
(b) institutions imparting coaching to prepare students to appear for entrance examinations for admission to the
various courses of study or to prepare them for competitive examinations to be held for recruitment to various
categories of posts in public services; and
(c) institutions imparting education, and or training in any branch (technical or non-technical) of study, such as
arts, commerce and science adopting their own system of coaching and syllabus or as prescribed by any
recognised University or authority and awarding diplomas or certificates of proficiency to the students on the
completion of the training or course of study either by subjecting them to an examination or without such
examination or any other as defined by the Government.
Rule 2 Definitions
(1) In these rules unless the context otherwise requires :
(a) 'Act' means the Andhra Pradesh Education Act, 1982.
(b) 'Educational agency' means a tutorial institution whether registered as a society, trust or as an association
under any law for the time being inforce, or not registered as such, and managed by an individual or group of
individuals and running as tutorial institutions.
(c) 'Form' means the form appended to these rules.
(d) 'Registration Authority' means the authority competent to make registration or to renew the registration of the
tutorial institution and issue a certificate of registration including renewal of registration, after making necessary
entries in the 'registration register' maintained for the purpose.
(e) 'Registration register' means the register maintained for making entries of the registration particulars of the
tutorial institutions referred to in these rules.
(f) 'Tutorial Institutions' means any institution whether residential or not, imparting coaching of the type of
education mentioned under Rule 1(3).
(g) 'Tutorial School' means tutorial institution imparting coaching to students upto the level of Secondary
Education.
(h) 'Tutorial College' means tutorial institution imparting coaching to students upto the level of degree course
which may also impart coaching for classes of secondary education.
(i) 'Inspecting Officer' :(i) Inspecting Officer means any officer of Education Department not below the rank of an Extension Officer of
Education Department or any officer of the Revenue Department not below the rank of Mandal Revenue Officer
and any officer of Police Department not below the rank of Inspector of Police.
(ii) Words and expressions used in these rules but not defined herein, shall carry the same meaning as assigned to
them in the Act.

Rule 3 Competent Authority for registration

The District Educational Officer shall be the Registration Authority, who is competent to make registration or
renew the registration of the tutorial institutions irrespective of the coaching courses offered, within the local
limits of his jurisdiction. Government may notify any other officer as competent authority in place of District
Educational Officer depending on the exigencies.
Rule 4 Procedure for registration of tutorial institution
(1) Any person or body of persons constituting an educational agency proposing to establish a tutorial institution,
may make an application in the prescribed form (Form-I) to the Registration Authority alongwith application fee
of Rs.1000/-. The application shall be accompanied with the following particulars with documentary evidence :(a) Counter foil of treasury challan for Rs.1000/- only in support of payment of application fee to meet the
expenditure for inspection. The amount shall be credited to the following head of account : "077 - Education G+General - M.H. 010 - Other Receipts - S.H. (05) - Miscellaneous Receipts."
(b) Details of accommodation provided;
(c) Details of infrastructural facilities provided;
(d) Details of the courses for which coaching offered/proposed to be offered;
(e) Details of the sanitary facilities provided (a sanitary certificate signed by the Municipal Health Officer or
District Health Officer shall be enclosed).
(2) On receipt of the application from the educational agency the Registration Authority shall depute one of his
subordinate officers not below the rank of the Deputy Inspector of Schools or may cause inspection by himself so
as to satisfy himself whether the conditions prescribed for registration of the tutorial institutions under Rule 5
have been fulfilled.
(3) After personal inspection or on the basis of the inspection report submitted by his subordinate officers, if the
Registration Authority is of the opinion that the educational agency has fulfilled all the conditions prescribed for
registration of the tutorial institution, he shall-(a) direct the educational agency to deposit the prescribed registration deposit amount in the joint account of the
District Educational Officer and the educational agency;
(b) on production of the documentary evidence in support of having deposited the registration deposit in the joint
account by the educational agency, shall register the tutorial institution by entering the relevant particulars in the
'registration register' maintained for the purpose and allot a registration number, and
(c) issue a 'Certificate of Registration' in Form-I prescribed under Annexure-I containing relevant details of the
registration.
(4) As a consequence of inspection, if the Registration Authority is of the opinion that the educational agency has
not fulfilled the conditions prescribed for registration of various categories of tutorial institution under Rule 6 or
7, as the case may be.
(a) the Registration Authority may give one month notice to the educational agency to make up the deficiencies
pointed out and if the educational agency fulfils the deficiencies accordingly, the Registration Authority may
register the tutorial institutions as provided under sub-rule (3); and
(b) if the educational agency fails to fulfil the conditions prescribed under Rule 6 or 7 as the case may be, within
the given time, the Registration Authority may reject the application for registration of the tutorial institution in
which case the educational agency concerned shall be informed of the reasons for such rejection, within three
months from the date of receipt of the application from the educational agency, as far as possible.
Rule 5 Registration of the existing tutorial institutions
No tutorial institution, on or after coming into force of these rules shall start functioning without prior registration
with the competent authority, i.e., the Registration Authority.
(2) Every tutorial institution, which is in existence at the commencement of these rules, shall register with the

Registration Authority within ninety days from the date of commencement of these rules.
(3) Educational agencies of all the existing tutorial institutions shall make an application, in duplicate, in Form-I
prescribed alongwith various documents and by following the procedure laid down in sub-rule (1) of Rule 4
within ninety days from the date of commencement of these rules.
(4) The rest of the procedure prescribed for registration of the new tutorial institutions, under Rule 4, shall also be
applicable for registration of the existing tutorial institutions.
(5) As and when the Registration Authority directs, the educational agency is required to deposit the prescribed
registration deposit amount in the joint account of the District Educational Officer and the educational agency
concerned, before registration of the institution.
(6) After production of the documentary evidence in support of depositing the registration deposit amount, the
Registration Authority shall register the tutorial institution by entering the relevant particulars in the registration
register maintained for this purpose and allot a registration number, and issue a certificate of registration in the
form prescribed under Annexure-I to the educational agency by following the procedure prescribed under Rule
4(4).
(7) The Registration Authority is empowered to order for the closure of the tutorial institution for non-fulfilment
of the conditions prescribed under Rule 6 or 7, as the case may be after following the procedure laid down under
Rule 4(4).
(8) The educational agency which runs a tutorial institution and which has not been registered within ninety days
from the date of commencement of these rules or whose registration has been cancelled, is liable for penal action
under the provisions of the Act.
Rule 6 Conditions for registration
Conditions for registration editions for the registration of the tutorial institutions of the categories mentioned
under clauses (b) and (c) of sub-rule(3) of Rule 1 shall be as mentioned below :
(1) Registration deposit The educational agency shall deposit an amount of Rs.10,000/- only as registration
deposit amount in the joint account of the educational agency and District Educational Officer concerned, before
the institution is registered.
(2) Infrastructural facilities The various requirements of infrastructural facilities chiefly depend upon the nature of
the coaching classes and the courses offered in the institution. In general the educational agency shall provide the
following infrastructural facilities :
(a) Accommodation The educational agency shall provide suitable building for accommodating the tutorial
institution. There shall be one room for each class, course, or section. Each student shall have 5 to 7 square feet
space. The educational agency shall admit only such number of students as to suit the room accommodation
available in any case the number of students should not exceed 30, in a batch.
(b) Furniture Sufficient number of long benches of duel desks for the use of the students and one table and a chair
for the use of the teacher shall be provided. Each class-room shall be provided with a black-board either of
wooden or roll up or walled one.
(c) Sanitary facilities The building should be located in a hygienic surrounding, and should have proper
ventilation. There should be safe drinking water facility. Sufficient number of urinals and lavatories shall be
provided. There shall be separate lavatories for boys and girls and staff. A certificate issued from the Municipal
Health/Medical Officer indicating the sanitary conditions of the institution, shall be produced at the time of
registration of the institution.
(3) Registration deposit amount Every educational agency desirous of registering its tutorial institution will have
to invariably deposit the prescribed registration deposit amount. The registration deposit amount shall be
deposited in the joint account of the District Educational Officer and the educational agency concerned. The
registration deposit amount to be deposited for registration of various categories of tutorial institutions shall be as
specified in the table below
Rule 7 Inspection of tutorial institutions

The inspecting officers notified under clause (i) of sub-section (1) of Section 2 shall conduct inspection of tutorial
institutions whenever there is a complaint and submit their inspection report to the competent authority for taking
penal action. The inspection of tutorial institutions involve academic inspection, inspection for determining
adequacy of infrastructural facilities and inspection to find out the financial irregularities.
(1) The inspecting authority for verifying academic standard and adequacy of infrastructural facilities provided in
the institution in terms of Rules 5 and 6.
(2) The District Educational Officer is the competent authority for inspection of the tutorial institutions to find out
the financial irregularities committed, and other details relating to accounts, records, buildings, libraries,
laboratory equipments etc., or make an enquiry in respect of any other matter connected with the institution or its
management.
(3) It shall be the duty of every person or body of persons managing a tutorial institution to afford such assistance
and facility as and may be necessary or required in connection with any such inspection and to remedy the defect
or irregularities if any pointed out in the inspection report, and to comply with the orders of the Registration
Authority in regard to accommodation, equipment, sanitary conditions and qualifications of teaching staff etc.
(4) Every tutorial institution registered under the rules shall submit the annual administration report under subsection (3) of Section 32 of the Act to the Registration Authority.
Rule 8 Officers empowered to inspect tutorial institutions shall send their inspection report to Registration
Authority for taking necessary action
(i) Inspection Officers All Inspecting Officers of Education Department upto the rank of Extension Officer of
Education Department. All officers of Revenue Department upto the rank of Mandal Revenue Officer, and all
officers upto the rank of Inspector of Police.
(ii) the Inspecting Officer shall conduct inspection of educational agency as envisaged in Rule 7 and submit
detailed inspection reported to Registration Authority under intimation to Commissioner of Collegiate Education,
Commissioner of Intermediate Education and Commissioner and Director of School Education.
(iii) Prohibition of appointment of Lecturers/Teachers/non-teaching staff who are already serving in Government
or in aided colleges/schools, junior colleges.
Rule 9 Maintenance of registers
Every tutorial institution shall maintain the following registers and shall keep regular accounts of all receipts and
expenditure :
(1) Register of admissions and withdrawal of pupils;
(2) Attendance register for pupils;
(3) Attendance register for teachers;
(4) Register showing receipts and expenditure;
(5) Inspection book; and
(6) Such other registers as the Registration Authority may specify.
Rule 10 Powers to cancel registration
The Registration Authority is empowered to withdraw the registration and cancel the certificate of registration
issued to a tutorial institution under the following circumstances, and after following the prescribed procedure :
(1) Conditions for cancellation of registration-(a) If the educational agency is found to violate any condition or instructions contained in these rules, the
Registration Authority shall cancel the registration and take penal action as detailed in general condition 2 in rule.
(b) If the educational agency found to be indulging in administrative and other financial irregularities etc.
(c) If the educational agency found to indulge in various malpractices while sending the students to various public

examinations for which they have undergone the coaching.

(d) If the educational agency failed to provide necessary infrastructural facilities for effective coaching of the
courses/classes offered in the institution.
(e) If the educational agency is found not following the instructions which may be given by the departmental
authorities from time to time.
(2) Procedure for the cancellation of registration--The Registration Authority shall follow the following procedure
before cancellation of the registration of any tutorial institution of the educational agency which has been found to
indulge in the lapses mentioned under sub-rule (1).
(a) The Registration Authority shall issue a show-cause notice giving thirty days time to the educational agency
concerned to give explanation for various lapses which were noticed in the institution, giving details of the lapses
noticed.
(b)
(i) If the educational agency gives a reply within the given time giving the reasons for the various lapses to the
satisfaction of the Registration Authority and seeks time for rectification of the deficiencies if any, the authority
may give reasonable time to the educational agency to rectify the deficiencies.
(ii) If the educational agency rectifies the deficiencies to the satisfaction of the Registration Authority and within
the given time, the latter may drop further action against the educational agency giving any instructions which he
feels deem fit to be implemented by the educational agency.
(c) If the educational agency fails to give reply within the given time or the reply given is not to the satisfaction of
the Registration Authority or the educational agency fails to rectify the deficiencies within the given time, the
tutorial agency concerned deserves cancellation of its registration.
(d) In the circumstances under clause (c) above, the Registration Authority shall cancel the relevant registration
particulars contained in the "registration register" and issue order to the educational agency indicating the
cancellation of registration of the tutorial institution. A notification to this effect may also be issued in the local
newspapers for information of public.
(e) If an inspecting officer sends inspection report detailing the conditions and instructions violated by the
Educational Institutions recommending the cancellation, the Registration Authority shall cancel the registration of
Educational Institutions forthwith.
(f) If an Educational Institution is found to engage the services of Government/Private aided Lecturers and Junior
Lecturers for purpose of teaching and conducting laboratory experiments, the Registration Authority shall cancel
registration of the Educational Institution forthwith.
(g) The educational agency aggrieved may make appeal against the orders of the Registration Authority to the
Regional Joint Director of School Educational whose decision shall be final.
Rule 11 Refund of registration deposit amount
(1) The application fee and other fees deposited/paid by the educational agency shall not be refunded under any
circumstances.
(2) The Tutorial Institutions shall renew their registration, every 5 years following the procedure given under Rule
6.
Rule 12 General instructions
(1) No tutorial institution which has not been registered with the Registration Authority as provided under Section
32 of the Act shall function after ninety days from the date of commencement of these rules. All the tutorial
institutions, (including the tutorial schools and tutorial colleges imparting coaching for various classes or courses
and sending the students to appear for public or University examinations as private or external candidates) which
are already functioning shall be registered with the Registration Authority within ninety days from the date of
commencement of these rules.
(2) The educational agencies running tutorial institutions without registration and running classes/courses for

which no permission has been sought/obtained or for which permission has been refused, are liable for penal
action under the provisions of the Act.
(3) The educational agency shall indicate the registration number of their institution under which it is registered in
all its correspondences with the department or otherwise.
(4) The educational agency shall co-operate with the inspecting officers whenever they visit the institutions for
causing the inspection, by providing accessibility to various records and registers etc.
(5) The educational agency shall communicate to the Registration Authority whenever there is change in its
address or whenever the institutions is shifted to different locality or even out of place. However, shifting of
institution from a place under the jurisdiction of one Registration Authority to a place under the jurisdiction of
another Registration Authority shall not be permitted.
(6) The educational agency shall obey all the instructions which may be issued by the departmental authorities
from time to time.
ANNEXURE 1 Certificate of Registration/Renewal of Registration
ANNEXURE (See Rules 4, 5 and 9) Proforma for the Certificate of Registration/Renewal of every 5 years
registration Government of Andhra Pradesh Education Department
ANNEXURE-I
(See Rules 4, 5 and 9)
Proforma for the Certificate of Registration/Renewal of every 5 years registration Government of Andhra Pradesh
Education Department Certificate of Registration/Renewal of Registration
1. Registration No. :
2. Earlier renewal of Registration No. :
3. Renewal Registration No. :
4. Name and address of the educational agency :
5. Name and address of the tutorial institution :
In exercise of the powers conferred under Rule 4, Rule 5 and Rule 9 of the Andhra Pradesh Tutorial Institutions
(Registration and Regulations) Rules, 1988 and in view of fulfilment of the prescribed conditions to the
satisfaction of the authority, the Registration Authority is pleased to accord registration/renew the registration
already enjoying to the tutorial institution whose details are mentioned above.
2. The registration/renewal of registration accorded under para 1 above is valid for a period of 5 years from the
date of issue of this certificate and shall be renewed at any time before the expiry of the date of
registration/renewal of registration. Failure to renew the registration will render the educational agency to pay
prescribed penal fee and failure to renew the registration within the period of one year from the date of expiry of
the registration/last renewal, render lapse of the registration deposit amount.
Station :
Date: Signature of Registration Authority
(with office stamp)
APPENDIX 1 Application for the Registration of Tutorial Institutions (Including renewal of Registration)
FORM-I
(See Rules 4, 5 and 9)
Application for the Registration of Tutorial Institutions
(Including renewal of Registration)

1. Name and address of the institution :

2. Name and address of the individual or :
the educational agency owning the institution/proposing to establish a tutorial institution
3. Aims and objects of the educational agency in establishing the institution :
4. Date of which the institute has been established or is proposed to be opened :
5. Particulars of the treasury challan :
under which the prescribed application fee has been paid
6. Particulars of registration deposit :
amount, if already deposited in the joint account of the District Educational Officer and the individual/educational
agency (documentary evidence to be produced)
7. Whether the applicant is seeking :
registration of the tutorial institution afresh or renewal of the already existing registration
8. Particulars of the original registration/ : earlier renewal of registration in case the applicant is seeking renewal
of registration. (True copy of the original registration and earlier renewal of registration in case already has
renewalregistration, shall be enclosed)
9. Details of the assets and liabilities : including the investments in the banks and other commercial concerns
10. Details of the infrastructural facilities :
provided in the institution
(1) Accommodation (details of the number of : class-rooms with dimensions-sketch plan of the building to be
enclosed
(2) Details of furniture provided :
(3) Details of the equipment and other : material provided in the laboratory
(4) Details of the books provided in the : library
(5) Details of the sanitary facilities : provided. (Sanitary certificate issued by Municipal Medical Officer to be
enclosed)
11. Details of the teachers appointed, if :
already appointed, (such as names, salary/wages paid, qualification and whether the qualification is adequate to
teach the subjects to which they are asked to handle)
12. Classes/courses in which students are : given coaching/proposed to be given coaching
13. Details of records and registers : maintained by the institution, if already opened
14. Details of other institutions run by the : educational agency, if any
15. Details of hostel facility provided, if : any
16. Any other information the applicant would : like to furnish
DECLARATION
I Sri/Smt./Kum ............................................ Son/Wife/Daughter of Sri ................................. do hereby declare that
the particulars furnished above are correct to the best of knowledge and belief I am prepared to undergo any penal
action that may be imposed on me if any of the particulars furnished in the application are found to be false and
misleading at any time subsequently. I further declare that I am prepared to obey the instructions which may be
issued by the competent authorities from time to time.

Station :

Signature of Applicant

Date :

(with official stamp)

ANDHRA PRADESH UNAIDED PRIVATE B. PHARMACY COLLEGES (ESTABLISHMENT,

MANAGEMENT, AND ADMISSION) RULES, 1992
In exercise of the powers conferred by sections 20 and 21 read with section 99 of the Andhra Pradesh Education
Act, 1982 (Act 1 of 1982), the Governor of Andhra Pradesh hereby makes the following rules relating to the grant
of permission for establishment of unaided private Pharmacy Colleges, under private Sector in the State
Rule 1 Short Title, extent and commencement
(1) These rules may be called the Andhra Pradesh Unaided Private B.Pharmacy Colleges (Establishment,
Management, and Admission) Rules, 1992.
(2) They shall come into force with effect from the date of publication in the Andhra Pradesh Gazette.
(3) They shall apply to all unaided private B.Pharmacy Colleges.
Rule 2 Definitions
In these rules, unless the context otherwise requires:
(a) "Act" means the Andhra Pradesh Education Act, 1982.
*
[(b) "Society" means a Private Educational Society formed by Association of individuals duly registered under the
Societies Registration Act, 1860 or the A.P. (Telangana Area) Societies Registration Act 1350 Fasli or by a Public
Trust, Religious or Charitable institutions registered under the Trusts Act, Wakfs Act or Andhra Pradesh Religious
and Charitable Institutions and Endowments Act.]
(c) "Managing Committee" means the Committee which is entrusted with the Management of the affairs of the
College.
(d) "College" means unaided private B. pharmacy College imparting Pharmacy Education.
Rule 3 Applications for permission to establish Unaided Private Pharmacy Colleges
(1) A Notification shall be issued in daily news Papers calling for applications to be submitted in the form
prescribed in AnnexureII to these rules from the Societies desirous of establishing colleges under the private
Sector specifying the last date for submitting the application.
(2) The Societies may respond to the Notification, by applying to the Director of Technical Education in the
prescribed form seeking permission for the establishment of private Colleges.
(3) No application form from any Educational Society for establishment of unaided private Colleges shall be
entertained except in response to the notification issued. Applications shall specify the place at which the College
is proposed to be established and separate application should be submitted in respect of each place.
(4) Every application shall be accompanied by the following:
(a) A copy of the constitution and byelawsMemorandum and Articles of Association of the Society with the
particulars of executive members thereof:
(b) Evidence of the financial viability of the Society and other requirements as prescribed in the AnnexureI.
(c) In case the College is proposed to be located in rented accommodation, evidence to show Societys ownership
of its rights to be in exclusive possession of the site and buildings:
(d) Evidence of other infrastructural facilities available:
(e) Nonrefundable application fee of Rs.10,000 for B.pharmacy College shall be payable by way of Demand Draft
drawn on any scheduled Bank in favour of Director of Technical Education, Andhra PRadesh, Hyderabad.

(5) Incomplete and timebarred applications shall not be entertained.

(6) Submission of an application in response to the Notification shall not confer any right on the applicant for the
establishment of the College and the Government reserve the right to reject any application without assigning any
reasons.
Rule 4 Permission for the establishment of B. Pharmacy College in Private Sector
After the last date for the receipt of applications the Committee consisting of :
(i) Director of Technical Education :
(ii) An eminent person in the field of pharmacy nominated by Government.
(iii) ViceChancellor of J.N.T.University, Hyderabad, will scrutinise the applications and forward them to
Government. The Government will select the Society for the establishment of private . pharmacy Colleges, at a
particular place from among the applicants for that place and accord permission to the selected Society with such
conditions as may be deemed necessary, including number of seats allowed, for the establishment of College and
to commence the functioning of College within the stipulated time. If the Society fails to fulfil the conditions and
fails to start establishment of the College within the stipulated time the permission so granted shall be
withdrawncancelled after due notice and another society which fulfills the requirements will be given permission
for the establishment of the College. The decision of the Government under this rule shall be final.
Rule 5 Affiliation and Recognition
The Society will make its own arrangements to obtain affiliation from the concerned University and to obtain
recognition of All India Council for Technical Education after fulfilling the conditions laid down by them for this
purpose.
Rule 6 Financial Aid
No financial aid or grant shall be given by the Government for the establishment or management of the College or
for any other purpose at any point of time.
Rule 7 Management
The Society shall appoint a Committee for the Management of the College consisting of 9 members including
Principal. Such committee shall include two nominees of Government and one nominee of the affiliating
University.
Rule 8 Staff Structure
Qualifications for the Teaching Staff, work load and the Teacher student ration shall be as per the Standards laid
down by Government All India Council for Technical Education Pharmacy Council of India concerned University.
Rule 9 Selection of Staff
The Selection of staff for appointment in the College shall be by a Committee constituted by the Managing
Committee for the purpose subject to such other conditions as may be prescribed by Government from time to
time. The appointment of persons so selected shall be by the Secretary and Correspondent of the College after
approval by the Managing Committee.
Rule 10 Review of the functioning of the College
(1) Government shall arrange to review the functioning of the College every year or at such other intervals as may
be considered necessary and based on such review may issue such directions as may be necessary for the proper
functioning or improvement in the functioning of the College. If for any reason the Society and the Managing
Committee fail to comply with the directions, within the stipulated time, the Government may cancel the
permission given to the College after giving an opportunity.
(2) The College which is established at a particular place shall not be allowed to be shifted to another place.
(3) The admissions shall be limited to the number of seats authorised and this limit shall not be exceeded without
prior approval of Government.

(4) The ownership and Management of the College established shall not be changed without prior permission of
the Government.
Rule 11 Fee Structure
The fee structure of the College shall be as specified by the Government by an order, from time to time.
Rule 12 Admission
Admission to the colleges shall be as per the provisions of the Andhra Pradesh Educational Institutions
(Regulation of admission and Prohibition of capitation fee) Act, 1983 and the Andhra Pradesh Professional
Educational Institutions (Regulation of Admission into undergraduate professional courses through common
Entrance Test) Rules 1989.]
ANNEXURE 1 Documentary evidence to be enclosed to the application for Permission to establish private
Pharmacy College
ANNEXURE (Vide Rule 3 (4) (b))
ANNEXURE 1
(Vide Rule 3 (4) (b))
Documentary evidence to be enclosed to the application for Permission to establish private Pharmacy College.
(a) Evidence of exclusive possession of a minimum of 5 acres of contiguous land without encumbrances and
buildings for the . Pharmacy College, Hostels, etc. or availability of 5 acres of land and resources of Rs.30 lakhs
of which a minimum of Rs.10 lakhs shall be in the form of cash and the balance could be in the form of Bank
Guarantee to finance the constructions of required buildings as envisaged by A.I.C.T.E.Pharmacy Council of India
and concerned affiliating University for maintenance thereof and for additions and alterations thereto according to
requirements from time to time.
(b) A sketch Plan of the site already owned or proposed to be acquired and its location in relation to other land
marks in the area for locating the College Hostels and also rough sketch plan of the buildings already available or
proposed to be constructed thereon showing the location of each room hall with dimensions and the use to which
it is proposed to be utilised.
ANNEXURE 2 APPLICATION FOR PERMISSION FOR ESTABLISHMENT OF UNAIDED PRIVATE
PHARMACY COLLEGES
ANNEXURE
ANNEXURE 2
APPLICATION FOR PERMISSION FOR ESTABLISHMENT OF UNAIDED PRIVATE PHARMACY
COLLEGES DISTRICT IN WHICH PROPOSED COLLEGE TO BE LOCATED
1. Name and Address of the Education Society proposing to establish the College.
2. Name and Address of the proposed unaided private pharmacy College (Place where the College is proposed to
be established).
Village :
Mandal :
PIN No. :
3. The intake proposed
4. Details of the Notification according to which the Educational Society is making the application for
establishment of the College.
5. Details of the Demand Draft through which prescribed application fee has been deposited.
1. D.D.No. date

2. Bank :
6. (1) Is the Educational Society registered with the Registration Authority and if so, a copy of the Memorandum
and articles of the Association.
(2) Aims and objects of the Educational Society in establishing the unaided private B.Pharmacy College (Copy of
the constitution and byelaws registered shall be enclosed.
(3) List of Office bearers of the Society.
7. Academic year, in which the College is proposed to be established.
8. If the college is proposed to be established in own buildings, a plan of the building and details of
accommodation like number of rooms, their dimensions etc., shall be furnished.
9. (1) If the unaided private B. pharmacy College is proposed to be established in rented accommodation,
documentary evidence to show the applicants ownership of his right to be in exclusive possession of the site and
buildings atleast for a period of 5 years.
(2) A rough plan of the buildings showing the location of each room, its dimensions and the use it is proposed to
be put to
10. If the society has acquired land for construction of own buildings at a later date, documentary evidence to
show the Societys ownership of land and sketch plan of the buildings proposed to be constructed and for the
purpose.
11. (1) Infrastructural facilities provided.
(a) Number of classrooms and the dimensionsof each
(b) Furniture
(c) Equipment
(d) Library or reading room
(e) Laboratories
(f) Play Grounds
(g) Sanitary facilities
(h) Water Supply
(2) Documentary evidence to show financial soundness of the Society indicating its ability to provide the required
infrastructural facilities.
12. Whether the Society is proposing to provide hostel facility for the students admitted; If so, the details shall be
furnished.
13. Whether the educational society is running any other educational institutions, give the details.
14. Whether the educational society is prepared to fulfil all the conditions prescribed for according
recognition/affiliations and comply with the instructions of Government
DECLARATION
I, . Son/Daughter/Wife of Sri . (Designationof the Educational Society do hereby declare that the particulars
furnished in the application are correct to the best of my knowledge and belief. I also declare that we will abide by
the Rules and Regulations prescribed by the Government from time to time, if our request for permission is
accorded to.
Station :
Signature of the Secretary of the
Date :

Educational Society (with official stamp).

DOCUMENTS TO BE ENCLOSED
1. D.D. for Rs.10,000
2. Copy of the Certificate of Registration Item No.6 of application
3. Byelaw of the Society
4. List of officer bearers of the society
5. Plan of own building in which the institution is to be started immediately-Item No.8 of application
6. Lease deed of temporary accommodation in favour of Society for a period of five years Item No. 9 (1) of
application.
7. Plan of temporary accommodation. Item No. 9 (2) of application.
8. Documents regarding ownership of land for the permanent location. Item No.10 of application.
9. A site Plan showing location of building in the said site. Item No.10 of application.
10. Any documentary evidence showing the infrastructural facilities provided. Item No.11 (1) of application.
11. Documentary evidence showing financial resources to provide the above infrastructural facilities. Item No. 11
(2) of application.
(BY ORDER AND IN THE NAME OF THE GOVERNOR OF ANDHRA PRADESH)
ANDHRA PRADESH UNAIDED PRIVATE POLYTECHNICS (ESTABLISHMENT, MANAGEMENT
AND ADMISSIONS) RULES, 1992
In exercise of the powers conferred by Sections 20 and 21 read with Section 99 of the Andhra Pradesh Education
Act, 1982 (Act 1 of 1982), the Governor of Andhra Pradesh hereby makes the following rules relating to the grant
of permission for establishment of unaided private Polytechnics under Private Sector in the State.
Rule 1 Short Title, extent and commencement
(1) These rules may be called the Andhra Pradesh Unaided Private Polytechnics, (Establishment, Management
and Admission) Rules, 1992.
(2) They shall come into force with effect from the *date of publication in the Andhra Pradesh Gazette.
(3) They shall apply to all unaided Private Polytechnics.
Rule 2 Definitions
In these rules unless the context otherwise requires:
(a) "Act" means the Andhra Pradesh Education Act, 1982.
* {"
(b) "Society" means a Private Educational Society formed by Association of individuals duly registered under the
relevant law for the time being in force relating to registration of Societies and includes a religious or Charitable
Trust registered under the Indian Trusts Act, or Wakfs Act, or Andhra Pradesh Charitable and Hindu Religious
Institution and Endowments Act..
(c) "Managing Committee" means the Committee which is entrusted with the Management of the affairs of the
Polytechnic.
(d) "Polytechnic" means unaided Private Polytechnic imparting Technical Education.
Rule 3 Applications for permission to establish unaided Private Polytechnics
(1) A Notification shall be issued in daily news Papers calling for applications to be submitted in the form
prescribed in Annexure II to these rules from the Societies desirous of establishing Polytechnics under the Private

Sector specifying the last date for submitting the application.

(2) The Societies may respond to the Notification, by applying to the Director of Technical Education in the
prescribed Form seeking permission for the establishment of Private Polytechnic.
(3) No application form from any Educational Society for establishment of unaided private Polytechnic shall be
entertained except in response to the notification issued. Application shall specify the place at which the
Polytechnic is proposed to be established and separate application should be submitted in respect of each place.
(4) Every application shall be accompanied by the following:
(a) A copy of the constitution and ByelawsMemorandum and Articles of Association of the Society with the
particulars of executive members thereof.
(b) Evidence of the financial viability of the Society and other requirements as prescribed in the AnnexureI.
(c) In case the Polytechnic is proposed to be located in rented accommodation, evidence to show the Societies
ownership of its right to be in exclusive possession of the site and buildings:
(d) Evidence of other infrastructural facilities available.
(e) Nonrefundable application fee of Rs.5,000 for Polytechnic shall be payable by way of Demand Draft drawn on
any scheduled bank in favour of Director of Technical Education, Andhra Pradesh, Hyderabad.
(5) Incomplete and timebarred applications shall not be entertained.
(6) Submission of an application in response to the Notification shall not confer any right on the applicant for the
establishment of the Polytechnic and the Government reserves the right to reject any application without assigning
any reason.
Rule 4 Permission for the establishment of Polytechnics in Private Sector
After the last date for receipt of applications, the Committee consisting of:
(i) Director of Technical Education:
(ii) An eminent person in the field of Engineering nominated by Government.
(iii) ViceChancellor of J.N.T. University, Hyderabad. will scrutinise the applications and forward them to
Government. The Government will select the society for the establishment of private polytechnics, at a particular
place from among the applicants for that place and accord permission to the selected Society with such conditions
as may be deemed necessary, including number of seats allowed for the establishment of Polytechnic and to
commence the functioning of polytechnic within the stipulated time. If the society fails to fulfil the conditions and
fails to start establishment of the Polytechnic within the stipulated time the permission so granted shall be
withdrawncancelled after due notice and another society which fulfils the requirements will be given permission
for the establishment of the polytechnic. The decision of the Government under this rule shall be final.
Rule 5 Affiliation and Recognition
The Society will make its own arrangements to obtain affiliation from the State Board of Technical Education
Training A.P. Hyderabad, and to obtain recognition of All India Council for Technical Education after fulfilling
the conditions laid down by them for this purpose.
Rule 6 Financial Aid
No financial aid or grant shall be given by the Government for the establishment or Management of the
Polytechnic or for any other purpose.
Rule 7 Management
The Society shall appoint a Committee for the management of the Polytechnic consisting of 8 Members including
Principal. Such Committee shall include one Nominee of Southern Regional Committee Madras, One Nominee of
Government of India, One Nominee of Commissionerate of Technical Education and one Nominee of the State
Board of Technical Education Training, Andhra Pradesh, Hyderabad.

Rule 8 Staff Structure

Qualifications for the Teaching Staff, work load and the Teacher student ratio shall be as per the Standards laid
down by Government All India Council for Technical Education State Board of Technical Education and Training,
Hyderabad.
Rule 9 Selection of Staff
The selection of Staff for appointment in the Polytechnic shall be by a Committee constituted by the Managing
Committee for the purpose subject to such other conditions as may be prescribed by Government from time to
time. The appointment of persons so selected shall be by the Secretary and Correspondent of the Polytechnic after
approval by the Managing Committee.
Rule 10 Review of the functioning of the Polytechnic
(1) Government shall arrange to review the functioning of the Polytechnic every year or at such other intervals as
may be considered necessary and based on such review may issue such directions as may be necessary for the
proper functioning or improvement in the functioning of the Polytechnic. If for any reason the Society and the
Managing Committee fail to comply with the directions within the stipulated time, the Government may cancel
the permission given to the Polytechnic after giving an opportunity.
(2) The Polytechnic which is established at a particular place shall not be allowed to be shifted to another place.
(3) The admissions shall be limited to the number of seats authorised and this limit shall not be exceeded without
prior approval of Government.
(4) The ownership and Management of the Polytechnic established shall not be changed without prior permission
of the Government.
Rule 11 Fee Structure
The Fee structure of the Polytechnic shall be as specified by the Government by an Order, from time to time.
Rule 12 Admission
Admission to the Polytechnic, shall be as per the provisions of the Andhra Pradesh Educational Institutions
(Regulation of Admission and Prohibition of Capitation Fee) Act, 1983, and the Andhra Pradesh Professional
Educational Institution Regulation of Admission of students into Polytechnic Statewide Institutions Rules, 1984
issued in G.O.Ms.No.142, Labour Employment Nutrition and Technical Education (TE.I) Department, dated
2641984 as amended from time to time.}
ANNEXURE 1 Documentary evidence to be enclosed to the application for permission to establish Private
unaided polytechnics
ANNEXURE
ANNEXURE-1
(Vide Rule 3 (4) (b)
Documentary evidence to be enclosed to the application for permission to establish Private unaided polytechnics.
(a) Evidence of owning a minimum of 10 acres of contiguous land without encumbrances with buildings for the
polytechnic, hostels, etc., or availability of 10 acres of land and resources of Rs.30 lakhs of which a minimum of
Rs.10 lakhs shall be in the form of cash and balance could be in the form of bank guarantee to finance the
construction of required buildings as envisaged by the A.I.C.T.E. and S.B.T.E.T. for maintenance thereof and for
additions and alterations thereto according to requirement from time to time.
(b) A sketch Plan of the site already owned or proposed to be acquired and its location in relation to other land
marks in the area for locating the polytechnicsHostels and also rough sketch Plan of the buildings already
available or proposed to be constructed thereon showing the location of each roomhall with dimensions and the
use to which it is proposed to be utilised.
ANNEXURE 2 APPLICATION FOR PERMISSION FOR ESTABLISHMENT OF UNAIDED PRIVATE
POLYTECHNICS

ANNEXURE
ANNEXURE - 2
APPLICATION FOR PERMISSION FOR ESTABLISHMENT OF UNAIDED PRIVATE POLYTECHNICS
DISTRICT IN WHICH
PROPOSED POLYTECHNIC
TO BE LOCATED .................
1. Name and Address of the Educational Society proposing to establish the Polytechnic :
2. Name and Address of the proposed Unaided Private Polytechnic (Place where the Polytechnic is proposed
Village : to be established)
Mandal :
PIN CODE :
3. The name of the Courses and intake Course Intake proposed (Coursewise).
1.
2.
3.
4.
4. Details of the Notification according to which the Educational Society is making the application for
establishment of the Polytechnic.
5. Details of the Demand Draft through 1. D.D.No................Dt............
which prescribed application fee has been deposited. 2.Bank...................
6. (1) Is the Educational Society registered with the Registration authority, if so, copy of the Certificate of
Registration shall be enclosed.
(2) Aims and objects of the educational society in establishing the unaided Private Polytechnics (Copy of the
constitution and Bye laws registered shall be enclosed).
(3) List of Office bearers of the Society
7. Academic year, in which the Polytechnic is proposed to be established :
8. If the polytechnic is proposed to be established in own buildings, a Plan of the buildings and details of
accommodation like number of rooms, their dimensions etc., shall be furnished.
9. (1) If the unaided Private Polytechnic is proposed to be established in rented accommodation, documentary
evidence to show the applicants ownership of his right to be in exclusive possession of the site and buildings
atleast for a period of 5 years.
(2) A rough Plan of the buildings showing the location of each room, its dimensions and the use it is proposed to
be put to.
10. If the Society has acquired land for constructing own buildings at a later date, documentary evidence to show
the Societies ownership of land and sketch Plan of the building proposed to be constructed and for the purpose.
11.(1) Infrstructural facilities provided:
(a) Number of classrooms and the dimension of each.
(b) Furniture.
(c) Equipment.

(d) Library or reading room.

(e) Laboratories, Workshops.
(f) Play grounds.
(g) Sanitary facilities.
(h) Water supply.
(i) Drawing halls.
(2) Documentary evidence to show financial soundness of the Society indicating its ability to provide the required
infrastructural facilities.
12. Whether the Society is proposing to provide hostel facility for the students admitted;
If so, the details shall be furnished.
13. Whether the Educational Society is running any other educational institutions. Give the details.
14. Whether the Educational Society is prepared to fulfil all the conditions prescribed for according
recognitionaffiliation and comply with the instructions of Government.
DECLARATION
I....................SonDaughterWife of Sri............. (Designation) of the Educational Society do hereby declare that the
particulars furnished in the application are correct to the best of my knowledge and belief. I also declare that we
will abide by the Rules and Regulations prescribed by the Government from time to time, if our request for
permission is accorded.
Station : Signature of the Secretary of the Educational
Date : Society (With Official stamp).
DOCUMENTS TO BE ENCLOSED
1. D.D. for Rs.5000.
2. Copy of the Certificate of Registration. Item No.6 of application.
3. Byelaw of the society.
4. List of office bearers of the Society.
5. Plan of own building in which the Institution is to be started,immediately. Item No.8 of application.
6. Lease deed of temporary accommodation in favour of society for a period of five years Item No.9 (1) of
application.
7. Plan of temporary accommodation. Item No.9 (2) of application.
8. Documents regarding ownership of land for the permanent location. Item No. 10 of application.
9. A site plan showing location of buildings in the said site. Item No.10 of application.
10. Any documentary evidence showing the infrastructural facilities provided. Item 11 (1) of application.
11. Documentary evidence showing financial resources to provide the above infrastructural facilities. Item No. 11
of application.
(BY ORDER AND IN THE NAME OF GOVERNMENT OF ANDHRA PRADESH)
RULES UNDER CHAPTER 2 OF THE ANDHRA PRADESH EDUCATION ACT, 1982
In exercise of the powers conferred by Section 99 read with Section 4 of the Andhra Pradesh Education Act, 1982
(Act 1 of 1982), the Governor of Andhra Pradesh hereby makes the following rules:
Rule 1

The Andhra Pradesh Education Service Rules and the Andhra Pradesh Educational Subordinate Service Rules as
in force, from time to time, shall apply for appointment to the posts sanctioned under sub-section (2) of Section 4
of the Andhra Pradesh Education Act, 1982.
RULES UNDER CHAPTER II OF THE ANDHRA PRADESH EDUCATION ACT, 1982
In exercise of the powers conferred by Section 99 read with subsections (1) and (2) of Section 5 of the Andhra
Pradesh Education Act, 1982 (Act 1 of 1982), the Governor of Andhra Pradesh hereby makes the following rules
Rule 1
There shall be a Board of Secondary Education to be called the "BOARD OF SECONDARY EDUCATION,
ANDHRA PRADESH". The composition of the Board of Secondary Education, Andhra Pradesh shall be as
follows :
(1) Director of School Education-Chairman.
(2) Secretary to the Commissioner for Government Examinations-Member (Secretary).
(3) Joint Commissioner for Government Examinations-Member.
(4) Secretary, Board of Intermediate Education-Member.
(5) Director, State Council for Education Research and Training-Member.
(6) Deputy Director, Secondary Education-Member.
(7) Three District Educational Officers to be mentioned by Government-Member.
(8) [Six Head Masters of Secondary Schools] one each from the following University areas to be nominated by
Government-Members.
i) Osmania University.
ii) Andhra Pradesh.
iii) Sri Venkateswara University.
iv) Nagarjuna University.
v) Kakatiya University.
vi) Sri Krishna Devaraya University.
(9) Two distinguished Educationists to be nominated by Government-Memb ers.
(10) Six Headmasters/Headmistresses of High Schools to be nominated by Government-Members.
(11) Three Deputy Educational Officers to be nominated by Government-Members.
(12) One Representative of National Council of Educational Research and TrainingMember
[(13) Deputy Commissioner for Government Examinations dealing with the subject-Member.
Rule 2
The tenure of the Board shall be for a period of three years from the date of notification. The Government may at
any time, remove any member without assigning any reason.
Rule 3
A member appointed in a casual vacancy arising due to removal, resignation, death or otherwise shall hold office
for the residue term of his predecessor in whose place he has been appointed.
Rule 4
The headquarters of the Board shall be at Hyderabad.
Rule 5

The Board shall meet atleast twice in an academic year or more often if necessary.
Rule 6
Notice of the meeting specifying the date, time and place of the meeting together with a copy of the Agenda shall
be sent by the Member/Secretary atleast seven days prior to the date of the meeting by ordinary post under
certificate of posting to the usual place of residence or office of the members.
Rule 7
Every meeting of the Board shall be presided over by the Chairman. In the absence of the Chairman, a member
chosen from among the members present shall presid over the meeting.
Rule 8
The quorum for the meeting shall be one third of the total number of members including the presiding officer.
Rule 9
All decisions at the meeting, shall be by a majority vote. In the event of equality of votes, the presiding officer
shall have a casting vote.
Rule 10
If atleast half the number of the members of the Board make a request in writing to the Chairman to convene a
meeting, a meeting shall be convened within ten days from the date of receipt of such requisition or within a
shorter period waiving the requirement of seven days notice where necessary.
Rule 11
In any case of emergency arising out of administrative business of the Board which in the opinion of the
Chairman requires immediate action, he shall take such action as he deems necessary and shall thereafter report
his action, to the Board at its next meeting.
Rule 12
(1) Minutes of the proceedings of each meeting shall be approved by the Chairman or by the member who
presides over the meeting, as the case may be.
(2) Within a week from he date of the meeting a copy of the proceedings of each meeting shall be forwarded to
Government for information.
Rule 13
(1) For the journeys performed for attending the meetings the nonofficial members shall be eligible to draw the
travelling and daily allowance at the rates admissible to the members of a First Class Committee under the Andhra
Pradesh Travelling Allowance Rules.
(2) The MemberSecretary shall be the controlling authority for countersigning the T.A. Bills of the Nonofficial
members.
(3) The absence of official members for attending the meetings of the Board shall be treated on duty and they shall
be eligible to draw travelling and daily allowance in accordance with the Andhra Pradesh Travelling Allowance
Rules.
Rule 14
Powers of Board: Subject to the other provisions of the Act and rules and to such directions as the Government
may give, from time to time, in this behalf, the Board shall have the following powers namely:
(1) to advise the Government on the coordinated development of secondary education.
(2) to make recommendations to Government with regard to the197
(a) courses of study and medium of instruction;

(b) syllabi and curriculum for various courses of study ;

(c) fixation of fees and other charges for examinations ; and
(d) standards of achievement in various subjects to qualify for promotion and award of certificates.
(3) to formulate schemes for conducting examinations.
(4) to award certificates to the candidates who have passed X class examination.
(5) to recognise any diploma or certificate granted by any board or educational authority whether within or
outside the State as equivalent to the certificate granted by the Board, or any course of study undertaken by
candidates as sufficient for the purpose of admitting them for the X class examination.
(6) to call for such reports, returns and other information as may be required for performing its functions, from
any institution or office.
(7) to perform such other functions as may be entrusted to it from time to time by the Government for the
development of secondary education in the State.
Rule 15
(1) The Board may with the prior approval of the Government constitute the following Committees; namely :
(a) Academic Committee to advise the Board on academic policies or introduction of new courses of study and
new combination of subjects.
(b) Examination Committee to advise the Board with regard to matters relating to structure of question papers,
nature of test items, and norms to deal with cases of malpractices in examination.
(2) The Composition of the Committee shall be as determined by Chairman :
(Board of Teachers Education, Andhra Pradesh.
1. There shall be a Board of Teachers Education Andhra Pradesh2. The composition of the Board of Teachers Education, Andhra Pradesh shall be as follows:
(1) Director of School Education Chairman.
(2) Director Incharge of Primary Education ViceChairman.
(3) Joint Commissioner for Government Examinations-MemberSecretary.
(4) Director, State Council for Educational Research and Training-Member.
(5) Secretary, Board of Intermediate Education-Member.
(6) Deputy Director Incharge of School Education Training-member.
(7) One Principal, Government Comprehensive College of Education-Member.
(8) Two District Educational Officers to be nominated by Government-Members.
(9) Educationalists of whom not less than two shall be non officials to be nominated by GovernmentMembers.
[(10) Deputy Commissioner for Government Examinations dealing with the subject-member.
3. Rules 2 to 13 of the rules issued under subsection (1) of Section 5 relating to tenure, convening of meetings,
quorum, travelling and daily allowances etc., in respect of the Board of Secondary Education, Andhra Pradesh
shall apply mutatis mutandis to the Board of Teachers Education.
4. Powers of the Board : Subject to the provisions of the Act and the rules and to such directions as the
Government may give in this behalf, the Board shall have the following powers namely:
(1) to lay down the courses of study for the preservice and inservice teachers at preprimary, primary and
secondary level;
(2) to make recommendations to the Universities on the courses of study and training of secondary school

teachers keeping in view the changing requirements, from time to time;

(3) to specify the qualifications for admission into the Teacher Training Courses at preprimary and primary levels.
(4) to prescribe the syllabi, curricula, textbooks, reference books etc., for the training courses for preprimary
school teachers.
(5) to lay down the standards for examinations and to conduct examinations conforming to these standards for
preprimary and primary school teachers.
(6) to award certificates to the candidates who passed the Teachers training course.
(7) to deal with cases of malpractices in the examinations ;
(8) to review the position of teacher Education in the State at preprimary, Primary and Secondary level, from time
to time and to take measures to maintain or improve the position.
5. The Board may, with the prior approval of the Government, constitute the following Committees:
(1) Academic Committee to advise the Board on academic policies and courses of study for teacher training ; and
(2) Examination Committee to advise the Board with regard to matters relating to structure of question papers,
nature of test items and norms to deal with cases of malpractices in the teacher training examinations.
ANDHRA PRADESH UNAIDED PRIVATE MEDICAL AND DENTAL COLLEGES (ESTABLISHMENT,
MANAGEMENT AND ADMINISTRATION) RULES, 1992
In exercise of the powers conferred by Sections 20 and 21 read with Section 99 of the Andhra Pradesh Education
Act, 1982 (Act 1 of 1982), the Governor of Andhra Pradesh hereby makes the following rules relating to the grant
of permission for establishment of unaided Private Medical Colleges and Dental Colleges under Private Sector in
the State.
Rule 1 Short Title, extent and commencement
(1) These rules may be called the Andhra Pradesh Unaided Private Medical and Dental Colleges (Establishment,
Management and Admission) Rules, 1992.
(2) They shall come into force with effect from the date of publication in the Andhra Pradesh Gazette.
(3) They shall apply to all such unaided Private Medical and Dental Colleges as the Government may by order
specify.
Rule 2 Definitions
In these rules unless the context otherwise requires:
(a) "Act" means the Andhra Pradesh Education Act, 1982.
(b) "Society" means a private Educational Society formed by an Association of individuals duly registered under
the relevant Law for the time being in force.
(c) "Managing Committee" means the Committee which is entrusted with the management of the affairs of the
College.
(d) "College" means unaided Private Medical or Dental College imparting Medical and Dental Education.
Rule 3 Applications for permission to establish unaided Private Medical and Dental Colleges
(1) A Notification shall be issued in daily newspapers calling for applications to be submitted in the form
prescribed in AnnexureII to these rules from the Societies desirous of establishing colleges under the private
sector specifying the last date for submitting the applications.
(2) The Societies may respond to the Notification, by applying to the Director of Medical Education in the
prescribed Form seeking permission, for the establishment of Colleges.
(3) No application form from any educational society for establishment of unaided private College shall be
entertained except in response to the notification issued. Applications shall specify the place at which the College

is proposed to be established and separate applications should be submitted in respect of each place.
(4) Ever application shall be accompanied by the following documents:
(a) A copy of the constitution and byelaws Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Society with the
particulars of executive members thereof:
(b) A list of members of Society as on the date of making the application.
(c) Evidence of the financial viability of the Society and other requirements as prescribed in the AnnexureI.
(d) In case the College is proposed to be located in private Accommodation, evidence to show the Societys
ownership of its right to be in exclusive possession of the site and buildings;
(e) In case the society proposes to use a Government hospital and its infrastructural facilities, it shall give an
undertaking to Government to pay such charges as may be prescribed by Government. Permission for such use
shall be for a maximum period of five years within which the society concerned should put up its own
infrastructural facility.
(f) Evidence of other infrastructural facilities available;
(g) Nonrefundable application fee of Rs.20,000 for Medical CollegeRs.10,000 for Dental College shall be payable
by way of Demand Draft drawn in favour of Director of Medical Education; and
(h) Consent Letters of the persons who have given their willingness to serve on the teaching staff of the College
proposed to be established.
(5) Incomplete and time barred applications shall not be entertained.
(6) Submission of an application in response to the notification shall not confer any right on the applicant for the
establishment of the College and the Government reserve the right to reject any application without assigning any
reasons.
Rule 4 Permission for the establishment of Medical and Dental Colleges in Private Sector
After the last date for the receipt of the applications, a committee consisting of Director of Medical Education; an
eminent person from the Medical field and a representative of University of Health Sciences will scrutinise the
applications received, and forward them to the Government. The Government will select the society for the
establishment of Medical College or Dental College at a particular place from among the applicants for that place
and accord permission to the selected society with such conditions as may be deemed necessary, including
number of seats allowed, for the establishment of College and to commence the functioning of College within the
stipulated time. If the Society fails to fulfil the conditions within the stipulated time and fails to start functioning
of the College the permission so granted shall be withdrawncancelled after due notice and another society which
fulfills the requirement will be given permission for the establishment of the college. The decision of the
Government under this rule shall be final.
Rule 5 Affiliation and Recognition
The Society will make its own arrangements to obtain affiliation from the University of Health Sciences and to
obtain recognition of Medical or Dental Council of India after fulfilling the conditions laid down by them for this
purpose.
Rule 6 Financial Aid
No financial aid or grant shall be given by the Government for the establishment or management of the College or
for any other purpose.
Rule 7 Management
The Society shall appoint a Committee for the Management of the College consisting of not more than 9
members. Such Committee shall include two nominees of Government and one nominee of the University of
Health Sciences.
Rule 8 Staff Structure

Qualification for the Teaching staff and the teacher student ratio shall be as per the standards laid down by
University of Health Sciences and Medical or Dental Council of India.
Rule 9 Selection of Staff
The selection of staff for appointment in the College shall be by a Committee constituted by the Managing
Committee for the purpose, subject to such other conditions as may be prescribed by Government from time to
time. The appointment of persons so selected shall be by the Secretary and Correspondent of the College after
approval by the Managing Committee.
Rule 10 Review of the functioning of the College
(1) Government shall arrange to review the functioning of the College every year or at such other intervals as may
be considered necessary and based on such review may issue such directions as may be necessary for the proper
functioning or improvement in the functioning of the College. If for any reason the Society and the Managing
Committee fail to comply with the directions, within the stipulated time, the Government may cancel the
permission given to the College after giving an opportunity.
(2) The College which is established at a particular place shall not be allowed to be shifted to another place.
(3) The number of admissions shall be limited to the number of seats authorised and this limit shall not be
exceeded without prior approval of Government and MedicalDental Council.
(4) The ownership and management of the College established shall not be changed without prior permission of
the Government,
Rule 11 Fee Structure
The Fee structure of the College shall be as specified by the Government by an Order, from time to time.
Rule 12 Admission
Admission to the Colleges shall be as per the provisions in Section 3A of the Andhra Pradesh Educational
Institution (Regulation of Admission and Prohibition of Capitation Fee) Act, 1983 as amended by the Andhra
Pradesh Educational Institutions (Regulation of Admission and Prohibition of Capitation Fee) (Amendment) Act,
1992 and the Andhra Pradesh Professional Educational Institution (Regulation of admission into Under Graduate
Professional Courses through Common Entrance Test) Rules, 1989.
ANNEXURE 1 ANNEXURE
ANNEXURE
ANNEXURE I
Vide Rule 3 (4) (c)
I. DOCUMENTARY EVIDENCE TO BE ENCLOSED TO THE APPLICATION FOR PERMISSION TO
ESTABLISH PRIVATE MEDICAL COLLEGE.
(a) Evidence of owning a minimum of 50 acres of land without encumbrance and buildings for the
CollegeTeaching HospitalHostels etc. OR evidence of owning a minimum of 50 acres of land without
encumbrances and resources worth of Rs.5 crores in the form of assets, securities etc. of which rupees not less
than one crore in the form of cash] to finance the construction of required building as envisaged by the Medical
Council of India and the University of Health Sciences, for maintenance thereof and for additions and alterations
thereto according to requirement from time to time;
(b) Evidence of availability of resources by way of bank balances, securities, liquid assets etc., for procuring
Medical equipment, Laboratory equipment, Library books, Furniture etc., and for their maintenancereplacements.
(c) Evidence of availability of resources to meet recurring expenditure towards personnel employed, electricity
and telephone etc.
(d) A sketch plan of the site already owned or proposed to be acquired and its location in relation to other land
marks in the area for locating the CollegeTeaching HospitalHostels and also rough sketch plan of the buildings
already available or proposed to be constructed thereon showing the location of each roomhall with dimenssions

and the use to which it is proposed to be utilised.

II. DOCUMENTARY EVIDENCE TO BE ENCLOSED TO THE APPLICATION FOR PERMISSION TO
ESTABLISH PRIVATE DENTAL COLLEGES.
(a) Evidence of owning a minimum of 10 acres of land without encumbrances and buildings for the Colleges
Teaching Hospital Hostels etc. OR evidence of owning a minimum of 10 acres of land without encumbrances and
resources worth of Rupees one crore in the form of assets, securities etc. of which rupees not less than 20 lakhs in
the form of cash] to finance the construction of required buildings as envisaged by the Dental Council of India
and the University of Health Sciences, for maintenance thereof and for additions and alterations thereto according
to requirement from time to time;
(b) Evidence of availability of resources by way of bank balances, securities, liquid assets etc., for procuring
Medical equipment, Laboratory equipment, Library books, Furniture etc., and for their maintenancere placements.
(c) Evidence of availability of resources to meet recurring expenditure towards personnel employed, electricity
and telephones etc.
(d) A sketch plan of the site already owned or proposed to be acquired and its location in relation to other land
marks in the area for locating the College Teaching Hospital Hostels and also rough sketch plan of the buildings
already available or proposed to be constructed thereon showing the location of each room hall with dimensions
and the use to which it is proposed to be utilised.
ANNEXURE 2 APPLICATION FOR PERMISSION FOR ESTABLISHMENT OF UNAIDED PRIVATE
MEDICALDENTAL COLLEGE
ANNEXURE
ANNEXURE-II
APPLICATION FOR PERMISSION FOR ESTABLISHMENT OF UNAIDED PRIVATE MEDICALDENTAL
COLLEGE
1. Name and address of the Educational Society proposing to establish the college. :
2. Name and address of the proposed Unaided Private Medical or Dental College (Place where the College is
proposed to be established). :
3. The Number of seats proposed to have in the college to be established :
4. Details of the Notification according to which the educational society is making the application for
establishment of the College. :
5. Details of Demand Draft through which prescribed application fee has been deposited. :
6. Details of the Educational Society :
7. (1) Is the Educational Society registered with the Registration authority if so, copy of the certificate of
Registration shall be enclosed. :
(2) Aims and objects of the Educational So-ciety in establishing the unaided Private Medical College or Dental
College (copy of the constitution and Byelaws as registered shall be enclosed) :
(3) List of Office bearers of the Society. :
8. Academic year, in which the college is proposed to be established :
9. If the College is proposed to be established in own buildings, a plan of the building and details of
accommodation like number of rooms, their dimensions etc., shall be furnished. :
10. (1) If the Unaided Private MedicalDental College is proposed to be established in rented accommodation,
documentary evidence to show the applicants ownership of its right to be in exclusive possession of the site and
buildings. :
(2) A rough plan of the buildings showing the location of each room, its dimensions and the use it is proposed to

be put to. :
11. If the Society has acquired land for constructing own buildings at a later date, documentary evidence to show
the Societies ownership of land and sketch plan of the building proposed to be constructed for the purpose.:
12. (1) Infrastructural facilities provided.
(a) Number of classrooms and the dimensions of each
(b) furniture
(c) Equipment
(d) Library or reading room
(e) Laboratories, workshops
(f) Play Grounds
(g) Sanitary facilities
(h) Water supply
(2) If facilities are not already provided, documentary evidence to show financial soundness of the society
indicating its ability to provide the required infrastructural facilities. :
13. Whether the Society is proposing, to provide hostel facility for the students admitted, if so, the details shall be
furnished :
14. Whether the educational Society is running any other educational institutions, if so with the details. :
15. Whether the educational Society is prepared to fulfil all the conditions prescribed for according
recognitionaffiliation and to comply with the instructions of Government. :
DECLARATION
I,______________________________________________________________ SonDaughterWife of
Sri._______________________________________________ of the Educational Society do hereby declare that
the particulars furnished in the application are correct to the best of my knowledge and belief. I also declare that
we will abide by the Rules and Regulations prescribed by the Government from time to time, if our request for
permission is agreed to.
Station:
Date:

Signature of the
_______________________

(Designation)
Educational Society
(with official stamp).
ANDHRA PRADESH EDUCATIONAL SERVICE RULES
In exercise of the powers conferred by sub-sections (1) and (2) of Section 78 read with Section 99 of the A.P.
Education Act, 1982 (Act 1 of 1982), and in supersession of the Rules issued in G.O.Ms.No.259, GA (Rules)
Department, dated 9-2-1962 and ad hoc rules issued in so far as they relate to the posts included in this service,
the Governor of Andhra Pradesh hereby makes the following special rules for the Andhra Pradesh Educational
Service.
Rule 1 Short Title
These rules may be called the Andhra Pradesh Educational Service Rules.
Rule 2 Constitution
The service shall consist of the following classes and categories of posts. CLASS-I

Rule 3 Method of appointment and appointing authority

The method of appointment and appointing authority for different categories of posts of service shall be as
follows:
Rule 4 Conditions for appointment
Promotion to every post in the service shall be made on grounds of merit and ability, seniority being considered
only where merit and ability are approximately equal. The transfer of a person from one Class or Category or
Grade of the service to another Class or Category or Grade carrying the same pay or scale of pay, shall not be
treated as first appointment to the latter for purpose of seniority; and the seniority of a person so transferred shall
be determined with reference to the date of his first appointment to the Class or Category or Grade from which he
was transferred.
Rule 5 Rule of Reservation
(1) The rule of special representation (General Rule 22 of A.P. State and Subordinate Services) shall apply to
appointment by direct recruitment to the posts in all categories.
(2) In the matter of direct recruitment to any Category, 33 1/3% of posts in each category of OC, BC-A, BC-B,
BC-C, BC-D, SC and ST shall be reserved for women. A vacancy in an institution or establishment specially
provided for women shall be filled in by transfer of women members of the said category employed in an
institution or establishment, not specially provided for women.
(3) Government orders issued from time to time in this connection, shall be made applicable.
Rule 6 Qualifications and Experience
(1) No person shall be eligible for appointment to the categories specified in column 2 of Annexure to these rules
by the method specified in column 3 unless he/she possesses the qualifications specified in the corresponding
entry in column 4 thereof.
(2) Wherever a post graduate degree or degree is prescribed, it shall mean that it should have been obtained from
one of the universities in Andhra Pradesh or recognised and equivalent to the degrees awarded by the universities
in Andhra Pradesh.
[(3) Where a second class post graduate degree of a University is prescribed, for the purpose of promotions and
transfers, it shall mean that it should have been obtained with not less than 50% of marks in the degree awarded
by the university or as may be prescribed by the University concerned, and for Direct Recruitment, it shall mean
that it should have been obtained with not less than 55% of marks in the Degree awarded by the University or as
may be prescribed by the University concerned.] (Sub-rule (3) Subs. by G.O.Ms.No.181,dated 29-12-2000 w.e.f.
30-12-1996)
(4)
(i) The officers in Categories 1, 2, 5 and 8 of Class III may be posted as Lecturer: IASE/CTE or Senior Lecturer,
DIET for one year for becoming eligible for promotion to Categories 2, 3, 4 and 6 of Class II. If any person
working against the categories mentioned in this rule has already worked for one year as Lecturer, CTE/IASE of
Lecturer, DIET he/she need not be sent once again for getting experience as Lecturer.
(ii) The officers in Categories 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 10, 11 and 12 of Class III may be posted as Deputy Educational
Officers for one year for becoming eligible for promotion to Category 1 of Class II. If any person in the said
categories has already worked as Deputy Educational Officer for one year he/she need not be sent once again for
getting experience as Deputy Educational Officer.
(iii) The officers in Category 9 of Class III may be posted as Inspector of Physical Education/Inspectress of
Physical Education for one year for becoming eligible for promotion to Category 5 of Class II. If any person in
the said category has already worked as Inspector of Physical Education/Inspectress of Physical Education, he/she
need not be sent once again for getting experience as Inspector of Physical Education./Inspectress of Physical
Education.
Rule 7 Age

No person shall be eligible for appointment by direct recruitment to any post in the service if he/she has
completed 30 years of age as on the 1st day of July of the year in which the notification for recruitment is made.
Concessions extended by the Government from time to time to BC, SC and ST in respect of age applicable to the
direct recruits.
Rule 8 Minimum Service
No person shall be made eligible for promotion or for recruitment by transfer to any post in the service unless he
has put in not less than three years of service in the category/class from which promotion or recruitment by
transfer is to be made.
Rule 9 Probation
Every person appointed to any category, by direct recruitment shall be on probation for a total period of two years
on duty within a continuous period of 3 years and every person appointed to any category either by promotion or
recruitment by transfer shall be on probation for a total period of one year duty within a continuous period of 2
years from the date on which he/she commences probation.
Rule 10 Training and Appointment
(1) Every person who has been selected for appointment by direct recruitment to the service in Category 1 of
Class III shall be appointed subject to fulfillment of the following conditions.
(i) The prescribed course of teachers training in a College for Teacher Education Institute of Advanced Studies in
Education and obtain a degree in teaching of University in the State if he/she does not possess the Bachelor s
Degree in Education at the time of selection.
(ii) A course of Administrative Training for a period not exceeding six months in such manner as may be
prescribed by the Director of School Education.
(2) Every person who is selected for appointment by direct recruitment in Category 1 of Class III and who possess
at the time of selection a degree in teaching of a university in the State shall be given the Administrative training
prescribed.
(3) Every person selected for appointment by Direct Recruitment to Category 1 of Class III but who does not
possess a degree in teaching of university in the State or an equivalent qualification shall be deputed to College
for Teacher Education/Institute of Advanced Studies in Education to undergo B.Ed., course. He/She shall acquire
such degree within three years from the date of his deputation for teachers training, provided that the Government
may for special reasons extend the said period preferably by one year. If he fails to acquire the said degree within
two years or within the said period of extension as the case may be, he shall be discharged from service, shall
forfeit his right to appointment to the service, and shall refund to the Government the entire amount paid to him as
pay and other allowances.
(4) A person who does not possess the said degree in teaching at the time of selection shall, on completion of both
teachers training shall be given administrative training for a period of (6) months as prescribed by the Director of
School Education. The administrative training shall commence immediately after the last day of the examination.
If the place or administrative training involves change of Head quarters he will be allowed actual journey time as
per rules to report at the place of Administrative training.
(5) A person who has appeared for the examination and failed to obtain the said degree may be appointed to the
service temporarily under Rule 10(a) of the State and Subordinate Services Rules after completion of his
Administrative training.
(6) While undergoing course of B.Ed., and Administrative training they shall be paid the initial pay of the post for
which he is a trainee, with usual allowance admissible at the respective places of training.
(7) The period of training shall be allowed to count as duty for all purposes like probation, pension, leave,
increment etc., subject to the restriction that unless he completes the training or passes the prescribed tests during
or after the training, he shall not be eligible for the first increment.
(8) Every person who has been selected for appointment by direct recruitment to the service in Category 1 of
Class III and who is required to undergo training as laid down in Rule 10(1) shall before commencing the training

execute an agreement in the proper form, with two sureties binding himself/herself.
(i) To undergo successfully the training in full and to obtain the degree in teaching mentioned in that Rule at the
end of the prescribed course of teachers training in a training college.
(ii) To serve in the Education Department for a period not less than 3 years; and
(iii) To refund to the State Government the entire amount drawn by him/her as pay and other allowances, if he
fails to fulfil either of the conditions in clauses (i) and (ii) above. Provided that a person who is required to
undergo only the administrative training need not execute the agreement aforesaid.
Rule 11 Tests
The tests prescribed for the members of the service are set forth in the following table.
Explanation 1 Where a test is prescribed of a language of higher standard a person shall be exempted from passing
the test if he/she passed the language as a subject in Intermediate examination or its equivalent or higher degree.
Where a test is prescribed of a language of Lower Standard a person shall be exempted from passing the test if
he/she has passed the language as a subject in SSC Examination or its equivalent or higher degree.
Explanation 2All persons who have crossed 45 years of age shall be exempted from passing departmental tests for
promotion to the next higher category above the one held of her/him. This benefit is extended to ensure that every
employee gets atleast one promotion during his entire service.
Explanation 3All persons who have completed age of 50 years on the date of appointment to any post shall be
exempted from passing the tests referred to in column 3.
Rule 12 Unit of Appointment
For the purpose of recruitment, appointment, seniority, discharge for want of vacancy, promotion, transfer and reappointment the Unit of appointment shall be as specified in the table below:Rule 13 Savings
Nothing contained in these rules shall adversely effect the holders of the posts on the date on which these rules
have come into force.
ANNEXURE 1 ANNEXURE
ANNEXURE (See Rule-6)
ANNEXURE
(See Rule-6)
Class
Category
Method of
Recruitment
Qualifications
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
I
2
By promotion A graduate degree in Arts/Science/Commerce and a graduate degree in Education.

3
By promotion or By transfer
A first or second class post graduate degree in any subject and a first or second class post graduate degree in
Education.
II
1
By promotion
1. A graduate degree in any subject and a graduate degree in Education.
2. Service of one year as Dy. Educational Officer.
2
By promotion or By transfer
1. A first or second class post graduate degree in any subject and a first or second class post graduate degree in
Education.
2. Service of one year as lecturer in IASE/CTE or Senior Lecturer in DIET.
3
By promotion or By transfer
1. A first or second class post graduate degree in any subject and a first or second class post graduate degree in
Education.
2. Service of one year as Lecturer in IASE/CTE or Senior Lecturer in DIET.
4
Professor in Philosophy
By promotion or By transfer
A first or second class post graduate degree in Philosophy and a first or second class post graduate degree in
Education.
Professor in Psychology
By promotion
or By transfer
A first or second class post graduate degree in Psychology and a first or second class post graduate degree in
Education.
Professor in Sociology
By Promotion or By transfer
A first or second class post graduate degree in Sociology and a first or second class post graduate degree in
Education.
Professor in Mathematics
By Promotion or By transfer
A first or second class post graduate degree in Mathematics and first or second class post graduate degree in
Education.
Professor in Physical Science

By promotion or By transfer
A first or second class post graduate degree in Physics/Chemistry and a first or second class post graduate degree
in Education.
Professor in Biological Sciences
By Promotion or By transfer
A first or second class post graduate degree in Botony/Zoology and a first or second class post graduate degree in
Education.
Professor in A.V.E.
By Promotion or By transfer
A first or second class post graduate degree in Physics/Electronics or in related subject and a first or second class
post graduate degree in Education.
Professor in Curriculum and Text books/Evaluation/Population Education/NFE/UNICEF/Vocational Education
By Promotion or By transfer
A first or second class post graduate degree in any subject and a first or second class post graduate degree in
Education.
Professor in Educational Statistics
By Promotion or By transfer
A first or second class post graduate degree in Mathematics/Statistics and a first or second class post graduate
degree in Education.
Professor in Computer Sciences
By Promotion
or By transfer
A first or second class MCA/M.Tech. (Computer Sciences) degree or its equivalent qualification
Professorin Education
By Promotion
or By transfer
A first or second class post graduate degree in Philosophy/Psychology/Sociology and first or second class post
graduate degree in Education.
Professor in Research Methodology
By Promotion
or By transfer
A first or second class post graduate in any subject and a first or second class post graduate degree in Education.
5
By Promotion
or By transfer
1. A first or second class post graduate degree in Physical Education.
2. Service of one year as Inspector or Physical Education.
6

By Promotion
or By transfer
A first or second class post graduate degree in Sanskrit and a first or second class post graduate degree in
Education.
7.
By transfer
A first or second class post graduate degree in any subject and a first or second class post graduate degree in
Education.
III
1
By Direct
Recruitment:
A first or second class post Graduate Degree in any one of the subjects suitable for admission into B.Ed., course.
By Promotion
or by transfer
A graduate degree in Arts/Science/Commerce and a graduate degree in Education.
2
By Promotion
or by transfer
A degree in Arts/Science/Commerce and a degree in Education.
3
Lecturer in Education
By Direct
Recruitment
or By promotion
or by transfer
A first or second class post graduate in Philosophy/Psychology/Sociology and a first or second class post graduate
degree in Education.
Lecturer in Telugu
By Direct
Recruitment
or By promotion
or By transfer
A first or second class post graduate degree in Telugu, and a first or second class post graduate degree in
Education with Telugu as one of the methodologies in B.Ed.
Lecturer in English
By Direct

Recruitment
or By promotion
or By transfer
A first or second class post graduate degree in English and a first or second class post graduate degree in
Education with English as one of the methodologies in B.Ed.
Lecturer in Mathematics
By Direct
Recruitment
or By promotion
or By transfer
A first or second class pot graduate degree in Mathematics and a first or second class post graduate degree in
Education with Mathematics as one of the methodologies in B.Ed.
Lecturer in Science
By Direct
Recruitment
or By Promotion
or By transfer
A first or second class post graduate degree in Physics/Chemistry/Botany/Zoology and a first or second class post
graduate degree in Education with Physical Science/Biological Science as one of the methodologies in B.Ed.
Lecturer in Physical Science
By Direct
Recruitment
or By promotion
or By transfer
A first or second class post graduate degree in Physics/Chemistry and a first or second class post graduate degree
in education with Physical Science as one of the methodologies in B.Ed.
Lecturer in Biological Science
By Direct
Recruitment
or By promotion
or By transfer
A first or second class post graduate degree in Botany/Zoology and a first or second class post graduate degree in
Education with Biological Sciences as one of the methodologies in B.Ed.
Lecturer in Social Studies
By Direct
Recruitment
or By promotion
or By transfer

A first or second class post graduate degree in History/Economics/Political Science/Public

Administration/Geography and a first or second class post graduate degree in Education with Social Studies as
one of the methodologies in B.Ed.
Lecturer in Urdu
By Direct Recruitment or By promotion or By transfer
A first or second class post graduate degree in Urdu and a first or second class post graduate degree in Education
with Urdu as one of the methodologies in B.Ed.
Lecturer in Hindi
By Direct
Recruitment
or By promotion
or By transfer
A first or second class pot graduate degree in Hindi and a first or second class post graduate degree in Education
with Hindi as one of the methodologies in B.Ed.
Lecturer in Extension Services
By promotion
or By transfer
A first or second class post graduate degree in any subject and a first or second class post graduate degree in
Education.
Lecturer in Educational Statistics
By Direct
Recruitment
or By promotion
or By transfer
A first or second class post graduate degree in Mathematics/Statistics and a first or second class post graduate
degree in Education.
Lecturer in Audio Visual Education
By Direct
Recruitment
or By promotion
or By transfer
A first or second class post graduate degree in Physics/Electronics or in related subjects, and a first or second class
post graduate degree in Education.
Lecturer in Computer Science
By direct
Recruitment
or By promotion
or By transfer

A first or second class MCA/or M.Tech. (Computer Science) degree or its equivalent qualification.
Sr. Lecturer in Pre-Service Teacher Education/In service programme field interaction Innovation and
coordination/DRU/Planning and Management/Educational Technology/Work Experience/Curriculum material
development and Evaluation
By Direct
Recruitment
or by promotion
or By transfer
A first or second class post graduate degree in one of the following subjects.
(Philosophy/Psychology/Sociology/Telugu/English/Urdu/Mathematics/Statistics/
Physics/Chemistry/Botany/Zoology/History/Economics/Political Science/
Public Administration/Geography/Adult Education/Electronics, and
A first or second class post graduate degree in Education.
AD(NFE)
By promotion
or By transfer
A first or second class post graduate degree in any subject and a first or second class post graduate degree in
Education.
06
By Transfer
A first or second class post graduate degree in Mathematics/Statistics and a first or second class post graduate
degree in Education.
07
Special Officer (English)
By transfer
A first or second class posts graduate degree in English and first or second class post graduate degree in Education
with English as one of the methodologies in B.Ed.
Special Officer (Hindi)
By transfer
A first or second class post graduate degree in Hindi and a first or second class post graduate degree in education
with Hindi as one of the methodologies in B.Ed.
Special Officer (Urdu)
By transfer
A first or second class post graduate degree in Urdu and a first or second class post graduate degree in Education
with Urdu as one of the methodologies in B.Ed.
08
By Direct
Recruitment

or By transfer
A first or second class post graduate degree in Sanskrit, and a first or second class post graduate degree in
Education and Sanskrit as one of the methodology subjects in B.Ed.
09
By promotion
A first or second class post graduate degree in Physical Education.
10
Recruitment
by transfer
A degree in Arts/Science/Commerce
11
Recruitment
by transfer
A degree in Arts/Science/Commerce
12
Recruitment
by transfer
A degree in Arts/Science/Commerce
13
By Direct
Recruitment
or recruitment
By transfer
A first or second class post graduate degree in any subject and a first or second class post graduate degree in
Library Sciences.
IV
01
Recruitment
by transfer
A degree in Arts/Science/Commerce and a degree in Education.
02
Lecturer in Education
By Direct
Recruitment
or Recruitment
by transfer
A first or second class post graduate degree in Philosophy/Psychology/Sociology and a first or second class post

graduate degree in Education.

Lecturer in Philosophy
By Direct
Recruitment
or Recruitment
by transfer
A first or second class post graduate degree in Philosophy and a first or second class post graduate degree in
Education.
Lecturer in Psychology
By Direct
Recruitment
or Recruitment
by transfer
A first or second class post graduate degree in Psychology and a first or second class post graduate degree in
Education.
Lecturer in Sociology
By Direct
Recruitment
or Recruitment
by transfer
A first or second class post graduate degree in Sociology and a first or second class post graduate degree in
Education.
Lecturer in Telugu
By Direct
Recruitment
or Recruitment
by transfer
A first or second class post graduate degree in Telugu and a first or second class post graduate degree in Education
with Telugu as one of the methodologies in B.Ed.
Lecturer in English
By Direct
Recruitment
or recruitment
by transfer
A first or second class post graduate degree in English and a first or second class post graduate degree in
Education with English as one of the methodologies in B.Ed.
Lecturer in Urdu
By Direct

Recruitment
or Recruitment
by transfer
A first or second class post graduate degree in Urdu and a first or second class post graduate degree in Education
with Urdu as one of the methodologies in B.Ed.
Lecturer in Mathematics
By Direct
Recruitment
or Recruitment
by transfer
A first or second class post graduate degree in Mathematics and a first or second class post graduate degree in
Education with Mathematics as one of the methodologies in B.Ed.
Lecturer in Science
By Direct
Recruitment
or Recruitment
by transfer
A first or second class post graduate degree in Physics/Chemistry/Botany/Zoology and a first or second class post
graduate degree in Education with Physical Science/Biological Science as one of the methodologies in B.Ed.
Lecturer in Physical Science
By Direct
Recruitment
or Recruitment
by transfer
A first or second class post graduate degree in Physics or Chemistry and a first or second class post graduate
degree in Education with Physical Science as one of the methodologies in B.Ed.
Lecturer in Biological Science
By Direct
Recruitment
or Recruitment
by transfer
A first or second class post graduate degree in Botany or Zoology, a first or second class post graduate degree in
Education, with Biological Science as one of the methodologies in B.Ed.
Lecturer in Social Studies
By Direct
Recruitment
or Recruitment
by transfer

A first or second class post graduate degree in History/Economics/Geography/Political Science/Public

Administration, and a first or second class post graduate in Education with Social Studies as one of the
methodologies in B.Ed.
Lecturer in In service Programmes Field Interaction Innovation and Coordination/Work Experience Curriculum
Material Development and Evaluation
By Direct
Recruitment
or Recruitment
by transfer
A first or second class post graduate degree in
Philosphy/Psychology/Sociology/Telugu/English/Urdu/Mathematics/Physics/Chemistry/Botony/Zoology/History/
Economics/Political Science/Public Administration/Geography and a first or second class post graduate degree in
Education.
Lecturer in DRU
By Direct
Recruitment
or Recruitment
by transfer
A first or second class post graduate degree in
Philosophy/Psychology/Sociology/Telugu/English/Urdu/Mathematics/Physics/Chemistry/Botony/Zoology/Histor
y/Economics/Political Science/Public Administration/Geography and a first or second class post graduate degree
in Education.
Lecturer in Educational Technology
By Direct
Recruitment
or Recruitment
by transfer
A first or second class post graduate degree in Physics/Electronics and a first or second class post graduate degree
in Education.
Lecturer in Planning & Statistics
By direct
Recruitment
or Recruitment
by transfer
A first or second class post graduate degree in Mathematics/Statistics/Economics and a first or second class post
graduate degree in Education.
03
By Direct
Recruitment
or Recruitment

by transfer
A first or second class post graduate degree in Physical Education.
04
By Direct
Recruitment
or Recruitment
by transfer
A first or second class post graduate degree in Fine Arts (Applied Art); or A first or second class Masters degree in
any subject and a degree in Fine Arts.
ANDHRA PRADESH COMPULSORY PRIMARY EDUCATION RULES, 1982
In exercise of the powers conferred by Section 99 read with sub sections (3) and (5) of Section 9, subsection (2) of
Section 10, subsection (2) of Section 12, subsections (1), (2) and (6) of Section 13 and the proviso to subsection
(2) of Section 15 of the Andhra Pradesh Education Act, 1982 (Act 1 of 1982), the Governor of Andhra Pradesh
hereby makes the Compulsory Primary Education Rules.
Rule 1
(1) These rules may be called the Andhra Pradesh Compulsory Primary Education, Rules, 1982.
(2) They shall come into force with immediate effect.
Rule 2
In these rules unless the context otherwise requires
(a) Act means the Andhra Pradesh Education Act, 1982.
(b) Attendance order means an order passed under Section 13.
(c) Declaration means the declaration published under sub section (7) of Section 9.
(d) Form means, a form appended to these rules.
(e) Scheme means a scheme for Compulsory Primary Education sanctioned under Section 9.
(f) Section means a Section of the Andhra Pradesh Education Act, 1982.
Rule 3
(1) The Scheme for Compulsory Primary Education to be submitted under Section 9 shall be in Form I and shall,
in addition to the particulars specified in subsection (3) of Section 9 contain the following particulars also namely:
(a) The number of school buildings owned by the local authority.
(b) The number of school buildings rented or rent free buildings where the schools are located.
(c) Whether the existing buildings are adequate to provide accommodation for the additional pupils, if not, the
arrangement proposed to provide additional accommodation.
(d) Whether play grounds are available.
(e) Whether sanitary arrangements are available.
(f) Whether sufficient funds are available for implementing the scheme.
(g) Whether the equipment available is adequate : If not the arrangements proposed to be made to provide for the
additional equipment.
(h) Whether other facilities like :

(i) midday meals,

(ii) free supply of stationery and books to pupils,
(iii) free clothing to deserving poor,
(iv) attendance scholarships, etc., are proposed to be provided and if so, the details thereof.
(2) The scheme shall be submitted in quadruplicate through the District Educational Officer having jurisdiction
over the area in which the scheme is to be implemented.
Rule 4
No scheme for Compulsory Primary Education shall be sanctioned unless the Government are satisfied that
(1) sufficient funds are available in the budget of the local authority, to meet the cost of the scheme in full, and
(2) the local authority has taken steps to provide :
(a) the requirements with regard to accommodation, staff, furniture and equipment.
(b) facilities for play and open air exercises.
(c) sanitary arrangements atleast for girl students.
Rule 5
(1) The declaration referred to under subsection (6) of Section 9 shall be in Form II.
(2) The declaration shall, in addition to being published in the Andhra Pradesh Gazette, also be published in the
language of the locality
(a) by fixture on the notice board of the office of the local authority.
(b) by beat of tomtom in the area in which the scheme is to be introduced if such area or part thereof lies in Gram
Panchayat.
(c) in one of the local daily news papers having wide circulation, if the area in which the scheme is to be
introduced lies within Municipality or Municipal Corporation, and
(d) in such other manner as the local authority or the authority who implements the scheme, may decide.
Rule 6
(1) As early as possible after the declaration under sub section (6) of Section 9 is published, the local authority
shall cause to be prepared an enumeration register in Form III showing the names of the children to whom the
scheme applies, their ages and the names and addresses of their guardians.
(2) The enumeration register shall be prepared and maintained by the attendance authority for the area comprising
his jurisdiction.
(3) The enumeration register for each succeeding year shall likewise be prepared during the period from January
to March. At the time of preparing such enumeration registers the correctness of the entries in the enumeration
registers for the previous years shall be verified and they shall be revised wherever necessary in order to bring
them uptodate.
(4) The enumeration registers prepared under the Andhra Pradesh Primary Education Rules, 1961 shall be deemed
to have been prepared under these rules and shall be continued with such additions and alterations as may be
deemed necessary.
Rule 7
(1) Every child to whom the scheme applies shall attend an approved school for the minimum number of working
days and for the minimum period on each working day as specified in subrule (2), from the date of admission till
the end of the academic yar in which heshe attains the age or completes education upto the class or standard
specified in the declaration.

(2) The presence for instruction in an approved school of the category specified in column (1) of the table below
in the classes and for the number of days and periods specified in columns (2), (3) and (4) respectively thereof is
considered as attendance for the purpose of subrule (1)
TABLE
Category of Schools
Class
No.of working
days in an
academic year.
No. of working
hours per day.
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
1. Primary schools having not more than five classes
Classes
I to V
220
[5]
2. (a) Primary schools having VI and VII Classes; and
(b) Secondary schools
Classes
I to VII
220
[512]
3. Night Primary schools Classes
I to VII
300
3
4. Nonformal Education Centres Each stage of instruction
180
2
Provided that no child shall be required to attend a school if there is no approved school within a distance of one
kilometer from the residence of the child measured along the shortest path or road.
(3) Subject to the provisions of subrule (2), the District Educational Officer may fix the period or periods and the
time for each working day for purpose of attendance in an approved school.

Rule 8
As soon as possible after the first day of each academic year, the attendance authority shall ascertain whether
every child in the specified area in his jurisdiction has been admitted in the approved school and shall enter the
name of the approved school in the enumeration register.
Rule 9
When a pupil seeks admission for the first time into an approved school not having studied in any school
previously he shall be placed in the class which the Headmaster considers suitable after administering a test.
Rule 10
(1) A School record sheet shall be maintained for each pupil in an approved school by the Headmaster in Form IV.
The reference numbers of defaults, if any shall be entered in the record sheet by the Headmaster at the end of each
quarter. Such record sheet shall be issued to the pupil on leaving the school and shall be produced by the pupil
when joining another school. The Headmaster shall sign the record sheet before it is issued.
(2) The Headmaster of the school shall keep a copy of the entries to the record sheet in a register maintained for
the purpose. He shall sign at the end of each academic year in the register and make an entry of the issue of record
sheet in it.
(3) When an application for the issue of a record sheet is made after one year from the date of the pupil leaving
the school, a fee of one rupee may be levied for the issue of the record sheet. A fee of two rupees may, be levied
for the issue of a duplicate record sheet.
Rule 11
When a child, on account of transfer of residence or for any other reason, is newly admitted to an approved school
or leaves school during the course of an academic year, the Headmaster concerned shall report the fact to the
attendance authority, who shall cause necessary alterations to be made in the enumeration register.
Rule 12
No child shall remain absent from school without obtaining exemption or leave of absence from the authorities
specified below :
(a) Leave on account of sickness for periods not exceeding one month at a time and for other bona fide reasons for
a period not exceeding one week at a time or two months in all during, an academic year, may be sanctioned by
the Headmaster.
(b) Leave for longer periods or exemption from attendance for any of the reasons mentioned in clauses (a), (d), (f)
and (g) of sub section (1) of Section 12 may be sanctioned by the attendance authority.
(c) Exemption from attendance for any of the reasons mentioned in clauses (b), (c) and (e) of subsection (1) of
Section 12 may be sanctioned by the District Educational Officer.
Rule 13
The Headmaster of every approved school shall send to the attendance authority, before the fifth day of each
month, a list of children, together with the names of their guardians who have failed to attend the school without
leave or exemption indicating the number of days or holidays on which each child failed to attend the school.
Rule 14
If an attendance authority finds that a child, to whom the scheme applies, has not been admitted to any approved
school he shall send a notice in Form V to the guardian of the child to admit the child in an approved school
within seven days from the date receipt of notice or to show reasonable cause for not sending the child to an
approved school.
(2) If within the time specified in the notice, the guardian has not admitted the child in an approved school or the
reasons given for nonadmission are primafacie not satisfactory, the attendance authority shall hold an enquiry in
the manner provided in Rule 15.
Rule 15

(1) A notice in Form VI, specifying the date, time and place of enquiry and requiring the guardian to appear in
person, or by a representative duly instructed shall be sent atleast five days in advance of the date of enquiry.
(2) On the day of enquiry, the attendance authority shall examine the guardian or his representatives, if present.
He shall also examine the witnesses, if any, and consider such evidence as may be produced by the guardian or his
representative. He may also examine such other witnesses and consider such other evidence as may appear to be
relevant.
(3) If, after holding the enquiry, the attendance authority is satisfied that there is no reasonable cause for the non
attendance of the child, he may pass an attendance order in Form VII directing the guardian to cause the child to
attend an approved school before a date specified in the order.
Rule 16
(1) If the report of the Headmaster under Rule 13 relates to a child in respect of whom no attendance order, has
been passed the attendance authority shall serve a notive on the guardian specifying the time, date and place of
enquiry and take action as provided in subrules (2) and (3) of Rule 15.
(2) If the report of the Headmaster relates to a child in respect of whom an attendance order has been passed, the
attendance authority may serve a notice on the guardian in Form VIII and call upon him to show cause why action
should not be taken under subsection (1) of Section 87.
(3) After considering the guardians explanation, if any, he may take action to file a complaint in the appropriate
Court.
Rule 17
A guardian, who is aggrieved by an attendance order passed under Rule 15 or 16 may, within seven days from the
date of receipt of the order, appeal to the District Educational Officer, whose decision shall be final.
Rule 18
Where the guardian has failed to comply with the attendance order and if no appeal has been filed under Rule 17
or where an appeal has been filed and has been rejected, the attendance authority shall serve notice on the
guardian in Form VIII and may take action to file a complaint in the appropriate court.
Rule 19
If after holding an enquiry under Rule 15 or 16 or considering the explanation of the guardian under subrule(3) of
Rule 16, the attendance authority is of the opinion that the non attendance of the child is not due to wilful default
of the guardian or that in the circumstances of the case it will be enough to warn the guardian, he may, instead of
issuing an attendance order or notice in Form VIII, warn the guardian and drop further action.
Rule 20
When a guardian applies for cancellation of an attendance order under subsection (6) of Section 13, the attendance
authority shall hold an enquiry in the manner provided in subrule (2) of Rule 15 and thereafter cancel or modify
the attendance order.
Rule 21
When a child is granted exemption from attendance under Rule 12 or where an attendance order has been
cancelled or modified under Rule 20, the fact shall be noted in the enumeration register against the name of the
child.
Rule 22
The following registers shall be maintained in all the approved schools:
1. Register of Admission and Withdrawal of Pupils (Form IX),
2. Register of Pupils Attendance.
3. Register of Attendance of Teachers.

4. Inspection Book.
5. Visitors Book (Form X).
6. Register of Pay Bills.
7. Acquittances Roll (Form XI).
8. Stock List of Furniture, Charts and Apparatus.
9. Examination and Progress Register.
10. Register of Record Sheets.
11. Register of Defaulters (Form XII).
12. Register Showing the receipts and expenditure of the school (to be maintained by schools under private
managements only).
13. Record of lists of school age children attached to the school (Form XIII).
14. Any other record which the D.E.O. may by order specify.
Rule 23
(1) Service of the notice of the attendance order under these rules shall be made by delivering a copy thereof to
the person on whom it is to be served or to his authorised agent. When such person cannot be found, service may
be made on any adult member of his family residing with him and if no such adult member can be found, service
may be affected by affixing a copy of the notice on the outer door or on some conspicuous part of the house in
which the person ordinarily resides or carries on business.
(2) If service cannot be affected in any of the modes aforesaid, or if the authority ordering the service so thinks fit,
the notice or the attendance order shall be sent by Registered Post to his last known address.
Rule 24
Subject to the adequacy of the funds and the availability of suitable personnel, the local authority shall endeavour
to make suitable provisions for the grant of assistance to:
(a) needy children for purchase of books and other educational equipment;
(b) destitute, delinquest and mentally or physically handicapped children ; and
(c) the institution of a school health service (inclusive of school) mean:
APPENDIX 1 APPENDIX
Form 1 FORM
APPENDIX
FORM I
(See Rule 3)
Scheme for the introduction of compulsory in primary education
(To be submitted to Government in quadruplicate throught the District Educational Officer of the District).
1. Name of the local authority.
2. Name of the District.
3. Area in which compulsory primary education is proposed to be introduced.
4. Particulars of children, accommodation, and like.
(a) Number of school age children affected by compulsion inAge group of No. of childrenout ofcolumn (1)who are yetto beenrolled during. Total numberof childrenon rolls

inclasses I to VIIat the endof the previousschool year. Total ofcolumns (2)and (3) No. ofteachersat the end of
theprevious school-year. No. ofaddl.,teachersrequired for thecurrent year. Total ofcolumns (5)& (6) PupilTeacherratio (divide thefigure incolumn (4) by thefigure incolumn (7). (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) 6-11 Years. 1114 Years.
(b) Number of compulsory school age children classified according to their mother tongue.
Year Age Mothertongue No. of children Remarks Boys Girls Total (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) i.Telugu ii.Urdu
iii. . . . . . iv........... Total
(c) Schools:- (i) Number of existing approved schools and (ii) Number of Schools proposed to be opened by
media of instruction.
(d) Staff:- (i) Number of teachers employed as on the 1st April of the previous year.
TRAINED
Graduates Secondary Grade/T.T.C. Elementary Grade Men Women Total Men Women Total Men Women Total
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) TOTAL
UN-TRAINED
HSC or SSLC or above Below SSC Total trained andUntrained. Men Women Total Men Women Total Men
Women Total (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
5. (a) The number of school buildings owned by the local authority.
(b) The number of school building rented or rent free buildings where the schools are located.
(c) Whether the existing buildings are adequate to provide accommodation for the additional pupils, if not, the
arrangement proposed to provide additional accommodation.
6. (a) Whether play grounds are available.
(b) Whether sanitary arrangements are available.
7. Estimated Expenditure/Recurring Non Recurring.Estimated Receipts / Recurring NonRecurring.
8. Whether the equipment available is adequate, if not, the arrangments proposed for a additional equipment.
9. Whether other facilities like :
(a) midday meals.
(b) free supply of stationery and books to pupils.
(c) free clothing to deserving poor.
(d) attendance scholarships etc., are proposed to be provided and if so, the details thereof.
District Educational Officers remarks.
Station :
Date: District Educational Officer.
For use in the Directors Office
R.C.No.
Dated:
Director of School Education.
Form 2 FORM
FORM II
(See Rule 5)

Introduction of Compulsory Primary Education

Where as the State Government have in theirin Order No. dated_______________ sanctioned a scheme of
compulsory primary education submitted by_________________________________________ in the areas
specified below, and the Government have directed that the scheme should be given effect to from the academic
year________________________it is hereby declared under subsection (6) of Section a of the Andhra Pradesh
Education Act 1982 that with effect and from the_________________________ day of 19.. primary education
upto _______________________class________________________ shall be compulsory for all children in the
age group of_____________________________________________________ that is to say, for children born
between the first day of July________________________________ and the first day of September.
Specified Area
(Here specify the area in which compulsory primary education is proposed to be introduced).
Station :
Date : Signature.
Form 3 FORM
FORM-III
(See Rule 6)
Enumeration Registerfor..............................................area.
Name of thechild Date ofbirth Age on the 1st July of the academic year Name and address of the guardian Name
of the school into which ad-mitted Remarks (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
Form 4 FORM
FORM IV
(See Rule 10)
Record Sheet
(To be kept in the School and issued to a pupil on leaving the School)
Admission Number :
Name of pupil (in full)
House or Village name
Date of Birth
Name of Parent (in full)
Name of Guardian (in full)
Residence of the parent or guardian responsible for the pupil
regular attendance
Religion
June to Aug. Sept. to Nov. Dec. to Feb. Mar. to May Name of the School Date ofadmission(or) promotion. Class
W.P. Class W.P. Class W.P. Leaving Class W.P. Date ofProgress Conduct Signature ofH.M at the endof each year
Signature of Headmasterbefore the issue of therecord sheet when thepupil leaves the school. (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
(7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15)
W : Working days P : Days Present
With reference to the school year if during any quarter any pupil was promoted from one class to another, the
class, W. and P. will be shown in two lines for that quarter, each line corresponding to one of the two classes

studied in that quarter.

Attained the age prescribed
Completed the class on
Signature of pupil
(i) The date of birth should be taken from the admission application.
(ii) No record should be opened if the pupil has been in another school in a compulsory area. The Headmaster
should in such cases, request the Deputy Inspector except when otherwise directed to secure the record sheet from
the school in which the pupil was previously reading.
Form 5 FORM
FORM V
(See Rule 14)
Attendance Notice
To Sri/Srimati
As your childward named_______________________________will attainhas attained the age
of_____________years on ____________________________you are required under Section 11 of the Andhra
Pradesh Education Act, 1982 (Andhra Pradesh Act I of 1982) to see that he/she attends school regularly from,Please, therefore, take notice that you must cause himher to attend an approved school regularly within seven days
from the date of receipt of this notice.
If you consider that you have a reasonable cause under Section 12 of the said Act for not sending your childward
to school, you should state in writing within seven days from the date of receipt of this notice why heshe should
be exempted from attending the school.
Station:
Date: Attendance Authority.
Form 6 FORM
FORM VI
[See Rule 15 (1)]
Notice of Inquiry under Subsection (1) of Section 13
As you have failed to cause your childward (name) to attend an approved school and as there appears to be no
reasonable cause for the nonattendance of the child within the meaning of Section 12 of the Andhra Pradesh
Education Act, 1982, you are hereby called upon to show cause before ............ why an attendance order directing
you to cause the child to attend the approved school should not be passed.
If you have any cause to show for the nonattendance of the child in any approved school, you should appear in
person or by a representative dulyauthorised by you with proof, in the office of____________________________
at _____________________________________on the _____________________________day
of_________________________________________19 when the aforesaid matter will be heard and disposed off,
failing which it will be presumed that there is no reasonable cause for the nonattendance of the child and the
matter will be disposed off ex-parte.
Station :
Date : Attendance Authority
Form 7 FORM
FORM VII

[See Rule 15 (3)]

Attendance Order under Subsection (2) of Section 13
No.
To
Whereas you are required under Section 11 of the Andhra Pradesh Education Act, 1982 (Andhra Pradesh Act I of
1982), to cause you childwardto attend an approved school regularly from
And whereas you have failed to cause your childward to attend the school from ...........
And whereas after due enquiry, I am satisfied that the child is liable to attend an approved school and there is no
reasonable cause for his nonattendance ;
Now, therefore, in exercise of the powers conferred by subsection (2) of Section 13 of the said Act, I hereby direct
you to cause your childward named above to attend an approved school regularly from ................. 19 and keep
himher in attendance till the end of the academic year in which heshe attains the age of .............. years.
Take notice that in the event of failure to comply with this order, legal steps as provided in the said Act, will be
taken against you.
Station:
Date: Attendance Authority
Form 8 FORM
FORM VIII
[See Rule 16(2) and Rule 18]
Notice to show cause why action should not be taken under Section 87 of the Andhra Pradesh Education Act,
1982
Whereas you (name)___________________________________________ guardian of child
(name)__________________________________________ aged ________years failed to comply with the
attendance order No._______________________dated ________________ issued under sub section (2) of
Section 13 of the Andhra Pradesh Education Act, 1982 you are hereby required to show cause within seven days
from the date of receipt of this notice, why action should not be taken against you under subsection (1) of Section
87 of the said Act.
Station:
Date: Attendance Authority.
To
Sri
Village
Taluk
District
Form 9 FORM
FORM IX
[See Rule 22]
Register of Admission and withdrawals
1. Number
2. Name of the pupil

3. Mother tongue
4. House or village name
5. Date of Birth
6. Name of parent
7. Name of guardian
8. Residence
9. Occupation of parent or guardian
10. Religion
11. If belonging to backward class or Scheduled caste or Scheduled tribes, or a convert to Christianity from
others, specific community to which he belongs should be given
12. Whether protected from small pox or not
13. Personal identification marks (i) (ii)
14. Date of receipt of the record sheet
15. Date of admission
16. Class of admission
17. Class on leaving
18. Date of leaving
19. Reason of leaving
20. The School to which the pupil has gone
21. Date on which application was made for the record sheet of the pupil
22. Date on which the record sheet was issued
23. Number of School leaving certificate
24. Old admission number if readmission
25. Remarks
Form 10 FORM
FORM-X
(See Rule 22)
Visitors Book
Name of the School :
Date of Visit. Name and designation of the visitingOfficer Number onrolls and num-ber present in classes at
thetime of visit. Number ofteachers employed and number present Any general remarks of thevisiting officer (1)
(2) (3) (4) (5)
Form 11 FORM
FORM-XI
(See Rule 22)
Acquittance roll of teachers to be maintained in schools under Local Bodies for scrutiny by Inspecting Officer
Acquittance Roll of Teachers from the month of...........19

S.No. Name ofTeacher Designa-tion Amountof salarypayable Deduc-tion onaccountof provident fund
Netamountpayable Amountactuallypaid Signatureof teacherwith date (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
Certified that a proper acquittance has been taken in respect of each amount paid roll from the person entitled.
Signature of the Headmaster.
Form 12 FORM
FORM XII
(See Rule 22)
Register of Defaulters list for the month ending 19 .
Name and address of School :
Sl.No. AdmissionnumberSheetRecordnumber. Name of the pupil. Date ofClass Date ofBirth Name andAddressof
parentorguardian Date ofadmission Whetherattended forthe requiredminimumnumber ofworking days. Nature of
default Causes ofabsence ifknown Date ofreport toAttendanceAuthority Date of issueof orders bythe
AtendanceAuthority 1. Has the pupil defaulted?2. If so,, how many times? Remarks hereenter cases ofprosecution
and result ofprosecutionif known. i) Nonenrolment ii) Numberof continuousabsencewithoutleave. iii) Numberof
daysabsentduring themonth (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14)
Certified that no defaulters name has been left out or struck off the rolls except in accordance with instructions.
Signature of Head master or Headmistress.
Form 13 FORM
FORM XIII
(See Rule 22)
Record of Lists of School age children attached to the School for the year 19.
1. Name of the school to which the children are allocated. ...
2. Date of reopening of the School in the next academic year. ...
3. Name of the village ...
4. Name of the district ...
Sl.No. Number ofRegister ofschool agechildren Name of thechild in full Sex Date ofBirth Number oftheguardian
Mothertongue Remarks (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
Headmaster Attendance Authority.
STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION AND TRAINING ANDHRA PRADESH
(ESTABLISHMENT ORGANISATION AND JURISDICTION) RULES, 1983
In exercise of the powers conferred by subsections (1) and (2) of Section 6 read with subsection (1) of Section 99
of the Andhra Pradesh Education Act, 1982 (Act No. 1 of 1982), the Governor of Andhra Pradesh hereby makes
the following rules relating to the establishment, organisation and jurisdication of the State Board of Technical
Education and Training Andhra Pradesh.
Rule 1 Short title, extent and commencement
(a) These rules may be called "The State Board of Technical Education and Training, Andhra Pradesh
(Establishment, Organisation and Jurisdiction) Rules, 1983"
(b) These rules extend to the whole of the State of Andhra Pradesh.
(c) These rules shall come into force from 1-6-1984.
Rule 2 Constitution of the Board

(a) The State Board of Technical Education and Training, Andhra Pradesh (hereinafter called the Board) shall
consist of the following members
Exofficio Members :(1) Director of Technical Education, A.P., Hyderabad Chairman
(2) Director of Employment Training, A.P., Hyderabad ViceChairman
(3) Additional Director of Industries ... Member Nominated Members :
(4) Nominee of Government in Finance Planning Department not below the rank of Deputy Secretary ... Member
(5) Nominee of Government of India, Ministry of Education .. do
(6) Nominee of Southern Regional Committee to be nominated by Southern Regional Committee of A.I.C.T.E. ..
do
(7) Representative of Major Industrial establishments in the State not below the rank of the General Manager from
ECIL, BHEL.,HMT., Hindustan Shipyard, Visakhapatnam Port Trust, Visakhapatnam Steel Plant, Singareni
Colleries, HAL., IDPL., APSRTC., Allwyns etc.,to be nominated by the Director of Technical Education. ...
Member (8&9) 2 Principals of PolytechnicsInstitutions to be nominated by the Director of Technical
Education ...Member [(10&11) Two Regional Joint Directors of Technical Education to be nominated by the
Commissioner and Director of Technical Education.]
[(12) A representative nominated by A.P. State Council for Higher Education, A.P. Hyderabad.
(13) Secretary, State Board of Technical Education and Training. Member
[(13&14) Two officers of the Director of Technical Education not below the rank of a Joint Director of Technical
Education ... Members(15) One representative of Industry Liaison Board to be nominated by the Government. ...
Member
(16) Principal, Technical Teachers Training Institute, Madras. ... Member
(17) Director of Training, Board of Apprenticeship Training (BOAT)
Sonthern Region, Madras. ...Member](b) The Office of the Secretary to the Board shall be adjunct to the Office of
the Director of Technical Education.(c) The Board shall be an autonomous body with independent administrative,
academic, and financial powers to carry out the functions as laid down in Section 6 of the Andhra Pradesh
Education Act, 1982.
Rule 3
The Board shall be constituted and reconstituted either wholly or partly as and when found necessary by the
Government. The nominated members of the Board shall hold offices for a term of three years from the date of
their nomination.
Provided that the Government may by notification and for reasons to be recorded therein extend the terms of
office of all or any of the nominated members of the board by such period not exceeding one year at a time as they
deemed fit provided that the period so extended shall not in the aggregate exceed two years.
Rule 4 Function of the Chairman
(a) It shall be the duty of the Chairman to see that these rules and regulations are observed and he shall have all
powers necessary for this purpose.
(b) In any case of emergency arising out of the administrative business of the Board which in the opinion of the
Chairman, requires the taking of immediate action, he shall take such action as he deems necessary and shall
thereafter report his action to the Board at its next meeting.
(c) The Chairman shall perform such other functions as may be laid down by the regulations.
Rule 5 Appointment of Secretary and his functions and of other Employees of the Board
(a) The Government shall appoint a whole time Secretary to the Board for performing such functions as may be

entrusted to him by the Chairman of the Board/Government by or under these rules from time to time.
(b)
(i) The Secretary shall be the Chief Education Officer of the Board and shall be responsible for implementing the
resolutions of the Board.
(ii) He shall be the custodian of all the records of the Board and shall be responsible for the efficient functioning
of its Officers.
(iii) He shall exercise in addition to what have been specified under subrules iv (a) to (f) such powers of control
and supervision over the office under the Board and the staff therein as may be prescribed.
(iv)
(a) He shall have powers to take all steps to conduct the Technical Examinations and for award of certificates and
Diplomas ;
(b) to appoint the ministerial and last grade staff and contingent staff;
(c) to exercise disciplinary control over the staff mentioned in subrule iv (b) above. An appeal shall lie to the
Chairman against the orders passed by the Secretary;
(d) to sanction all kinds of leave to the officers and employees of the Board including personnel on deputation;
(e) to perform such other functions as may be entrusted to him either by the Chairman or by the Board ; and
(f) to draw moneys of the Board as laid down in the rules.
(v) Secretary may delegate any of his powers to other officers of the Board with the approval of the Board.
(c) Subject to the prior approval of the State Government, the Board may create posts and appoint officers as it
may be deemed necessary and proper for the efficient execution of its duties. The Board may also take officers
and staff from Department of Technical Education on deputation. The Government or Director of Technical
Education as the case may be shall issue necessary orders of deputation at the request of the Board.
(d) The pay scales of each of the officers and staff shall be in accordance with the pattern of pay scales of
Government of Andhra Pradesh, from time to time.
Rule 6 Removal of a Member of the Board
The Government may, by notification and for reasons to be recorded therein, remove any nominated member of
the Board during the term of his office, who, in their opinion has abused his position as a member so as to render
his continuance on the Board detrimental to the public interest :
Provided that the Government shall before issuing the notification for the removal of such member give him an
opportunity to make his representation against the action proposed and consider the same.
Rule 7 Powers of the Board
Subject to such directions as the Government may give in this behalf and to the other provisions of these rules, the
Board shall exercise all the powers including those for making regulations in respect of academic, administrative
and financial matters of the Board required to carry out the functions as envisaged under the Act.
Rule 8 Meetings of the Board
(a) The Board shall for the disposal of its business meet as often as necessary but not less than twice in each
academic year.
(b) Every meeting of the Board including a meeting at the requisition of members of more than one half of the
total strength of the Board, shall be convened in such manner and at such time and place and by such authority as
may be provided in regulations.
(c) Every meeting of the Board shall be presided over by the Chairman, in his absence by the ViceChairman and
in the absence of both the Chairman and ViceChairman by member chosen therefor by the members present at the

meeting.
(d) All questions at any meeting of the Board shall be decided by a majority of the members present and voting at
the meeting and in the case of equality of votes, the person presiding shall have and exercise a second or casting
vote.
(e) One third of the total strength of the Board existing at the time of a meeting of the Board shall form the
quorum for that meeting. Explanation:- For the purpose of this rule fraction exceeding one half be counted as one
and other fractions shall be disregarded.
(f) The Board shall observe such rules of procedure in regard to the transaction of business at its meeting as may
be laid down by the regulations.
Rule 9 Committees of the Board
The Board may, from time to time, appoint subcommittees for such purposes and in such manner and consisting
of such number of members as may be necessary to advise the Board on various issues.
Rule 10 Income and Expenses of the Board
(a) The Board shall have a separate fund to maintain and operate the finances received by it and shall be called
State Board of Technical Education and Training Fund.
(b) The income of the Board shall consist of,(i) all fees and other charges received by the Board ;
(ii) all moneys received from the State or Central Government by way of grant, gift or deposit etc.;
(iii) advance and other sums received by the Board from any persons or institution ; and
(iv) all other endowments or other properties.
(c) The expenses of the Board shall include salaries and allowances of the Secretary and other employees and the
remuneration payable to the examiners in relation to or in connection, with the conduct of the Board
examinations, the allowances, if any paid to the members of the Board of its committee for attending meetings of
the Board of its committees and such other as are necessary for carrying out the purpose of these rules.
(d) All moneys received by the Board shall be lodged in the State Bank of India or in any other nationalised Bank;
(e) The Board may, with the sanction of the Government spend its surplus funds (in such manner as may be
prescribed) for development of Technical Education as may be prescribed by Government.
(f) The moneys of the Board so lodged or invested shall be drawn by the Secretary in such manner as may be
prescribed.
(g) Any sums placed at the disposal of the Board by the State or Central Government or by any person or other
institution for a specific purpose, shall be administered by the Board for that purpose, subject to any general or
special orders of the Government in that behalf.
(h) The Board shall keep proper accounts of its income and expenses and the annual accounts of the Board shall
be subject to audit by an auditor appointed by the Board.
Rule 11 Powers of Government
(a) The Government shall have the right to cause an inspection to be made by such person or persons as they may
direct, of the Board and of any Polytechnic or Industrial Training Institution or other affiliated institutions and
also to cause an inquiry to be made, in respect of any matter connected with the Board.
(b) The Government shall forward to the Chairman of the Board a copy of the inspection report for obtaining the
views of the Board and on receipt of such views, the Government may tender such advice as they consider
necessary and fix a time limit of action to be taken by the Board:
Provided that the Government may, for sufficient cause shown by the Board, extend the limit by such period as
they may deem fit.

(c) The Government may, where action has not been taken by the Board to their satisfaction within the time fixed
or extended by them under clause (b) above after considering any explanation furnished or representation made by
the Board, issue such directions as they may think fit and the Board shall comply with such directions.
(d) If at any time, the Government are satisfied that circumstances exist which render it necessary for them to take
immediate action, they may, consistent with the purpose of these rules, take such action as may appear to them to
be necessary and inform the Board of the action taken.
Rule 12 Members of the Board, Examiners and Officers and other Employees of the Board to be Public
Servants
(a) The members of the Board and examiners, officers and other employees of the Board shall be deemed to be
public servants within the meaning of Section 21 of the Indian Penal Code. An assault on or use of criminal force
on an examinerinvigilator or any other person employed in connection with the examination conducted by the
Board, within a period of one month prior to the commencement of the examination, during the course of the
examination and within two months immediately following such examination shall be deemed to be an
obstruction caused to a public servant in the discharge of his public functions and shall be a cognizable offence.
Rule 13 Saving in respect of existing Board
(a) The State Board of Technical Education and Training constituted and functioning under executive orders of the
Government (hereinafter referred to as "Existing Board") immediately before the date on which these rules come
into effect shall cease to exist in accordance with the provision of these rules;
(b) All things done or other actions taken by the existing Board are deemed to have been done or taken by it as a
successor to any previous Board, shall be deemed to have been done or taken by the Board established in its place
under the Act and assets vested in and all liabilities subsisting against the existing Board on that date, shall
devolve on the Board established in its place under the Act.
Rule 14 Powers to remove difficulties
If any difficulty arises in giving effect to any provisions of these rules, the Government may, by notification make
such provisions not inconsistent with the provisions of these rules as appear to them to be necessary or expedient
for the purpose of removing the difficulty.
Provided that no such notification shall be issued under this rule after expiry of two years from the date on which
these rules come into effect.
ANDHRA PRADESH UNAIDED PRIVATE ENGINEERING COLLEGES (ESTABLISHMENT,
MANAGEMENT AND ADMISSION) RULES, 1992
In exercise of the powers conferred by sections 20 and 21 read with section 99 of the Andhra Pradesh Education
Act, 1982 (Act 1 of 1982), the Governor of Andhra Pradesh hereby makes the following rules relating to the grant
of permission for establishment of Unaided Private Engineering Colleges, under private sector in the State.
Rule 1 SHORT TITLE, EXTENT AND COMMENCEMENT
(1) These rules may be called the Andhra Pradesh Unaided Private Engineering Colleges (Establishment,
Management and Admission) Rules, 1992;
(2) They shall come into force with effect from the date of publication in the Andhra Pradesh Gazette;
(3) They shall apply to all Unaided Private Engineering Colleges.
Rule 2 DEFINITIONS
In these rules unless the context otherwise requires:
(a) "Act" means the Andhra Pradesh Education Act, 1982:
*{(b) "Society" means a Private Educational Society formed by Association of individuals duly registered under
the relevant law for the time being in force relating to registration of Societies and includes a religious or
charitable trust registered under the Indian Trusts Act or Wakfs Act, A.P. Charitable and Hindu Religious
Institutions and Endowments Act.}

(c) "Managing Committee" means the committee which is entrusted with the Management of the affairs of the
College;
(d) "College" means Unaided Private Engineering College imparting Engineering Education.
Rule 3 Applications for permission to establish Unaided Private Engineering Colleges
(1) A notification shall be issued in Daily Newspapers calling for applications to be submitted in the form
prescribed in Annexure II to these rules from the Societies desirous of establishing colleges under the private
sector specifying the last date for submitting the applications.
(2) The Societies may respond to the Notification, by applying to the Director of Technical Education in the
prescribed Form seeking permission for the establishment of Private Colleges.
(3) No application form from any Educational Society for establishment of Unaided Private Colleges shall be
entertained except in response to the notification issued. Applications shall specify the place at which the college
is proposed to be established and separate application should be submitted in respect of each place.
(4) Every application shall be accompanied by the following:
(a) A copy of the constitution and byelaws, Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Society with the
particulars of executive members thereof;
(b) A list of members of Society as on the date of making the application;
(c) Evidence of the financial viability of the society and other requirements as prescribed in the Annexure I.
(d) In case the college is proposed to be located in rented accommodation, evidence to show Societys ownership
of its rights to be in exclusive possession of the site and buildings;
(e) Evidence of other infrastructural facilities available;
(f) Nonrefundable application fee of Rs.20,000 for Engineering College shall be payable by way of Demand Draft
drawn on any Scheduled Bank in favour of Director of Technical Education; and
(g) Consent letters of the persons who have given their willingness to serve on the teaching staff of the college
proposed to be established.
(5) Incomplete and time barred applications shall not be entertained.
(6) Submission of an application in response to the Notification shall not confer any right on the applicant for the
establishment of the College and the Government reserve the right to reject any application without assigning any
reasons.
Rule 4 Permission for the Establishment of Engineering Colleges in Private Sector
After last date for receipt of applications, the Committee consisting of:
(i) Director of Technical Education;
(ii) An eminent person in the field of Engineering nominated by Govt;
(iii) ViceChancellor of J.N.T. University will scrutinise the applications and forward them to Govt. The Govt. will
select the society for the establishment of private Engineering Colleges, at a particular place from among the
applicants for that place and accord permission to the selected society with such condition as may be deemed
necessary, including number of seats allowed, for the establishment of College and to commence the functioning
of College within the stipulated time. If the Society fails to fulfil the conditions and fails to start establishment of
the College within the stipulated time, the permission so granted shall be withdrawncancelled after due notice and
another society which fulfills the requirement will be given permission for the establishment of the College. The
decision of the Government under this rule shall be final.
Rule 5 Application and Recognition
The Society will make its own arrangements to obtain affiliation from the concerned University and to obtain
recognition of All India Council for Technical Education after fulfilling the conditions laid down by them for this

purpose.
Rule 6 Financial Aid
No financial aid or grant shall be given by the Govt. for the establishment or management of the College or for
any other purpose.
Rule 7 Management
The Society shall appoint a committee for the management of the College consisting of 9 members including
Principal. Such committee shall include two nominees of Govt. and one nominee of the affiliating University.
Rule 8 Staff Structure
Qualifications for the Teaching Staff, work load and the Teacher student ratio shall be as per the standards laid
down by Govt. All India Council for Technical Education Concerned University.
Rule 9 Selection of Staff
The selection of staff for appointment in the College shall be by a committee constituted by the managing
committee for the purpose subject to such other conditions as may be prescribed by Govt. from time to time. The
appointment of persons so selected shall be by the Secretary and Correspondent of the College after approval by
the Managing Committee.
Rule 10 Review of the Functioning of the College
(1) Government shall arrange to review the functioning of the College every year or at such other intervals as may
be considered necessary and based on such review may issue such directions as may be necessary for the proper
functioning or improvement in the functioning of the College. If for any reason the Society and the Managing
Committee fail to comply with the directions within the stipulated time, the Govt. may cancel the permission
given to the College after giving an opportunity.
(2) The College which is established at a particular place shall not be allowed to be shifted to another place.
(3) The admissions shall be limited to the number of seats authorised and this limit shall not be exceeded without
prior approval of Government.
(4) The ownership and Management of the College established shall not be changed without prior permission of
the Government.
Rule 11 Fee structure
The fee structure of the College shall be as specified by the Govt. by an order, from time to time.
Rule 12 Admission
Admission to the Colleges shall be as per the provisions of the Andhra Pradesh Educational Institution
(Regulation of Admission and Prohibition of Capitation fee) Act, 1983 and the Andhra Pradesh Professional
Educational Institution (Regulation of Admission into UnderGraduate Professional Courses through Common
Entrance Test) Rules, 1989}.
ANNEXURE 1 DOCUMENTARY EVIDENCE TO BE ENCLOSED TO THE APPLICATION FOR
PERMISSION TO ESTABLISH PRIVATE ENGINEERING COLLEGE.
ANNEXURE
ANNEXURE - 1
[Vide Rule 3 (4) (c) ]
DOCUMENTARY EVIDENCE TO BE ENCLOSED TO THE APPLICATION FOR PERMISSION TO
ESTABLISH PRIVATE ENGINEERING COLLEGE.
(a) Evidence of exclusive possession of minimum of 20 acres of continguous land without encumbrances and
building for the CollegeHostels, etc, or evidence of owning a minimum of 20 acres of land without encumbrances
and resources worth Rs.1 core in the form of assets, securities etc of which rupees not less than 20 lakhs in the

form of cash] to finance the construction of required building as envisaged by the All India Council for Technical
Education and the concerned affiliating University for maintenance thereof and for additions and alterations
thereto according to requirement from time to time.
(b) Evidence of availability of resources by way of Bank balances, securities, liquid assets, etc., for procuring
equipment, Laboratory equipment, Library Books, furniture, etc., and for their maintenance replacements.
(c) Evidence of availability of resources to meet recurring expenditure towards personnel employed, electricity
and Telephone, etc.
(d) A sketch plan of the site already owned or proposed to be acquired and its location in relation to other land
marks in the area for locating the College Hostels and also rough sketch plan of the Buildings already available or
proposed to be constructed thereon showing the location of each roomhall with dimensions and the use to which it
is proposed to be utilised.
ANNEXURE 2 APPLICATION FOR PERMISSION FOR ESTABLISHMENT OF UNAIDED PRIVATE
ENGINEERING COLLEGES DISTRICT IN WHICH PROPOSED COLLEGE TO BE LOCATED
ANNEXURE -2
APPLICATION FOR PERMISSION FOR ESTABLISHMENT OF UNAIDED PRIVATE ENGINEERING
COLLEGES
DISTRICT IN WHICH
PROPOSED COLLEGE TO
BE LOCATED.
1. Name and address of the Educational society proposing to establish the College :
2. Name and address of the proposed Unaided Private Engineering College (Place where the College is proposed
to be established.) :Village Mandal
Pin.No
3. The name of the courses and intake proposed Course Intake (CourseWise) :1.
2.
3.
4.
4. Details of the notification according to which the educational society is making the application for
establishment of the College
5. Details of the Demand Draft through which 1. D.D.No prescribed application fee has been 2. Bank deposited :
6. Details of the Educational Society :
7. (1) Is the Educational Society registered with Registration authority, if so, copy of the certificate of Registration
shall be enclosed :
(2) Aims and objects of the educational Society in establishing the unaided Private Engineering College (Copy of
the constitution and byelaws registered shall be enclosed.) :
(3) List of Office bearers of the Society :
8. Academic year, in which the College is proposed to be established
9. If the college is proposed to be established in own buildings a plan of the building and details of
accommodation like number of rooms their dimentions, etc., shall be furnished
10.(1) If the unaided private Engineering College is proposed to be established in rented accommodation,
documentary evidence to show the applicants ownership of his right to be in exclusive possession of the site and

buildings atleast for a period of 5 years :

(2) a rough plan of buildings showing the location of each room,its dimensions and the use it is proposed to be put
to :
11. If the Society has acquired land for construction of own buildings at a later date, documentary evidence to
show the Societys ownership of land and sketch plan of the buildings proposed to be constructed and for the
purpose. :
12.(1)Infrastructural facilities provided
(a)Number of Class rooms and the dimension of each :
(b)Furniture :
(c)Equipment :
(d)Library or reading room :
(e)Laboratories, Workshops :
(f)Play grounds :
(g)Sanitary facilities :
(h)Water supply :
(i)Drawing halls :
(2)If facilities are not already provided documentary evidence to show financial soundness of the Society
indicating its ability to provide the required infrastructural facilities :
13. Whether the Society is proposing to provide hostel facility for the students admitted, if so, the details shall be
furnished :
14. Whether the Educational Society is running any other educational Institutions with the details :
15. Whether the Educational Society is prepared to fulfil all the conditions prescribed for according
recognitionaffiliation and comply with the instructions of Government. :
DECLARATION
I,__________________________________________________ Son/Daughter/Wife of
Sri.________________________________ (Designation) of the Educational Society do hereby declare that the
particulars furnished in the application are correct to the best of my knowledge and belief. I also declare that we
will abide by the Rules and Regulations prescribed by the Government from time to time, if our request for
permission is accorded:
Station: Signature of the Secretary of the Educational Society (With Official Stamp)
Date:
DOCUMENTS TO BE ENCLOSED
1. D.D. for Rs.20,000
2. Copy of the Certificate of registration Item No.7 of
3. ByeLaws of the Society application
4. List of Office bearers of the Society
5. Plan of own building in which the Institution is to be started immediately. Item No.9 of application.
6. Lease deed of temporary accommodation in favour of Society for a period of five years Item No.10 (1).
7. Plan of temporary accommodation. Item No. 10 (2) of application.

8. Documents regarding ownership of land for the permanent location. Item No. 11 of application.
9. A site plan showing location of buildings in the said site. Item No.11 of application.
10. Any documentary evidence showing the infrastructural facilities provided. Item 12 (1) of application.
11. Documentary evidence showing the financial resources to provide the above infrastru ctural facilities Item No.
(12) of application.
ANDHRA PRADESH DIRECT RECUITMENT FOR THE POST OF TEACHERS (SCHEME OF
SELECTION) RULES, 2000
In exercise of the powers conferred by Sections 78 and Section 99 of the Andhra Pradesh Act, 1982 (Act 1 of
1982) and sub-section (4) of Section 168 and sub-section (4) of Section 195 and Section 268 of the Andhra
Pradesh Panchayat Raj Act, 1994 (Act No.13 of 1994) and Section 74 of the Andhra Pradesh Municipalities Act,
1965 and paragraph 5 of the Fifth Schedule to the Constitution of India and the proviso to Article 309 of the
Constitution of India, and in supercession of the Rules issued in G.O. Ms. No.5, Edn., (Ser.VI) Department, dated
29th April, 2000 as amended from time to time, and in pursuance to the orders issued in G.O. Ms. No.224, G.A.
(SPF.A) Department, dated 30-6-2000 and the orders issued in G.O. Ms. No.71, Education, dated 30-6-2000 read
with G.O. Ms. No.226, G.A. (Ser.A), Department, dated 1-7-2000 the Governor of Andhra Pradesh hereby makes
the following Rules for recruitment to the posts of Teachers.
Rule 1 Short title and application
(1) These Rules may be called the Andhra Pradesh Direct Recruitment for the Posts of Teachers (Scheme of
Selection) Rules, 2000.
(2) These Rules shall apply to all the categories of Teachers posts in Government, Zilla Parishad, Mandal
Parishad, ITDA, Municipalities, Municipal Corporations Schools as specified in annex and these Rules shall also
apply to all the categories of teachers posts in such other schools as may be notified by the Government from time
to time.
Rule 2 Definitions
In these Rules, unless the context otherwise requires,_
(a) "Appointing Authority" means :
(i) The District Educational Officer of District concerned in respect of posts of teachers in Government, Mandal
and Zilla Parishad Schools as per Rule 3 of the Special Rules for the Andhra Pradesh School Education
Subordinate Service issued in G.O. Ms. No.538, Education, dated the 20th November, 1998;
(ii) The Commissioner concerned in respect of posts of teachers in Municipality or Municipal Corporation
Schools;
(iii) The Project Officer of the Integrated Tribal Development Agency concerned in respect of posts of teachers in
ITDA Schools;
(iv) The management or such other person authorised by the management concerned under the provisions of the
Andhra Pradesh Education Act, 1982 in respect of posts of teachers in other schools.
(b) "Chief Executive Officer" means the Chief Executive Officer of Zilla Parishad appointed under Section 186 of
the Andhra Pradesh Panchayat Raj Act, 1994 (Act No.13 of 1994);
(c) "Collector" means any officer incharge of a revenue district;
(d) "Commissioner and Director of School Education" means the Officer-incharge of General Education which
includes Pre-primary, Primary, Secondary, Non-formal and Teacher Education in the State;
(e) "District" means Revenue District;
(f) "District Educational Officer" means the Officer-incharge of General Education which includes Pre-primary,
Primary, Secondary, Non-formal and Teacher Education in the district;

(g) "Government" means the State Government of Andhra Pradesh;

(h) "Mandal Parishad" means a Mandal Parishad constituted under Section 148 of the Andhra Pradesh Panchayat
Raj Act, 1994 (Act No.13 of 1994);
(i) "Mandal Parishad Development Officer" means the officer appointed by that designation under Section 167 of
the Andhra Pradesh Panchayat Raj Act, 1994 (Act No.13 of 1994);
(j) "Municipality" means a Municipality constituted under the Andhra Pradesh Municipalities Act, 1965;
(k) "Municipal Corporation" means a Municipal Corporation constituted or deemed to have been constituted
under any law relating to Municipal Corporation for the time being in force;
(l) "School" means a Primary School or Upper Primary School or Secondary School;
(m) "Unfair" means in relation to an examinee appearing for the written test, the unauthorised help from any
person in any manner or from any material from whatsoever or the unauthorised use of any telephonic, wireless or
electronic or other instrument of gadget in any manner; and
(n) "Zilla Parishad" means a Zilla Parishad constituted under the Andhra Pradesh Panchayat Raj Act, 1994 (Act
No.13 of 1994).
Rule 3 Qualifications and method of recruitment
(1) The candidates for the selection of these posts shall possess the academic and professional qualifications
prescribed in column (3) of Annexure to Special Rules for the Andhra Pradesh School Educational Subordinate
Services issued in G.O. Ms. No.538, Education (Ser.II) Department, dated 20-11-1998, as may be amended from
time to time.
(2) The recruitment shall be through a selection process constituting of written test, proportionate weightage to the
marks secured in academic and professional qualifications prescribed for the post and other criteria stipulated by
the Government from time to time. The total marks shall be 100. The details of allocation of marks for written test
and weightages to different aspects for different categories of posts shall be as decided by the Government from
time to time. *
[Provided that where the Government considers that the sufficient number of qualified candidates are not
available through the selection process of written test to fill the vacancies, it shall be competent for the
Government to waive the written test.]
Rule 4 Selection Committee
There shall be District Selection Committee for each district, consisting of the following :
Rule 5 Time schedule for recruitment of teachers
The Commissioner and Director of School Education shall issue the time schedule for recruitment of teachers
under these Rules.
Rule 6 Notification of vacancies
The District Educational Officer and the Member Secretary of the District Selection Committee shall consolidate
the number of vacancies of teachers posts in the District, Category-wise, Community-wise, subject-wise and
media-wise after obtaining the required information from the officers concerned in the District, and furnish the
same to the Commissioner and Director of School Education as per the instructions issued by him. On receipt of
the information about the vacancy position from the Secretaries of District Selection Committees of various
districts, the Commissioner and Director of School Education shall issue a notification in atleast four (4) leading
News Papers in the State, of which atleast two (2) are in Telugu and one (1) in Urdu, inviting applications.
Rule 7 Submission of application forms
(i) The candidates intending to apply for the posts notified in respect of any district shall obtain and submit
applications as per the instructions issued by the Commissioner and Director of School Education in the
notification.
(ii) The candidates shall submit the application forms along with attested copies of all relevant certificates.

(iii) Non-submission of attested copies of certificates and memos of marks pertaining to the minimum
qualifications prescribed for the post, will make his/her application invalid and hence liable for rejection.
Rule 8 Constitution of centres
Institutions having spacious rooms and sufficient number of rooms are to be constituted as Examination Centres.
Institutions proposed to be constituted as Examination Centre shall be inspected by the Secretary of the District
Selection Committee personally. The number of rooms available in each centre and number of candidates to be
accommodated in each room shall be ascertained before allotting the number of candidates to any of the
Examination Centres.
Rule 9 Issue of hall tickets
The District Educational Officer and Secretary of the District Selection Committee of the District concerned shall
issue hall tickets to the candidates.
Rule 10 Syllabus
The details of syllabus, allocation of marks to different subjects, pattern of question papers shall be prescribed and
furnished in the notification issued by the Commissioner and Director of School Education.
Rule 11 Written Test
(1) The written test shall be conducted in all the districts,
provided that it shall not be conducted in those districts where there are no vacancies. The candidates shall appear
for written test in the district in which they have applied.
(3) The candidates who are found copying or resorting to other unfair means or malpractice shall be expelled from
the examination hall apart from being debarred from appearing for District Selection Committee for three
consecutive examinations.
Rule 12 Selection
Candidates shall be selected on the basis of marks secured in the written test and the application of such
weightages, as may be notified. *
[Provided that where the written test is waived, the candidates shall be selected on the basis of the marks secured
in weightages as may be prescribed.]
Rule 13 Preparation of selection lists
(1) The number of candidates selected shall not be more than the number of vacancies notified. There shall be no
waiting list.
(2) The selection lists shall be prepared separately for the different units of appointment.
(3) The District Selection Committees concerned shall approve the selection lists prepared as per Rules. The same
list shall be displayed on the notice boards at the O/o the District Collector and the O/o the District Educational
Officer concerned.
Rule 14 Communication of selection lists to appointing authorities
The selection lists prepared separately for the different units of appointment shall be communicated to the
respective appointing authorities along with the application forms of the candidates by the Secretary, District
Selection Committee.
Rule 15 Apprentice
Every selected candidate shall be initially appointed as an Apprentice for a period of four years from the date of
joining duty. He or she shall work under general supervision of the Head Master or Head Mistress or Mandal
Educational Officer as the case may be. During the period of apprenticeship he or she shall be paid a monthly
stipend at a rate to be prescribed from time to time by the Government. On satisfactory completion of the period
of apprenticeship, he or she shall be appointed to a regular post with a regular scale of pay. The apprenticeship

period shall count for probation

ANNEXURE 1 ANNEXURE
Xxxxx
ANDHRA PRADESH EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS (ESTABLISHMENT, RECOGNITION,
ADMINISTRATION AND CONTROL OF INSTITUTIONS OF HIGHER EDUCATION) RULES, 1987
In exercise of the powers conferred by Sections 20 and 21 read with Section 99 of the Andhra Pradesh Education
Act, 1982 (Act No.1 of 1982) and in supersession of all corresponding rules on the subjects, the Governor of
Andhra Pradesh hereby makes the following rules relating to Establishment, Administration and Control of
Institutions of Higher Education under Government and Private Sectors.
Rule 1 Short title, applicability and commencement
(1) These rules may be called "The Andhra Pradesh Educational Institutions (Establishment, Recognition,
Administration and Control of Institutions of Higher Education) Rules, 1987".
(2) These rules shall apply to all educational institutions (both Government and private) imparting the following
classes/categories of education in the State of Andhra Pradesh
(a) Junior Colleges (All institutions imparting Intermediate education with or without attached high school/degree
classes/courses);
(b) Degrees (imparting degree courses with or without attached Intermediate sections);
(c) Oriental Colleges;
(d) Hindi Mahavidyalas;
(e) Law Colleges (Colleges imparting Law Courses either exclusively or as Degree College offering Law Courses
also);
(f) Post-Graduate Centres (Colleges imparting Post- Graduation Degree/Diploma courses either exclusively or as
Degree Colleges offering Post-Graduation Courses also).
(3) They shall come into force with immediate effect.
Rule 2 Definitions
(1) In these rules, unless the context otherwise requires
(a) `Act' means the Andhra Pradesh Education Act, 1982 (Act No.1 of 1982).
(b) `Educational agency' means the educational committee/Society/Trust/Association,
sponsoring/managing/running the educational institution both Government and private, unless otherwise
specifically mentioned;
(c) "Commissionerate" means the Andhra Pradesh Commissionerate of Higher Education constituted under
Section 3 of the Andhra Pradesh Commissionerate of Higher Education Act, 1986.
(d) `Competent Authority' means the authority which is competent to grant permission/recognition/affiliation as
the case may be to the educational institutions;
(e) `Institution' means the educational institution indicated under Rule 1(2) and sponsored/managed/run by the
educational agency;
(f) 'Director' means the Director of Higher Education;
(g) `Form' means a form appended to these rules.
(2) Words and expressions used in these rules but not defined herein shall carry the same meanings as are assigned
to them in the Act.
Rule 3 Power to grant or withdraw permission

The competent authority for granting or withdrawing of permission for the establishment of all classes/categories
of educational institutions mentioned in sub-rule (2) of Rule 1 shall be the Commissionerate.
Rule 4 Conditions for grant of permission
(1) Permission for the establishment of any of the educational institutions mentioned in sub-rule (2) of Rule 1 or
for opening of additional courses in any existing educational institution shall be granted only if the conditions laid
down in Section 20 of the Act are satisfied and after obtaining the prior approval of the commissioner under subsection (2) of Section 11 of the Andhra Pradesh Commissionerate of Higher Education Act, 1986;
(2) No permission shall be granted if the educational needs of the locality are adequately served already and in the
opinion of the competent authority, the opening of a new institution is likely to create unhealthy and undesirable
competition with another institution of the same class/category, in the area.
(3) No permission shall be granted for the establishment of an educational institution by way of upgradation of
high school into Junior College, Junior College into Degree College and Degree College into Post Graduation
Centre. However with the prior approval of the Commissionerate of Higher Education, they can be permitted to
be established within the premises of an existing institution provided the educational agency is prepared to
provide the prescribed requirements like accommodation, furniture, library. laboratory and other facilities
exclusively for the proposed class/category of institution.
Rule 5 Application for grant of permission
(1) All applications for establishment of a Junior College shall be made to the Secretary, Board of Intermediate
Education, Andhra Pradesh, Hyderabad and those for establishment of all other classes/categories of institutions
mentioned at (b) to (f) in sub-rule (2) of Rule 1 shall be made to the Registrar of the University concerned, in
Form-I in triplicate, for their feasibility report. The applications accompanied by the following documents shall
reach the competent authority not later than the 31st January of the year preceding the academic year in which the
institution is proposed to be opened namely
(a) a copy of the constitution and bye-laws of the educational agency proposing to establish the institution;
(b) a counterfoil of the challan in support of the remittance of the fees prescribed under Rule 5 (2) (a);
(c) a sketch plan of the site;
(d) a rough plan of the building showing the location of each room, its dimensions and the use it is proposed to be
put to;
(e)
(i) in case the institution is proposed to be located in private accommodation, documentary evidence to show the
applicant's ownership or his right to be in exclusive possession of the site and buildings atleast for a period of 5
years.;
(ii) documentary evidence to show the applicant's ownership of the land which has been provided for use of the
institution and a sketch plan of the buildings proposed to be constructed, if the buildings are not already
constructed;
(f) a copy of the notification of the Commissionerate of Higher Education indicating their proposal for starting the
institution in the area.
(g) the letter of permission of the Zilla Parishad or Municipality, as the case may be, for locating the proposed
Government institution, if the institution, is proposed to be located within the premises of the existing Zilla
Parishad or Municipal institution.
(h) applications for establishment of Government institutions emanating from the Government shall be routed
through the Director to the Board of Intermediate Education or the University concerned as the case may be, for
feasibility report.
(2)
(a) The fees to be paid in respect of every application for the establishment of various classes/categories of private

educational institutions shall be as indicated below:

Class/Category of Institution
Fees
Rs.
(a) Junior Colleges
500-00
(b) Degree Colleges
800-00
(c) Hindi Maha Vidyalayas
500-00
(d) Oriental Colleges
500-00
(e) Law Colleges
1,000-00
(f) Post-Graduate Centers
1,000-00
(b) The head of account to which the fee shall be credited shall be as follows:
(i) in respect of Junior Colleges; "007- Education -D. Pre-University Education - M.H.- [15] - other receipts - S.H.
[01] - Contribution and income from Endowments".
(ii In respect of all other institutions : "007-Education-E. University and other Higher Education-M.H. (15)-other
receipts-S.H. (01) - Contribution and Income from Endowments."
(c) The fees to be paid in respect of every application of an educational agency for the establishment of
Government educational institutions shall be half of the fee prescribed for private educational institutions, and
shall be credited to the same head of account indicated for the respective private institutions. There shall be no
application fee in respect of applications emanating from Government for establishment of Government
institutions.
(3) The application for the establishment of new educational institutions which are not accompanied by the
challans, for the remittance of the prescribed fee and other documents mentioned under Rule 5 [1] and [2] and
applications not received within the prescribed time limit, shall be rejected.
(4) The application fee deposited shall not be refunded under any circumstances.
*(5) No fees shall be levied in respect of applications for the opening additional sections",
provided that in the case of opening additional sections in Under-Graduate Courses in Private affiliated UnderGraduate Colleges, the fees shall be levied in respect of the application forms as may be prescribed.
Rule 6 Condition for grant of permission
(1) The corpus fund (endowment) to be deposited, extent of land, accommodation and other conditions to be
fulfilled by the educational agency before permission for establishment of the institution is accorded by the
Commissionerate, shall be as prescribed below. The Government may however relax the conditions in respect of
the establishment of Government institutions in deserving cases.
(2) The corpus fund (endowment) to be deposited by the educational agency for establishment of various
categories of private educational institutions shall be as follows:-

Category or of Institution Corpus fund to be Deposited

(1)
(2)
Rs. in lakhs
(a)
(i) Junior College (for boys or co-educational) nbsp;
5.00
(ii) Junior College (for Women or to be established in Tribal area)
3.00
(b)
(i) Degree College (for boys or co-educational)
6.00
(ii) Degree College (for woman or to be established in Tribal area)
5.00
(c)
Oriental College
3.00
(d)
Hindi Mahavidyalaya
3.00
(e)
(i) Law College (with L.L.B. and L.L.M course)
10.00
(ii) Law College (with LLB Course only)
5.00
(f)
Post Graduate Centers:
(i) MBA or other allied management course (Degree or diploma - for each course)
5.00
(ii) M.Com.
5.00
(iii) M.A (for each subject/course like Economics, History, etc.)
5.00
(iv) M.Sc. (for each subject/course like Botany, Zoology, etc.)
5.00
(3) The corpus fund (endowment) to be deposited for establishment of the Government institutions shall ordinarily
be half of the amount prescribed for the establishment of corresponding private institutions. The Government may

in deserving cases further relax this condition.

(4) The educational agency of the private institution shall deposit the corpus fund (endowment) in the joint
account of the management and the Government represented by the Regional Joint Director concerned, in any of
the branches of nationalised banks. Under no circumstances the corpus fund deposited shall be permitted to be
withdrawn. The Government may however permit the educational agency to utilise the interest accrued over, and
above the prescribed corpus fund, for the development of the institution at an interval of five to ten years.
(5) The educational agency of the Government institution shall deposit the corpus fund (endowment) in the
Government head of account indicated under Rule 5 (2) (b) (i) and (ii) as the case may be.
(6) The extent of land and accommodation to be provided by the various categories of the educational institutions
(both Government and private) shall be as follows:(a) in respect of Junior Colleges 10.00 acres of land and buildings with plinth area of 8,000 Sq.Ft.
(b) in respect of Degree Colleges 15.00 acres of land and buildings with plinth area of 8,000 Sq.ft
(c) in respect of Oriental Colleges or Hindi Mahavidyalaya.
10.00 acres of land and buildings with plinth area of 8,000 Sq.ft.
(d) in respect of Law Colleges 10.00 acres of land and buildings with plinth area of 8,000 Sq.ft
(e) in respect of Post-Graduate Centres 15.00 acres of land and buildings with plinth area of 8,000 Sq.ft. For every
additional course/subject additional accommodation with plinth area of 1,000 Sq.ft. shall be provided.
(7) The educational agency shall provide suitable buildings for accommodating the proposed institution as per the
specification laid down by the Board of Intermediate Education or the University concerned, as the case may be.
(8) The institution shall have, in addition to class rooms, library and laboratory rooms, an office room, Principal's
room, staff room, ladies waiting room with attached toilet, students' union room and a conference hall. There shall
be adequate urinals and toilets separately for staff, boys and girls.
(9) The extend of land to be provided by the educational agency as indicated in sub-rule (6) shall be utilised for
developing it as play ground and garden for the institution. The educational agency shall take necessary action in
this regard. The Government are empowered to reduce the extent of land to be provided by the educational agency
for the purpose of play ground and garden of the institution, especially in urban areas.
(10) If the Government Junior College/Degree College is proposed to be located within the premises of an
institution belonging to the Zilla Parishad or the Municipality concerned, the educational agency shall get the
prior permission of the Zilla Parishad or the Municipality concerned, as the case may be, to locate the proposed
institution and to utilise the facilities like accommodation, furniture, library, laboratory, play ground, etc.,
belonging to the already existing institution until separate accommodation etc., are provided for the proposed
institution. The educational agency shall send the letter of permission along with the application for the
establishment of the institution. The educational agency shall take necessary steps to provide necessary
accommodation and other facilities exclusively for the proposed institution, at the earliest possible.
(11) If the private institution is proposed to be located in a private accommodation, the Commissionerate may
permit the educational agency to do so provided that a lease hold building suitable for accommodating the
institution is acquired and that a lease-deed for a period of not less than 5 years is produced. The educational
agency shall also produce documentary evidence to show that they have the requisite land and money to construct
the buildings and that they are prepared to construct the said buildings within a period of 5 years at the latest.
(12) If the private educational institution is proposed to be located within the premises of an already existing
institution, the educational agency shall provide necessary accommodation and other facilities like furniture
library, laboratory, etc., exclusively for the use of the proposed institution, as per the specifications laid down by
the Board of Intermediate Education or the University concerned as the case may be.
(13) Other physical facilities to be provided by the educational agency shall be as follows:
(a) FurnitureEach class room shall be provided with a black board either wooden or walled. There shall be a chair
and a table for the use of the lecturer. Sufficient number of desks or chairs with side-writing planks or tables and

chairs for the use of the students shall be provided.

(b) LaboratoryThere shall be separate laboratory for conducting experiments/practicals in Chemistry, Physics,
Botany, Zoology, etc., subjects. Science equipment such as apparatus, chemicals and other materials required for
conducting practicals/experiments in physics, chemistry, etc., subjects shall be provided adequately. Similarly
animal and plant specimen, miscroscopes and slides and other materials required for conducting
practicals/experiments relevant to syllabus prescribed for botany and zoology subjects shall also be provided
separately. When vocational courses are proposed to be introduced, separate laboratory with adequate equipment
relevant to the courses offered, shall be provided for conducting practicals/experiments. In the laboratories,
sufficient number of large tables shall be provided for keeping the apparatus, microscopes and other equipments
and to conduct practicals/experiments. The students shall be provided with stools for sitting while conducting
experiments/practicals.
(c) LibraryThe educational agency shall provide adequate number of text books prescribed for the courses to be
offered in the proposed institution. Reference books of higher knowledge pertaining to the courses of study and
books on recent developments in various fields shall be provided to enable the teaching staff to acquire up-to-date
knowledge in their respective subjects who in turn will enlighten the students. It is also desirable to provide books
of great literary importance and autobiographies of great personalities. Books on general subjects also need be
provided which will enable students and the staff to get acquaintance with the day to day happenings around the
word in the various fields.
(d) Games and sportsArticles and material required for efficient practicing of indoor and out-door games and
sports shall be provided . There shall be separate room for games and sports.
Rule 7
(1) Staff PatternThe staff pattern for various classes/categories of educational institutions shall be as prescribed by
the Board of Intermediate Education/University/Director of Higher Education as the case may be.
(2) Appointment of teaching and non-teaching staff
(a) Appointment of teaching and non-teaching staff in the Government educational institutions shall be by way of
recruitment through the Andhra Pradesh Public Service Commission or as per the procedure prescribed by the
Government from time to time.
(b) Appointment of teaching staff in private educational institutions shall be by way of recruitment through the
Andhra Pradesh College Service Commission or as per the procedure prescribed by the Government from time to
time.
(c) Appointment of non-teaching staff in private educational institutions shall be by the selection Committee from
among the candidates sponsored by the Employment Exchange or drawn through newspaper advertisements in
case the Employment Exchange could not sponsor suitable candidates. The Selection Committee shall comprise of
the following members and the quorum for the Selection Committee shall not be complete unless atleast four of
the five members are present. The candidates approved by majority members present shall be deemed to have
been selected by the Committee.
(i) a nominee of the educational agency;
(ii) the Principal of the Institution;
(iii) one representative of the Board of Intermediate Education/University concerned as the case may be;
(iv) two nominees of the Director of Higher Education.
(3) Competent authority for approval of appointmentsThe competent authority for approval of appointments of
teaching staff of intermediate education shall be the Board of Intermediate Education and that for other
educational institutions shall be the university concerned. The competent authority for approval of appointments
of non-teaching staff in all the institutions shall be Director. The educational agency shall get the list of selected
candidates approved by the competent authority within one month from the date of making the appointments, by
applying through FORM-IV. Appointments made as per selection by Service Commission, however, do not
require further approval.

(4) Payment of salaries to staffThe educational agency of any private institution shall pay salaries to its staff as per
the Government scales of pay and by following such procedure as may be prescribed by Government from time
time, in this regard.
Rule 8 Power to grant or refuse Permission
(1) Commissionerate of Higher Education are the competent authority to grant or refuse permission for the
establishment of various categories of educational institutions indicated under Rule 1 (2).
(2) Government, keeping in view their financial position during the particular financial, academic year and the
educational needs of the localities on priority basis, shall take a policy decision as to the number of Government
and private institutions proposed to be established during the particular academic year, identifying the localities
where they are to be established in consultation with the Director and communicate the same to the
Commissionerate. The Commissionerate, on receipt of the Government communication containing the particulars
of the number of Government and private institutions proposed to be established during the academic year and the
localities where they are to be established, shall make a gazette notification and/or news paper advertisement
calling for applications, in triplicate, from the educational agencies desirious of establishing Government/private
institution of the category specified and in the locality specified, directing them to make the applications along
with the fees prescribed to the Board of Intermediate Education/University concerned, as the case may be,
following the procedure prescribed under Rules 5 and 6.
(3) The Board of Intermediate Education/University concerned shall scrutinise the applications received in
triplicate, from the educational agencies as well as those emanated from the Government and got forwarded
through the Director, strictly in accordance with the rules and regulations provided under the Act. They shall
conduct necessary inspection etc., as deemed fit and forward two applications of each educational agency along
with their inspection reports and recommendations in duplicate, to the Director, retaining one copy with them. The
Director in turn shall retain one application of the educational agency and a copy of the inspection report etc., and
forward the original application of the educational agency together with the remaining copy of the inspection
report etc., along with his remarks to the Commissionerate. The Director shall also indicate the number of
teaching and non-teaching posts required to be sanctioned, the expenditure involved and the budget provision,
while forwarding the applications for the establishment of the Government institutions.
(4) The Commissionerate who are the competent authority may grant or refuse permission for the establishment of
the educational institution after examining the particulars contained in the application and the inspection reports
etc. The decision of the competent authority either for granting or refusing the permission for establishment of the
institution shall be communicated to the educational agency within three months from the date of receipt of the
application, as far as possible. If the permission is refused, the educational agency shall be informed of the
grounds for such rejection and the Director shall take necessary action to refund the corpus fund (endowment)
deposited, to the educational agency.
(5) No educational agency shall start any educational institution without obtaining specific orders of permission
from the competent authority. Mere making of application and non-receipt of communication of letter of rejection
from the competent authority within time, shall not entitle any educational agency to start the institution for which
permission has been sought for. Educational agencies starting institutions without obtaining prior permission from
the competent authority are liable to be punished under the provisions of the Act.
(6) The Commissionerate shall send to Government a copy of the order of permission accorded to the educational
agency, for information.
Rule 9 Power to grant or withdraw Recognition/Affiliation
(1) Competent authority
(a) The Board of Intermediate Education shall be the competent authority for granting or withdrawing of
temporary/permanent recognition/affiliation for all educational institutions imparting intermediate education as
per clause (ii) of sub-section (1) of Section 9 of the andhra Pradesh Intermediate Education Act 1971 (Act No 1 of
1971).
(b) For all other institutions mentioned in cu. (b) to (f) in sub-rule (2) of Rule.1 the competent authority for
granting or withdrawing of temporary/permanent recognition/affiliation shall be the University concerned.

(2)
(a) Government institutions shall be accorded permanent recognition/affiliation straight away, by the competent
authority if he is satisfied that the conditions prescribed for this purpose are satisfied.
(b) To start with, the private institution shall be accorded temporary recognition/affiliation subject to fulfilment of
such conditions as may be prescribed by the competent authority. The temporary recognition/affiliation is
renewable annually for a period of five years relaxable to ten years in deserving cases by which time the
educational agency shall fulfil the conditions stipulated for grant of permanent recognition/affiliation.
Applications for renewal of temporary recognition/affiliation shall be made to the competent authority in Form
-III not later than three months prior to the expiry of the period of temporary/recognition/affiliation.
(3)
(a) The educational agency of the private institution in respect of which the competent authority have accorded
permission, is permitted to admit students and to appoint staff by following the procedure prescribed in Rule 7,
immediately after the receipt of the orders of permission to open their institution. After fulfilling the conditions
stipulated for grant of temporary recognition/affiliation, the educational agency shall make an application to the
competent authority in Form-IV for approval of the appointments made and Form-III for grant of temporary
recognition/affiliation to the institution . The application shall be made, accompanied by the following documents
within a period of three months from the date of receipt of the order of the permission.
(i) copy of the orders in which permission to open the institution has been accorded;
(ii) lists of teaching and non-teaching staff appointed;
(iii) lists of students admitted into various classes/courses
(iv) bank challan in proof of the payment of inspection fee and Recognition/Affiliation Fees.
(b) On receipt of the application from the educational agency, the competent authority shall make inspection of
the institution to find out the extent of fulfilment of the conditions prescribed for grant of temporary
recognition/affiliation, on a date convenient to both parties.
(c) Unless the students are admitted and staff are appointed and other conditions are satisfied, the competent
authority shall not accord approval to the staff appointed and accord temporary recognition/affiliation to the
private institution and consequently the students shall not be allowed to appear for the public examinations.
(4) The Inspection Fee and recognition/affiliation fee to be collected from the educational agency shall be as
prescribed by the competent authority indicated in sub-rule (1). The fees shall be credited in their respective head
of account and can be utilised for incurring the expenditure involved.
*(5) Affiliation will be given by the Board of Intermediate Education in respect of Junior colleges, in three (3)
categories namely
(a) Long Term Affiliation (with validity period of thirty (30) years;
(b) Medium Term Affiliation (with validity period of five (5) years); and
(c) Short Term Affiliation (with validity period of three (3) years), for the Junior Colleges, which have fulfilled the
conditions mentioned under each category specified below:-(a) Long Term Affiliation:
(i) The College shall have been established more than 10 years ago:
(ii) Corpus fund constituted as per the rules in force;
(iii) Adequate infrastructure and qualified faculty shall be available;
(iv) Affiliation fee Fifteen (15) times of the annual affiliation fee as prescribed, is paid. The affiliation fee shall be
paid at one time or in three annual equal instalments. If it is paid in instalments, the long term affiliation will be
given after the last instalment is paid;

(I) the Colleges shall be more than 3 years old and running since three to nine years.
(ii) Corpus fund is constituted as per rules in force:
(iii) Adequate infrastructure and qualified faculty shall be available:
(iv) Affiliation fee, five (5) times of the annual affiliation fee as prescribed, is paid. This shall be paid in a single
instalment by 31st March of the year of affiliation;
(c) Short Term Affiliation:
(i) the College is established and running below three years;
(ii) Affiliation fee, three (3) times of the amount of annual affiliation fee as prescribed, is paid. This fee shall be
paid in a single instalment by 31st March of the year of affiliation.
Rule 10 Conditions for grant of permanent recognition/affiliations
The competent authority shall grant permanent recognition/affiliation to the Government and private institutions
which are enjoying temporary recognition/affiliation atleast for a period of five years, subject to the fulfilment of
the following conditions
(1) that the institution has pucca buildings of its own with the prescribed facilities like furniture, library,
laboratory, play ground etc.,
(2) that the educational agency fulfilled all the conditions prescribed for granting temporary
recognition/affiliation;
(3) that the educational agency has implemented all the instructions issued by the competent authorities in all
matters.
(4) that the educational agency has not denied admission to any student on the grounds of religion caste, race or
language;
(5) that the educational agency has not encouraged any propaganda or practice wounding the religious feelings of
any class of citizens of India or insulting the religions or the religious beliefs of that class;
(6) that the educational agency has not refused for constituting the institution as a centre for conducting the
Government examinations like Andhra Pradesh Public Service Commission, etc.;
(7) that the educational agency has appointed the staff following the procedure prescribed by the Government,
from time to time, and got the appointments approved by the competent authority;
(8) that the educational agency has reinstated the staff member whom it has removed/suspended, on receipt of
orders from the competent authority for such reinstatement.
Rule 11 Conditions for withdrawal of permission/recognition/affiliation
The competent authority shall withdraw permission/recognition/affiliation granted to the private educational
institution under the following circumstances:
(1) When an institution, including a permanently recognised/affiliated institution (both non-minority or minority)
in the opinion of the competent authority, has failed to fulfil any of the conditions prescribed, the
permission/recognition/affiliation accorded to that institution shall be withdrawn permanently or for any specified
period.
(2) When permission/recognition/affiliation of the institution is to be withdrawn, the educational agency shall be
given an opportunity to give its explanation for failure to comply with the prescribed requirements, within a
month. If the educational agency is prepared to rectify the defects communicated by it, the competent authority
may give a reasonable time not exceeding three months to rectify the defects. If, in the opinion of the competent
authority, the educational agency has rectified the defects pointed out, the permission/recognition/affiliation may
be continued subject to such further conditions and instructions that may deemed necessary. But if the educational
agency fails to rectify the defects within the given time, the permission/recognition/affiliation shall be withdrawn.

(3)
(a) The competent authority after withdrawing permission shall recommend to the competent authority concerned
to withdraw the recognition/affiliation granted to the institution in question, who shall take necessary action
accordingly.
(b) The competent authority for granting of recognition/affiliation may also initiate action to de-recognise
disaffiliate any institution for failure to fulfil the conditions prescribed for granting/continuing the recognition
affiliation accorded to the institution and recommend to the competent authority for granting of permission, to
take steps to withdraw the permission granted to establish the institution, who shall take necessary action
accordingly.
Rule 12 Opening of additional sections/medias/groups/courses
(1)
(a) The competent authority for according permission to open additional sections/media/groups shall be the
Government.
(b) The competent authority for granting of permission for opening of new courses other than those permitted at
the time of according permission to establish the institution, shall be the Commissionerate of Higher Education.
(2) The educational agency will have to apply to the competent authority for grant of permission to open
additional sections/media/groups, courses, in Form-II and the permission shall be accorded subject to the
availability of various physical facilities like accommodation etc., required for the proposed additional
section/media/group/course.
(3) The educational agency shall be permitted to open such number of sections/groups/courses and in such media
for which permission has been accorded provided that there is minimum strength of students to maintain the
section/group/course as the case may be. No section/group/course in any media, shall be opened without the
minimum strength of students and without the prior permission by the competent authority. The
minimum/strength required shall be as prescribed by the Board of Intermediate Education/University concerned,
as the case may be.
Rule 13 Recognition/affiliation of the existing private educational institutions
(1) All the private educational institutions which have been accorded permission to establish and accorded
recognition/affiliation, after the commencement of the Andhra Pradesh Education Act, 1982 (Act No.1 of 1982)
that is, with effect from 18-7-1982, shall be deemed to have been enjoying temporary recognition/affiliation.
(2) The educational agencies of all the private institutions coming under sub-rule (1) shall apply to the competent
authority for grant of permanent recognition/affiliation in Form III. The competent authority, after satisfying
himself that the conditions prescribed for according permanent recognition/affiliation have been fulfilled, shall
accord permanent recognition/ affiliation to the institution . If the competent authority is of the opinion that the
conditions prescribed for granting of permanent recognition/affiliation have not been fulfilled by any of the
educational institutions, such institution shall be accorded temporary recognition/affiliation for a further period of
one academic year subject to such further conditions and instructions as deemed necessary, as in the case of new
private educational institutions.
Rule 14 General Instructions
(1) All the rules as far as relevant are also applicable to all the existing institutions.
(2) Under no circumstances the application fee paid by the educational agency at the time of making the
application for permission to open the institution shall be refunded. However the corpus fund (endowment), if
already deposited, shall be refunded to the applicant in case permission to establish the institution is refused by
the competent authority.
(3) No institution for which permission to establish has been granted to meet the educational needs of a particular
locality, shall be permitted to be shifted to another locality. However shifting of the institution from one building
to another within the same locality shall be permited when the intention is to provide better accommodation or
shifting into own buildings is proposed, with the prior permission of the Government. Any unauthorised shifting

of the institution shall render lapse of the permission/recognition/affiliation granted to the institution
automatically, without any further notice or orders.
(4) The educational agency for which permission to establish an institution has been accorded shall not transfer
the institution to another educational agency under any circumstances. In case the educational agency which has
been permitted to establish the institution is unable to manage it, it may approach the Government to consider its
request for taking over of the institution, provided it has completed atleast ten years of existence.
(5) Under no circumstances women's institution shall be allowed to be converted into co-educational or boy's
institution and vice-versa.
(6) The application prescribed for admission of students and the advertisement calling for the application shall
invariably contain the particulars or order under which the institution has been established.
(7) The admission of students into various courses shall be as per the rules of admission prescribed by the
Government/Board of Intermediate Education/University concerned, from time to time. While making admission
the rule of reservation shall be scrupulously followed. The intake of students shall not exceed the prescribed limits
of strength. The Principal of the institution shall be personally held responsible for violation of rules of
admissions. The educational agency shall not interfere in the matter of making admission of students.
(8) The educational agency shall not collect fees or donations either in cash or in kind other than prescribed by the
Government from pupils or parents or any other persons on their behalf, for any purpose whatsoever.
(9) The educational agency shall carry out the instructions issued by the Government/Board of Intermediate
Education/University from time to time with a view to maintain the academic standards and to safeguard the
interest of teachers and pupils.
(10) The Educational agency shall fulfill all the conditions stipulated by the competent authorities for grant of
permission/ recognition/affiliation.
(11) The premises of the institution (buildings, playground or open site) whether adjacent to it or away to it, shall
be used for the purposes of conducting classes or functions conducted by the institution for education purposes or
for authorised examinations or for other purposes specifically permitted by the competent authorities.
(12) The premises of the institution shall be sufficiently healthy, well lighted and well-ventilated with due
provision for the safety of the pupils. The institution shall produce a sanitary certificate from the Municipal Health
Officer/Medical Officer of the Primary Health Centre.
(13) The Private educational institutions must be prepared to maintain themselves from out of their resources and
they cannot claim grant-in-aid from Government as a matter of right, once prescribed period of existence is
completed.
(14) The educational agency shall not open additional sections/media/courses for which permission has not been
obtained. No course/media/section functioning duly permitted shall be closed down without prior permission of
the competent authority.
(15) The educational agency shall adopt Teachers Provident Fund Scheme or any other Scheme for the benefit of
its employees as prescribed by the Government from time to time.
(16) The educational agency shall maintain all the records and registers as prescribed by the competent
authorities, and they shall be made available to the concerned inspecting officers for inspection/surprise checks.
(17) The educational agency shall adopt the code of code of conduct prescribed for the teaching and non-teaching
staff.
APPENDIX 1 Application for opening of New Educational Institutions
FORM-1
[Under rule 5 (1)]
Application for opening of New Educational Institutions.
Details of Challan through which prescribed Application fee has been deposited (Counter foil of Challan to be

enclosed)
1. Name and address of the applicant/educational agency sponsoring the institution (in case of Government institutions):
2. (a) Local authority or educational agency who will run the institution (in case of non-Government institutions.)
(b) Name of the Secretary/Correspondent/Manager:
3. The purpose and the necessity for opening the new institution.
4. Name of the proposed institution.
5. Academic year in which it is proposed to be opened.
6. (a) Classes or courses of study in which education is proposed to be imparted and the medium of instruction
(b) Number of pupils proposed to be admitted in each course
7. Details of the notification according to which the educational agency is making the application for
establishment of the institution.
8. (1) Building and other facilities available for running the institution:
a) Number of class rooms and the dimensions of each
b) Furniture
c) Equipment
d) Library or reading room
e) Laboratories, workshops,
f) Playgrounds
g) Sanitary facilities
h) Water Supply
(2) If facilities are not readily available, the arrangements proposed.
9. a) Whether the buildings, etc., are owned by the applicant, if not the nature of tenure of the property by the
applicant.
b) Whether the applicant proposes to acquire the site for the institution. If so, the source from which the cost will
be met.
10. Whether the Educational Agency is prepared to collect tuition fee and other fees from the students as
prescribed by Government from time to time.
11. Whether the applicant is running any other educational institution and if so, the details thereof.
12. Whether the applicant is prepared to furnish the cash security specified in the rule. (in the case of Government
institution).
13. Other guarantees, if any, the applicant can give
14. Whether there is provision for hostel and if so,the details.
15. Other amenities, if any, proposed for the students.
16. Number of institutions of the same class or category in the neighbourhood and the strength of each such
institution and the distance from the proposed institution.
Signature of the Applicant
(with stamp)

APPENDIX 2 Application for opening of additional sections/courses/media

FORM - 2
[Under Rule 12 (2)]
Application for opening of additional sections/courses/media
1. a) Name of the Institution.
b) Name of the educational agency/Secretary-cum Correspondent.
2. Class-wise strength (Boys and girls separately).
3. Medium of the Instruction proposed to be introduced.
4. Details of additional section/courses/media proposed to be opened. (can be furnished in a separate statement).
5. Prospective strength in the proposed additional sections/course/media.
6. Need for opening the additional Sections/Courses/Media
7. a) Number of institutions of the same class in the neighborhood (with class and strength).
b) Whether these institutions cannot meet the educational needs in the locality.
c) Whether the interest of these institutions will suffer adversely in case permission is accorded to the educational
agency.
8. Distance and natural barriers, if any, with the neighboring institutions deserving permission to the education
agency.
9. Whether the Educational Agency is willing to run the new classes without aid from Government either now or
in future.
10. Whether accommodation furniture, equipment, library, play-grounds, etc., are available for the opening of the
proposed additional sections/courses/media. If not readily available, what arrangements will be made to provide
these facilities.
11. No. of the teachers existing and their qualifications and the number of new teachers proposed to be appointed
to.
12. a) the expenditure involved in running the new classes (Recurring & Non-recurring).
13. Remarks:(Please give full details against the above columns with copies of relevant references)
Signature of Applicant (with stamp)
APPENDIX 3 Application for grant of or Renewal of Temporary or Permanent Recognition/Affiliation to
Colleges
FORM - 3
[Under Rule 9 (2) and Rule 9 (3) (a)]
Application for grant of or Renewal of Temporary or Permanent Recognition/Affiliation to Colleges.
(Irrelevant words to strike off)
1. Name of the institution with full address.
2. Date of opening of the Institution.
(copy of order of permission has to be enclosed).
3. Name of the educational agency managing the institution.

4. Is the educational agency a registered body?

(a certified copy of registered deed should be enclosed).
5. Name of the Secretary/Correspondent/Manager
6. Name of courses offered for which recognition/affiliation is sought for.
7. a) Class wise/course-wise strength of students.
(List of students to be enclosed).
b) Whether rules of admission followed while admitting students.
8. List of teaching and non-teaching staff appointed indicating qualification and age at the time of appointment.
(Attested copies of the qualifications and age certificate of the employees to be enclosed).
9. Whether the prescribed corpus fund (endowment) has been created:
(evidence to be produced).
10. a) Details of accommodation (supporting documents to be enclosed).
b) Whether the accommodation provided is owned or rental
(i) If owned, documentary evidence to be produced.
(ii)If rental, lease-hold deed for a period of not less than five years to be produced (a declaration to construct own
buildings within a period of five years also has to be produced.)
11. Details of furniture to be furnished.
12. Details of laboratory equipment like apparatus chemicals, miscroscopes and slides etc.
13. Details of audio visual equipment available
14. Details of books available in the library:
a) Text Books.
b) Reference books.
c) Literature books.
d) General knowledge books.
e) Miscellaneous books.
15. Details of games (Sports articles/material/equipment available)
16. Whether there is play ground for the institution?
17. Whether arrangements are made for the medical inspection of pupils.
18. Full details of the property that is present in the name of the education agency (Documentary evidence to be
produced)
19. Whether prescribed sanitary facilities available. (Sanitary certificate from the Prescribed Health Officer shall
be enclosed).
20. Whether the educational agency has fulfilled all the conditions prescribed for granting of
temporary/permanent/recognition/affiliation,if not the conditions yet to be satisfied shall be indicated.
21. Whether the educational agency is agreeable to abide by the rules and regulations prescribed for granting of
temporary/permanent/recognition/affiliation and other rule made under various provisions of Andhra Pradesh
Education Act, 1982.
DECLARATION

On behalf of the educational agency of the institution, I ______________________________

son/daughter/wife
of ____________________________________________ do hereby declare that the rules and departmental orders
have been fulfilled. I also declare that we shall abide by the conditions, rules of recognition/affiliation and also
other relevant provisions of the Andhra Pradesh Education Act, 1982 (Act No.1 of 1982) and the rules made
thereunder.
I also declare that the particulars given above are correct to the best of my knowledge.
Signature of the Secretary/Correspondent/Manager of the Institution (with stamp)
APPENDIX 4 Application for according of approval of appointments made by the Educational Agencies
FORM - 4
[Under Rule 9 (3) (a)]
Application for according of approval of appointments made by the Educational Agencies.
(Application must be accompanied with the Selection Committee Report)
1. Name of the institution with full address:
2. Date of establishment of the institution (copy of the order under which the institution has been established, has
to be enclosed):
3. Name of the educational agency managing the institution:
4. Is the educational agency a registered body: (certified copy of the registered deed has to be enclosed)
5. Name of the Secretary/Correspondent/Manager of the institution.
6. List of teaching staff appointed indicating qualification, age and date of appointment of each candidate
(separate statement of particulars can be furnished, if required).
7. List of non-teaching staff appointed indicating qualification,age and date of appointment of each candidate
(separate statement of particulars can be furnished, if required).
8. Whether the staff appointed have any previous work experience, if so the details of each of them (separate
statement of particulars can be furnished, if necessary).
9. Any other particulars the educational agency would like to furnish.
DECLARATION
On behalf of the educational agency managing the institution, I _____________________________________
son/daughter/wife of_________________________________________________ do hereby declare that the
particulars furnished above are correct to the best of my knowledge and belief and that I am prepared to under go
any punishment that may be imposed on me if any of the particulars furnished are found to be false and
misleading. I further declare that while making the appointments Government instructions have been strictly
followed and I request you to approve the appointments whose particulars are furnished under items 6 and 7
above.
Signature of Secretary
(Correspondent/Manager, (with stamp).
ANDHRA PRADESH EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS (INSPECTION AND VISITS) RULES, 1988
In exercise of the powers conferred by sub section (3) of Section 25, sub sections (1) and (4) of Section 31 and
Section 95 read with Section 99 of the Andhra Pradesh Education Act, 1982 (Act No. 1 of 1982), and in
supersession of all rules in force, the Governor of Andhra Pradesh hereby makes the following rules prescribing
the procedure for inspection of educational institutions (under Government and non Government managements
like Government sponsored autonomous societies, local bodies and private managements) review of inspection

reports and settlement of appeals and the competent authorities for carrying out these functions
Rule 1 Short title, extent and commencement
(1) These rules may be called the Andhra Pradesh Educational Institutions (Inspection and Visits) Rules, 1988.
(2) They shall apply to all the schools and colleges functioning under the Government and non Government
(Local Bodies, Government sponsored autonomous educational societies and private managements) educational
agencies.
(3) They shall come into force with effect from the date of publication in the Andhra Pradesh Gazette.
Rule 2 Definitions
(1) In these rules, unless the context otherwise requires :
(a) ' Act' means the Andhra Pradesh Education Act, 1982 (Act No. 1 of 1982);
(b) ' Appellate authority' means the authority who is competent to entertain and settle the appeals received against
the Inspection reports of the inspecting officers.
(c) ' Colleges' means the Junior colleges, degree colleges, colleges of education, colleges of physical education,
Law colleges and post graduate centres etc., functioning under the Government as well as non Government
educational agencies ;
(d) ' Competent authority' means the authority who is competent to make or order to make inspection review the
inspection reports entertain the appeals on the inspection reports, as the case may be.
(e) 'Director' means the Director of Higher Education, the Director of Schools Education, Director of the Welfare
of the Handicapped, Director of Correctional Services and the Director of Tribal Welfare as the case may be under
whose administrative control the educational institution functions.
(f) ' Educational institutions' means the schools and colleges as the case may be, functioning under the
Government and the non Government educational agencies.
(g) 'Educational agency' means the authority administering the non Government educational institution.
(h) ' Government institution' means the educational institutions functioning under the control of Government in
Education Department, Social Welfare Department, Women Development Child Welfare Department Home
Department and Tribal Welfare Department.
(i) ' Head of the institution' means the head master, the Principal or any other authority whoever may be
administering the educational institution.
(j) ' Inspecting Officer' means the authority who is competent to make or order
(k) ' Non-Government Institutions' means the educational institutions functioning under the Control of
Government sponsored societies like Andhra Pradesh Residential Educational Institutions Society, Andhra
Pradesh Social Welfare Residential Educational Institutions Society, Local Bodies and Private Managements.
(l) ' Reviewing Authority ' means the authority who is competent to review the inspection reports received from
the inspecting officer.
(m) ' Schools' means all categories of educational institutions imparting study upto the standard of secondary
education including Hindi Patasalas, Hindi Vidyalayas, Oriented schools etc., functioning under Government and
non Government educational agencies.
(2) Words and expressions used in these rules but not defined herein, shall carry the same meaning as are assigned
to them in the Act.
Rule 3 Competent authority for inspection/review of inspection reports appellate authority, against the
inspection reports
The Competent authority for inspection, review of the inspection reports and appellate authority for making
appeals against the inspecting officer inspection reports, for various categories of the educational institutions shall

be as shown in the table below.

Rule 4 Inspection programmes and duration of inspections
(1) Every Inspecting Officer shall prepare the annual inspection programme of the institutions which he is
competent to inspect and submit the same to the authority who has been prescribed as reviewing authority for the
respective category of educational institutions as prescribed in the table under Rule 3, for approval. However,
where the Director himself is the Inspecting Officer, the inspection programme may be prepared and fixed by
himself and the approval of the Government is not necessary. The Inspecting Officer shall submit the inspection
programme in triplicate by the first week of April and the same shall be approved and returned to him by the
reviewing authority by the first week of May.
(2) On receipt of the approved inspection programme, the concerned inspecting officer shall prepare advance
inspection tour programme and communicate it to the institutions under his control by the time the institutions re
open after the summer vacation. The actual dates of inspections shall be communicated in writing to the
institutions concerned at least fifteen days in advance. The actual dates of inspection shall be communicated both
to the institutions and to its management.
(3) Ordinarily no request for postponement of the scheduled inspection shall be entertained. However, for genuine
reasons the request of the head of the institution for postponement may be considered by the concerned inspecting
officer and no request for postponement of inspection for a second time shall be entertained under any
circumstances.
(4) Every Inspecting Officer shall prepare his monthly tour programme and submit the same to the reviewing
authority, for approval, during the second week of the previous month. Monthly tour programmes shall be
prepared keeping in view the annual inspection programme.
(5) The number of days that can be taken for inspection of various categories of educational institutions shall be
one to three. However, the number of days for inspection could be either increased or decreased by the inspecting
officer depending upon the need.
(6) The District Educational Officer shall visit atleast one Primary one Upper primary and one High School in a
month.
(7) In addition to the Inspecting Officers, the Reviewing Authority as well as the Appellate Authorities are also
empowered to make surprise visits of the institutions whenever required.
Rule 5 Presentation of the institution for inspection
(1)No educational institution shall refuse to present itself for annual inspection and visits by the prescribed
authorities. The Manager Secretary Correspondent (in case of private institution) and the head of the institution
and teaching and non teaching staff of every institution shall provide all assistance and facilities required for the
inspecting officer at the time of inspection.
(2) No member of the teaching staff including the head of the institutions and non teaching staff shall absent
himself at the time of inspection of the institution. However if any member of the staff is ill and that his physical
condition is such that he cannot attend the institution, he may apply for any leave for which he is entitled to,
enclosing a medical certificate from a Registered Medical Practitioner or if any member of the staff cannot attend
the institution for personal reasons like celebration of his son or daughter or near relations marriage etc., he may
apply for the leave for which he is entitled to : No head of the institution or Secretary Correspondent Manager of
any private educational institution shall refuse to show or hand over after obtaining a receipt from the inspecting
officer any record, register, document receipts relating to the establishment, maintenance, administration and
running of institution and admissions at the time of visits and inspections. The inspecting officer is empowered to
seize any records, registers or written or printed documents relating to the institution after giving a receipt if he
considers it necessary. No educational institution shall refuse entry into the institution to the concerned inspecting
officer or any other officer specially authorised by the competent authority, at any time.
Rule 6 Penalty for preventing Inspecting Officers from conducting Inspection and visits
(1)No educational agency shall prevent the authorised or inspecting officers for inspecting visiting the institution.
Failure to comply with these instructions shall render the management punishable under the provisions of the Act

including withdrawal of permission recognition affiliation granted to the institution.

(2) If the Secretary Correspondent Manager of any private institution prevents the authorised inspecting officer
from visiting and inspecting the institution, it shall be taken as a reasonable ground for making him unfit to be the
Secretary Correspondent Manager of the institution or any other recognised educational institution, by the
competent authority. Further, action can be taken under the provisions of the Act.
(3) If any head of the institution (both Government and non Government) prevents the authorised inspecting
officer from visiting or inspecting the institution, disciplinary action as provided under the rules shall be taken
against him.
(4) If any of the teaching or non teaching staff of the institution refuses to co operate with the inspecting officer in
discharging his duties of inspection visit or wilfully gives misleading information, the inspecting officer shall
recommend to the competent authority to take suitable disciplinary action against the concerned staff member.
Rule 7 Matters for consideration during inspection
The inspecting officer shall satisfy himself that the condition of the institution in all respects is satisfactory and
that it fulfills all the requirements prescribed for recognition affiliation as well as those that may be laid down by
the Director from time to time. The inspection by the inspecting officer, from among other things, shall include :
(1) Class room instruction of the teachers including the head of the institution in all the subjects included in the
syllabus of all classes ;
(2) Yearly plans, unit plans and lesson plans of all subjects prepared by teachers ;
(3) audio visual aids, prepared by teachers ;
(4) Written work of the pupils of all classes ;
(5) Answer scripts of unit test, assignments, terminal examinations and annual examinations of the pupils ;
(6) Co-curricular activities organised and the records maintained for this purpose ;
(7) All the records and registers prescribed to be maintained by the institution
(8) Utilisation of special fee fund ;
(9) Maintenance of the Library ;
(10) Maintenance of Laboratories ;
(11) Maintenance of Socially Useful Productive Works Equipment Vocational Equipment and Works shop ;
(12) Organisation of vocational courses ;
(13) Organisation of the activity areas of the curriculam ;
(14) Scrutiny of the annual promotions ;
(15) Organisation of physical education activities.
Rule 8 Recording of remarks by the inspecting officer
(1) Every educational institution shall maintain an inspection register or record, which shall be a permanent record
and shall be kept under the personal custody of the head of the institution. Immediately after the conclusion of the
inspection, the inspecting officer shall record his personal suggestions or observations or irregularities noticed for
implementation or rectification, as the case may be, by the head of the institution.
(2) No officer other than the authorised inspecting officer shall write anything in the inspection register/record.
(3) For writing the inspection reports the Annual Inspection Report (A.I.R.) and Tabular Inspection Report (T.I.R.)
approved by the department shall be used.
Rule 9 Periodicity of inspection visits of the institutions
Every educational institution shall be inspected once during the course of one academic year, by the concerned

inspecting officer followed by such number of visits and for such purposes as are prescribed below :
(1) Institutions under the administrative control of the Director of Higher Education :
(a) The Director of Higher Education or any officers, authorised by him not below the rank of Deputy Director,
shall make regular visits to the institutions under his administrative control.
(b) The periodicity of the visits by the inspecting officers shall be prepared keeping in view the annual inspection
programme and shall have the approval of the Director of Higher Education.
(2) Institutions under the administrative control of Director of School Education :
(a) Every Pre primary, Primary and Upper primary school including Oriental Schools shall be visited three times
during the course of one academic year, by the concerned inspecting officer. The first visit shall be made in the
first or second month immediately after the schools are re opened after summer vacation; the second visit shall be
made in the month of July August and the third visit shall be made either before or after the annual inspection as a
follow up visit. The object of the first visit shall be to satisfy himself whether (i) the census registers have been up dated by the teachers ;
(ii) the admissions are made as per the rules prescribed ;
(iii) the efforts made by the teachers for the enrollment of schoolage children are encouraging ;
(iv) the schools have instructed the pupils to purchase the text books prescribed by the Government ; and
(v) the annual promotions have been made as per the prescribed rules. During the second and third visits, the
academic work of the school shall be seen.
(b) The inspecting officer concerned shall visit every High School including Oriental High School atleast twice
during the course of one academic year. The first visit shall be made in the first or second month immediately
after the re opening of the schools after summer vacations, to satisfy whether (i) the admissions are made as per the rules prescribed ;
(ii) the action taken by the schools for the supply of text books and note books to the students ; and
(iii) whether annual promotions have been made as per the rules prescribed. The second visit shall be made either
before or after the annual inspection, as a follow up visit.
(c) All the Hindi Patasalas, Hindi Vidyalayas, Pracharak and Sikshak Vidyalayas shall be inspected once in a year
by the Hindi Education Officer (Officer of the Director of School Education). The Hindi Education Officer is also
empowered to make surprise visits to these institutions. The inspection shall be limited to administrative and
financial matters only.
(d) The special Officer (English) (Office of the Director of School Education) shall inspect the English Language
Teaching Centres once a year. The inspection shall be limited to administrative and financial matters only.
(e) Every Teachers Training Institution shall be inspected once a year by the District Educational Officer
concerned. He is also empowered to make surprise visits of these institutions. The inspection shall be limited to
the administrative and financial matters including admissions.
(f) All the Sanskrit and Telugu Pandit Training Institutions shall be visited by the Deputy Director of Oriental
Studies atleast once in a year. He is also empowered to make surprise visits of these institutions. The inspection
shall be limited to the administrative and financial matters only.
(g) All the Urdu Pandits Training Institutions shall be inspected once in a year by the Special Officer (Urdu)
(Office of the Director of School Education). He is also empowered to make surprise visits of these institutions.
The inspection shall be limited to the administrative and financial matters only.
(h) The Joint Director of School Education Regional Joint Director of School Education shall inspect the colleges
of Physical Education at least once in a year. The inspection shall be limited to administrative and financial
matters only.
(i) The Additional Director of School Education or the Director of School Education himself shall inspect the

Government Comprehensive Colleges of Education and the Government as well as Private Colleges of Education
having M.Ed. Course, atleast once in a year. The Government and the private Colleges of Education (having B.Ed.
Course only) shall be inspected by the Joint Director of School Education Regional Joint Director of School
Education at least once in a year. The inspection shall be limited to administrative and financial matters.
(3) Institutions under the administrative control of local Bodies, autonomous Educational Institutions Societies
and Government Departments other than Education Department.
(a)
(i) Every Pre primary, Primary and Upper primary schools managed by the local bodies shall be visited thrice by
the Mandal Education Officer during the academic year. The first visit shall be made in the first or second month
immediately after the re opening of the schools after summer vacation, the second visit shall be made in the
months of August September and third visit shall be made either before or after the annual inspection.
(ii) The Mandal Education Officers are also empowered to make surprise visits of the schools under their
jurisdiction.
(b)
(i) Every Zilla Praja Parishad High School managed by the Zilla Praja Parishad shall be visited by the Deputy
Educational Officer or the Parishad Educational Officer concerned, atleast during one academic year. The visit
shall be made either before or after the annual inspection.
(ii) The Deputy Educational Officer and the Parishad Education Officer are also competent to make surprise visits
to the Zilla Praja Parishad High Schools under their jurisdiction.
(iii) The visits inspection shall be limited to academic matters.
(c)
(i) The Junior Colleges and the Degree Colleges managed by the Andhra Pradesh Residential Educational
Institutions Society and the Andhra Pradesh Social Welfare Residential Educational Institutions Society shall be
visited atleast once in an academic year, either before or after the annual inspection, by the Director of Higher
Education or on his authorisation, by any officer not below the rank of Deputy Director of Higher Education.
(ii) The inspecting officers are also empowered to make surprise visits of these institutions.
(iii) The visits inspections shall be limited to the academic matters only unless otherwise specifically ordered by
the competent authority.
(iv) The Secretary of the Society concerned or on his authorisation any of his subordinate officers, are also
empowered to make visits/surprise visits of the institutions to which they are concerned.
(d)
(i) The District Educational Officer concerned shall make atleast two visits in an academic year to the schools
managed by the Andhra Pradesh Residential Educational Institutions Society and Andhra Pradesh Social Welfare
Residential Educational Institutions Society, out of which one of the visits shall be made before the annual
inspection and the other after the annual inspection.
(ii) The District Educational Officer concerned is also empowered to make surprise visits of these institutions.
(iii) The visits inspections shall be limited to the academic matters.
(iv) The Secretaries of these Societies or on their authorisation any of their subordinate officers, are also
empowered to make visits to the institutions under their respective control.
(e)
(i) The District Educational Officer concerned shall visit twice in an academic year the Special Schools for
Physically Handicapped which are under the control of the Director for the Welfare of the Handicapped. One of
the visits shall be immediately after the schools are reopened after the summer vacations and the other, as annual
inspection.

(ii) The visits/inspections to these schools shall be limited to the academic matters.
(iii) The Director for the Welfare of the Handicapped or on his authorisation his Deputy Director concerned are
also empowered to make visits inspections of those institutions. The said visits inspections shall be limited to
administrative matters.
(f)
(i) The District Educational Officer concerned shall make atleast two visits/inspections in an academic year, to the
Special Homes and the Juvenile Homes which are under the administrative control of Director of Correctional
Services of Prisons Department. One these visits inspections shall be as annual inspection and the other either
before or after the annual inspection.
(ii) The visits inspections shall be limited to the academic matters.
(iii) The Director of Correctional Services (Prisons Department) or his Deputy Director concerned are also
empowered to make visits/inspections to the institutions.
(g)
(i) The District Educational Officer concerned or on his authorisation his subordinate Deputy Educational Officer
shall make atleast two visits inspections in an academic year, to the schools under the control of the Director of
Tribal Welfare Department. One of these said visits inspections shall be as annual inspection and the other either
before or after the annual inspection.
(ii) The visit inspections shall be limited to the academic matters.
(iii) The Director of Tribal Welfare or on his authorisation any of his subordinate officers are also empowered to
make inspections visits of these institutions.
Rule 10 Communication of the inspection reports to the Educational Institutions
(1) The inspecting officers shall finalise the inspection reports within fifteen to twenty days from the date of
inspection and send one copy each to the head of the institution, to the management of the institution (in case of
private educational institution), to the reviewing authority and to the appellate authority of the respective category
of educational institution as prescribed in the table under Rule 3.
(2) The reviewing authority shall finalise and send the review reports to the head of the institution and also to the
management (in case of private institution) concerned, within fifteen to twenty days from the date of receipt of the
inspection reports from the inspecting officers.
(3) Where the inspecting authority is the Additional Director or the Director himself, they shall finalise their
inspection reports within one month from the date of the inspection and send copy to the head of the institution
and also one copy to the management concerned (in case of private management institution). However there is no
need for furnishing a copy to the Government as required, even though Government are the appellate authority for
such institution.
Rule 11 Implementation of the suggestions and rectification of the defects
(1) On the receipt of the report from the inspecting officer reviewing authority, the head of the institution shall
take action for the implementation of the suggestions and rectification of the defects.
(2) Rectification reports shall be submitted to the concerned inspection officer/reviewing authority within one
month from the date of receipt of the report.
(3) If the head of the institution or management of the private institution is aggrieved by any such direction or
suggestion of the inspecting officers, they may appeal to the appellate authority within 30 days from the date of
receipt of the report from the concerned inspection officer/reviewing authority.
(4) The appellate authority shall dispose of the appeal within a period of one month from the date of receipt of the
appeal. The decision of the appellate authority shall be final.
Rule 12 Follow up Visits
On receipt of the rectification reports, the concerned inspecting officer may pay a follow up visit to see whether

the suggestions made are implemented and whether the defects pointed out have been rectified.
Rule 13 Panel Inspection system
For inspecting the High Schools and High School sections attached to Junior Colleges, the panel inspection
system shall be followed for schools located in both rural and urban areas. The procedure for the constitution of
panel and the procedure for the panel inspection shall be as indicated below :
(1) Constitution A panel with the officers specified below may be constituted. There should be two or more panels
for a division, according to the number of schools inspected. The following officers shall constitute the panel :
(a) District Educational Officer/Deputy Educational officer/Parishad Educational Officer (Inspecting Officers).
(b) Five members from among the categories of heads of secondary schools, or senior and competent subject
teachers other than the one specialised by the inspecting Officer. The District Educational Officer Deputy
Educational Officer Parishad Educational Officer shall select the 5 members referred to at (b) above from among
the various persons working in the district division in each category, considering their seniority in the category
and following the criteria given below. The orders constituting the panel shall be communicated to the members
of the panel, head of the institution and or to the management of the institution and to the District Educational
Officer.
(i) Minimum service in teaching for at least 10 years in the subject concerned in the Secondary Schools;
(ii) Competency in the subject;
(iii) Reputation as good teacher among students;
(iv) Contribution to publications, research etc.
(v) Participation in inservice programmes of teachers and Science Fairs ;
(vi) Receiptients of National and State awards;
(vii) Head Masters of Secondary Schools ;
(viii) Preference may be given for persons with post graduate qualifications, General and Professional. Wherever
Colleges of Education exist senior lecturers may be selected for the panel.
(2) Expenditure towards T.A. and D.A. The panel members shall be paid actual bus fares for to and fro journeys
and D.A. as per eligibility. This expenditure shall be met from the special fee funds of their respective schools.
The heads of schools shall admit the claims based on the attendance certificate issued by the inspecting officer.
The period of absence of the panel members from their institutions shall be treated as on duty.
(3) Procedure The following procedure shall be adopted for inspection of the institutions under panel inspection
system :
(a) Panel inspection shall be for a period of one or two days according to the strength of the school (after
administrative inspection).
(b) Staff conference with the panel members shall be arranged at the conclusion of the inspection;
(c) A report from each member shall be obtained after the inspection is over, and the inspecting officer will
consolidate all these reports school wise together with a summary of the action points indicated at the staff
conference with the panel members.
(4) Aims and objects
(A) The panel inspection shall assess the following aspects of the school: (i) School Plan.
(ii) School administration, adequacy of staff and their qualifications.
(iii) School funds and finance and their utilisation. To be inspected by the inspecting Officer.
(iv) Co-curricular activities and their organisation.

(v) School and community relations.

(vi) Teaching of different subjects.
(vii) Instructional materials and Services (library A.V. aids.) To be inspected by the subject specialists.
(a) The present Tabular Inspection Report may be used for aspects (i) to (v).
(b) Aspects (vi) to (vii) shall be assessed keeping in view the constituents shown hereunder :
(i) Teaching of school subjects Instruction. Evaluation procedure.
(ii) Instructional facilities (Library A.V. aids). Physical facilities. Managements and services.
(B) The above aspects may be evaluated by the panel at each school on a 4 point scale regarding the provision or
condition available in the school and the functioning of the school in each point. Grade.
Provision or condition.
Functioning.
A.(Excellent)
Adequate
Very well.
B.(Good)
Limited
Well.
C.(Moderate)
Meagre
Moderately
D.(poor)
Missing
Poorly
In some schools, the provision or condition may exist at higher grading while functioning may be at a lower
grading. These may be converse too. In such cases the grading may be indicated independently in these two
criteria, namely (i) existance provision or condition (ii) functioning. (C) The panel inspection mainly aims at
academic supervision and guidance of the teachers. Hence more importance shall be given for academic reporting
in the Tabular Inspection Report. The inspecting officers shall explain the inspection procedures to the panel
members before inspections are taken up. Immediately after inspection, the inspecting officers shall have
discussions with the panel members for evaluating the performance of teachers and for finalising the reports.
Since the members of the panel to be drafted may not be familiar with the type of the evaluation, it is desirable
that the members of the panel are required to observe the work of the teachers in the class room and the other
work related to his subject. For this purpose two types of forms for evaluating the class room teaching of the
teachers have been prescribed one for the language subjects and another for non language subjects which are
appended to these rules.
Rule 14 Inspection of minority institutions
The inspections shall ordinarily be limited to see whether there is any mis management in the affairs of the
institution. Action against the management shall be initiated only if there is mis management. This does not
preclude inspection to ensure academic standards, achievement of excellence, maintenance of public health
environmental standards safety and sanitation and similar items relating to children and staff welfare and safety.
Rule 15 Authority to initiate action for violating the provisions of the Act and the rules made thereunder

The Inspecting Officer, Reviewing Authorities and the Appellate Authorities prescribed for various categories of
institution mentioned in the table under Rule 3 are the competent authorities to initiate action and prosecute the
management and/or Secretary Correspondent of the offender institutions, as the case may be, for violation of
various provisions of the Act and the rules made thereunder. On a complaint made by the concerned authority, the
criminal court having jurisdiction will try the management and/or Secretary Correspondent of the offender
institutions as the case may be.
APPENDIX 1 Form for Evaluating Class Room teaching of the teachers
APPENDIX
APPENDIX
Form for Evaluating Class Room teaching of the teachers
(For Language Subjects)
I. Details of the Teachers :
(i) Name of the Teacher ... ...
(ii) Qualifications. ... ...
(iii) Experience (in years) ... ...
(iv) Subject taught. ... ...
(v) Class taken. ... ...
(vi) Lesson taught ... ...
II. Observation of of Class room teaching :
(1) Planning of lesson :
(Keeping in view the general and specific objectives of teaching languages) ...
(2) Methods and techniques used by the teachers for teaching and their suitability ...
(3) Whether the technique of questioning is proper. ...
(4) Preparation and use of teaching aids, effectiveness of the aids. ...
(5) Supervision of class work ...
(6) Acquaintance of the teacher with the latest developments in the language ...
(7) Command of the teacher over both spoken and written language ...
(8) The accent and pronounciation of the teacher ...
(9) Whether the teacher possesses creative ability ...
(10) Whether opportunities are provided to pupils for creative type of work ...
(11) Is the teacher keeping in view the weak and bright pupils while teaching? ...
(12) Capacity of the teacher to build up the lesson based on the response of the pupils? ...
(13) Whether concepts are made clear ? ...
(14) Is listening practice given ? ...
(15) Are pupils given training to develop correct habits of speech ? ...
(16) What are the opportunities provided for developing the vocabulary of the students? ...
(17) Whether teacher pays attention to the correction of grammatical errors made by the pupils in speech and
writing

III. Scrutiny of written work and composition :

(18) Is the syllabus covered in time as per plan ? ...
(19) Number of compositions got written, number corrected and re written ...
(20) Nature of compositions, follow up action taken for remedial teaching after preparation of common errors. ...
(21) Lesson plans : (i) Are the lesson plans maintained upto date ? ...
(ii) Whether they are according to evaluation approach ? ...
(22) Number of tests conducted, corrected and marks awarded ...
(23) Whether progress cards issued to the pupils ? ...
IV. Guidance given to the teacher :
Every panel member may be required to give a demonstration lesson to any class for 45 minutes followed by
discussion.
At the end, every panel member shall give a critique of the standard of instruction in his subject and suggest
follow up action.
Form for Evaluating Class Room teaching of the Teachers (For Mathematics, Science and Social Studies)
I . Details of the teacher :
(i) Name of the Teacher ...
(ii) Qualifications ...
(iii) Experience ...
(iv) Subject taught ...
(v) Class taken ...
(vi) Lesson taught ...
II Observation of class room teaching :
(1) Planning of lesson :
(keeping in view the general and specific objectives of teaching the subject and the topic) ...
(2) Methods and techniques used by the teacher for teaching and his suitability
(3) Whether the technique of questioning is proper ...
(4) Preparation and use of teaching aid ...
(5) Effectiveness of the aids ...
(6) Supervision of class work ...
(7) Acquaintance of teacher with the latest developments in the subject ...
(8) Whether weak, average and bright students are kept in view while teaching.
(9) Whether pupils participate actively in the development of lesson
(10) Is the lesson taught well tested to life situations wherever possible ?
(11) Are the concepts made clear and taught ?
SCIENCE
(12) Are scientific skills developed in the pupils through practical work ?
(13) Are demonstration lessons given ?

How often ?
(14) Are the students made to do practicals in the Laboratory ?
(15) Are the practical record books maintained by the pupils ?
(16) What is the conditions of the Laboratory ?
(17) Is the laboratory adequate with necessary equipment and serve the purpose of pupils?
MATHEMATICS
(18) Is home work for mathematics given regularly ?
What is the quantum of home work given and the guidelines given. Is it corrected regularly ...
(19) Are assignments given apart from home work ?
If so the nature of assignment in mathematics. ...
SOCIAL STUDIES
(20) What are the practical activities in Social Studies.
(21) Is Social Studies practical work book maintained ?
(22) Are there Mathematics, Science and Social Studies clubs in the school ? ...
(23) What are the various activities of these clubs ?
(24) Is any attempt made to find out the difficulties of the pupil ?
(25) Is any remedial instruction programme planned ?
ANDHRA PRADESH PRIVATE EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS (INSPECTION, ACCOUNTS, AUDIT
AND RETURNS) RULES, 1986
In exercise of the powers conferred by Sections 48, 49, 50 and 51 read with section 99 of the Andhra Pradesh
Education Act,1982 (Act 1 of 1982) the Governor of Andhra Pradesh hereby makes the following rules relating to
Inspection, Accounts, Audit and Returns pertaining to aided private educational institutions
Rule 1 Short title, application and commencement
(a) These rules may be called the Andhra Pradesh Private Education Institutions (Inspection, Accounts, Audit and
Returns) Rules, 1986.
(b) These rules shall apply to the following categories of private educational institutions receiving grants out of
State funds and other sources:(i) primary, upper primary and secondary schools including oriental schools and Hindi Vidyayalas.
(ii) Junior colleges and all colleges including Hindi Maha Vidyalayas.
(iii) all institutions imparting teacher education/training.
(c) These rules shall come into force with effect from the date of their publication in the Andhra Pradesh Gazette.
Rule 2 Definitions
(a)" Act " means the Andhra Pradesh Education Act, 1982.
(b) " Competent Authority " means the authority as shown in Rule 3 who is empowered to order or cause audit of
accounts, inspection and/or enquiry of any of the categories of private educational institutions indicated in clause
(b) of Rule 1.
(c) " Director " means the Director of School Education in respect of institutions mentioned in items (i) and (ii) of
clause (b) of Rule 1 and the Director of Higher Education in respect of institutions mentioned in item (ii) of clause
(b) of Rule 1.

Rule 3 Competent Authority

The Competent Authority shall be as follows:
(a) In respect of Primary and Upper Primary schools the auditors of the Office of the District Educational Officer
on the orders of the District Educational Officer concerned;
(b) In respect of Secondary schools, Oriental schools and Hindi vidyalayas, the auditors of the Office of the
Director of School Education on the orders of the Director of School Education;
(c) In respect of institutions imparting teacher training/education, auditors of the office of the Director of School
Education on the order of the Director of School Education;
(d) In respect of junior colleges and colleges including Hindi Mahavidyalayas, the auditors of the Office of the
Director of Higher Education on the orders of the Director of Higher Education.
Rule 4
The following shall be the registers to be maintained by the various categories of educational institutions:
(i) The Primary and Upper Primary Schools shall maintain the registers as indicated in the Annexure-I
(ii) The Secondary schools including the oriental schools and Hindi Vidyalayas shall maintain the registers as
indicated in the Annexure-II.
(iii) The Junior colleges, Hindi Maha Vidayalayas, and all institutions imparting teacher training education shall
maintain the registers as indicated in the Annexure-III.
Rule 5
All the educational institutions indicated in clause (b) of Rule 1 shall furnish the statements along with financial
statements as listed in the Annexure-IV.
Rule 6
Conduct of annual audit of accounts and inspection of enquiry of private educational institutions and the time
limit for furnishing the returns;
(a) The accounts of every educational institution receiving grants out of State funds shall be inspected and audited
at the end of every financial year by the departmental auditors deputed by the Director. The management is
required to submit the financial statement with supporting statements as referred to in Annexure IV to the Director
not later than the first May of every year. On receipt of the financial statement and after preliminary verification
of the statement, the management of the institutions concerned shall be intimated well in advance about the
commencement of audit of accounts of their institutions. The auditor shall scrutinise the statements with reference
to the relevant records of the institutions. The object of the departmental audit conducted by the auditor is mainly
to see whether the grants given by the Government and other sources are properly utilised for the purpose for
which they were sanctioned.
(b) After inspection and scrutiny of all the records, the auditor shall prepare the work-sheet or assignment of grant
due for release or recovery and discuss with the Correspondent/Headmaster/Principal of the institution, the salient
points of the audit. The auditor shall process the audit reports so prepared by him for the approval of the Director.
After obtaining the approval of the Director, the audit report shall be communicated to the Correspondent of the
institution and his report shall be called for. The audit report shall be communicated to the management within
two months from the date of completion of audit of the accounts of the institution.
(c) The audit report in respect of primary, secondary and oriental schools shall be communicated to the respective
managements by the concerned District Educational Officers and the audit report in respect of Hindi Vidyalayas,
by the Director of School Education. In respect of institutions imparting teacher training education, the audit
reports shall be communicated to the managements by the Director of School Education. In respect of junior
colleges, including Hindi Vidayalayas, the audit reports shall be communicated to the managements of the
institutions by the Director of Higher Education.
(d) After the receipt of the audit report from the Director the management shall send its rectification of defects
noticed in the audit report to the Director within two months from the date of receipt of the audit report. If no

compliance report is received within the time stipulated, it shall be deemed that the management has no comments
to offer and the audit report shall be treated as final.
ANNEXURE 1 Registers to be maintained in Primary and Upper Primary schools
ANNEXURE
ANNEXURE-I
(See Rule 4 (i)
Registers to be maintained in Primary and Upper Primary schools
1. Register of Admission and Withdrawal of Pupils (Form - IX).
2. Register of Pupil's Attendance.
3. Register of Attendance of Teachers.
4. Inspection Book.
5. Visitors'Book (Form X).
6. Register of Pay Bills.
7. Acquittance Roll (Form XI).
8. Stock List of Furniture, Charts and Apparatus.
9. Examination and Progress Register.
10 Register of Record Sheets.
11. Register of Defaulters (Form XII).
12. Register showing the receipts and expenditure of the school.
13. Contingent Account Register.
14. Cash Book.
15. Service Stamp Account & Private Postage Account.
16. Record of lists of school age children attached to the school (Form XIII).
17. Any other record which the District Educational Officer may by order specify.
ANNEXURE 2 Registers to be maintained in Secondary Schools including Oriental Schools and Hindi
Vidyalayas
ANNEXURE
ANNEXURE-II
(See Rule 4 (ii)
Registers to be maintained in Secondary Schools including Oriental Schools and Hindi Vidyalayas
1. Register of admissions and withdrawals.
2. Register of attendance for pupils.
3. Register showing the previous school history and new admissions.
4. Register of daily fee collection.
5. Register of term fee.
6. Time-table.
7. Register of marks.

8. Registers of attendance.
(a) for teachers
(b) for non-teaching staff
9. Acquittance roll.
10. Log book.
11.(a) Catalogue of library books
(b) Issue register
12. Register of Scholarships.
13. Scholarship acquittance roll.
14.(a) Daily Cash Book
(b) Monthly Cash Book
15. Ledger Book.
16. Register of furniture, books and appliances purchased with the aid of grants from public funds.
17. Punishment register.
18. Register of records destroyed.
19. Visitor's book.
20. Postage Stamp Register.
21. Contingent register.
22. Order Book.
23. Register of Progress and Conduct of Pupils.
24. Stock Register of Stores, furniture, Games Material etc.
ANNEXURE 3 Register to be maintained in Junior Colleges Hindi Maha Vidyalayas and all Institutions
imparting teacher training education
ANNEXURE-III
(See Rule 4 (iii)
Register to be maintained in Junior Colleges Hindi Maha Vidyalayas and all Institutions imparting teacher training
education.
1. Cash Books with double entry system for;
(a) General Funds
(i) College Staff Salary Account
(ii) Management Account
(b) Special Fee Account
(c) Scholarships Account
2. Separate ledgers for each of the above
3. Acquittance register in the prescribed proforma separately for teaching, non-teaching and contingent staff
members.
4. Scale Register in the prescribed proforma for teaching and non- teaching staff (including menials separately).

5. Treasury bill book in the proforma prescribed

6. Receipts book in triplicate for :
(a) General and Special fees
(b) Miscellaneous Collections
7. Daily fee collection register for each of the above separately
8. Term fee register
9. Scholarship receipt register
10. Scholarship acquittance register
11. Caution fee deposit register
12. Caution fee refund register
13. Register of Fee concessions under Andhra Pradesh Educational Rule 92
14. Admission Register in the proforma prescribed
15. Transfer Certificate book in the proforma prescribed
16. Provident Fund Register
17. Register showing the statutory deductions from the staff salaries and their remittance, separately for teaching,
non-teaching staff and menials
18. Casual Leave Register
19. Register for Leave other than Casual Leave
20. Stock register for Various departments
21. Register of condemned articles
22. Attendance Register
(i) Teaching and non-teaching staff
(ii) Pupils
23. Vouchers separately for General and Special fee accounts'
24. Service Register
25. Selection Committee minutes
26. Communal Roster.
ANNEXURE 4 List of statements to be submitted along with the financial statement
ANNEXURE IV
(See Rule 5)
List of statements to be submitted along with the financial statement
1. Financial statement (in the form prescribed in proceedings Rc. No.2203/D3/83,dated 7th July, 1965 of the
Director of Public Instructions, Hyderabad).
2. Fee returns
3. Group-wise strength statement (II term strength)
4. Statement in respect of endowments and income from endowments
5. Statement in respect of income from subscription and donations

6. Statement showing miscellaneous collections

7. Statement showing the loss of fee income on behalf of:
(a) Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes
(b) Last Backward Castes, Economically Backward Communities
8. Statement showing arrears of tuition fees left uncollected
(Separate particulars for full fee paying and other concession holders)
9. Statement showing the excess fee collected and not refunded before the end of the financial year
10. Valuation Statement
11. Statement showing the special fee collections, expenditure and balance
12. Statement showing the scales of pay adopted for various grades of teaching and non-teaching staff.
13. Statement of teaching staff (the particulars such as qualifications with class obtained, date of birth etc, shall be
furnished as per proceedings Rc.No.203/D3/63)
14. Statement of non-teaching staff
15. Statement of Scholarships
16. Statement of taxes
17. Statement of ordinary repairs and upkeep
18. Statement of stationery and printing
19. Statement of Postage and telegrams
20. Statement of telephone charges
21. Statement of liver to office peons
22. Statement of advertisement charges
23. Statement of electricity charges
24. Statement of water charges
25. Statement of sanitary charges
26. Statement of lights to watchman
27. Statement of Travelling Allowance
28. Statement of conveyance charges
29. Statement of servicing charges to type-writers and other machines
30. Statement of affiliation fee payable to University
31. Statement of hot and cold weather charges
32. Statement of audit fees
33. Qutlay
34. Statement showing subscription to Teachers' Provident Fund including management's contribution.
35. Particulars regarding affiliation
36. Statement showing the work-load under each subject to the college class-wise (in the case Physical of Training
lecturers, the work done in the year should be shown).
37. Statement showing that the college is open to all communities

38. Statement showing the name of Correspondent authorised to draw the grant.
ANDHRA PRADESH EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS (TAKING OVER MANAGEMENT,
REQUISITIONING AND ACQUISITION) RULES, 1983
In exercise of the powers conferred by Sections 60 to 69 read with Section 99 of the Andhra Pradesh Education
Act, 1982 (Act 1 of 1982), the Governor of Andhra Pradesh hereby makes the following rules governing taking
over Management, Requisitioning and Acquisitioning of Educational Institutions
Rule 1 Short title
These rules my be called the "Andhra Pradesh Educational Institutions (Taking over Managements,
Requisitioning and Acquisition) Rules 1983".
Rule 2 Definitions
In these rules unless the context otherwise requires,(a) ` Act 'means the Andhra Pradesh Education Act,1982.
(b) ` Special Officer ' means the Special Officer appointed by the Government under sub-section (6) of Section 60,
and includes any other person directed by the Government, for the purposes of carrying on the management of the
educational institutions; and
(c) ` Section ' means section of the Act.
Rule 3 Taking over of management of Educational Institutions
(1) A notice for taking over management of any education under sub-section (1) of Section 60, shall be given to
the manager of the institution or the educational agency, if any, in Form 1.
(2) The representation, if any received from the manager or the educational agency in response to the notice, shall
be considered by the Government and if they are satisfied that there is no necessity to take over the management
of the educational institution, the Government may drop further proceedings in this regard.
(3) Where the Government are of the opinion that the management of the educational institution should be taken
over either in the public interest or in order to secure the proper management, they may by notification in Form II,
direct that on and from the date specified therein the management of the institution shall vest in the Government.
(4) The notification under sub-rule (3) of this rule shall also specify the Special officer for the purpose of carrying
on the management of the institution and to whom, the possession of educational institution and the properties
attached thereto, shall be delivered.
(5) A copy of the notification shall be delivered in person or sent by registered post addressed to the manager or
the educational agency, and shall also be affixed on the notice board or at a conspicuous place within the
institution.
Rule 4
(1) Immediately after the service of the notification, the manager or the educational agency shall prepare a
detailed inventory in duplicate of all property, movable and immovable including instruments. Vehicles, cash
balances, reserve funds and book debts and all other rights and interests arising out of such property as were in the
ownership, possession, power or control of the management and of all books of accounts, registers and all other
documents of whatever nature relating thereto. The inventory shall be attested by the Manager of the Educational
Agency and a copy of the same shall be delivered to the special officer.
(2) The manager or the educational agency who prepared the inventory shall be held personally responsible for its
correctness, and if it is found that he has wilfully omitted to include any item in the inventory or has furnished as
true, information which he knows or has reason to believe to be false, he shall be deemed to have contravened this
rule and shall be liable for penalty under Section 87.
Rule 5
(1) The Special officer may, by an order, require every person, in whose possession or custody or under whose
control the educational institution or any part thereof or any properties attached thereto, may be immediately

before the taking over, to deliver to him the possession of such institution or part thereof or any properties
attached thereto as the case may be on the date specified in the order.
(2) If any such person fails to deliver the possession of the properties aforesaid within the time specified in the
order or obstructs the Special officer in taking over possession, the Special officer shall take possession thereof
with such police assistance as may be necessary.
Rule 6 Payment of compensation
(1) As soon as may be after the issue of notification under sub-section (1) of Section 60, the Special Officer shall
cause statement to be prepared showing the annual income, expenditure and the average net annual surplus
income of the educational institution during the period of its existence, or the period of five consecutive
accounting years immediately preceding the date of vesting of management, whichever is less.
(2) Every such statement may be got verified by an auditor of the department, if the Special Officer considers it to
be necessary.
(3) On the basis of the statement so prepared and verified under sub-rules (1) and (2) of the rule and after
satisfying that the trust or management for the running under which the educational institution is formed has not
made any provision of the institution, the Government shall pass an order determining the amount payable under
sub-section (8) of Section 60 of the Act to the person interested. In the educational institution, the amount so
determined shall be paid by the special officer in cash or in Government bonds within three months from the date
of such order, either in a lumpsum or in instalments, not exceeding three.
(4) If there is any dispute with regard to persons claiming interest or with regard to apportionment of the amount
among the persons interested, the amounts shall be deposited in the District Court.
Rule 7 Requisitioning of educational institutions
(1) The show cause notice under clause (a) of sub-section (2) of Section 64 of the Act shall be served in Form III.
(2) After considering the objections if any, received in response to the said show cause notice, if the Government
are satisfied that there is no need to requisition the property, they may drop further proceeding in this regard.
(3) If, however the Government consider it necessary to requisition the property, they may, by an order in Form
IV, requisition the property. A copy of the order shall be served on the manager and other persons who are in
possession of the property and shall also be affixed on the notice board or at a conspicuous place in the institution.
(4) Where the property is requisitioned, the manager or other person, who is in possession of the property, shall
deliver possession of the property to such Officer, person body or local authority and within such time as the
Government may specify.
(5) If any person refuses to deliver possession of the property within the time specified, or any officer of the
Revenue Department not below the rank of a Tahsildar may, on a requisition made by the Officer, person, body or
local authority referred in sub-rule (4) of this rule, may summarily dispossess the person of the property in the
manner provided in sub-section (1) of Section 65 of the Act.
(6) Where possession is taken in pursuance of the powers conferred by this rule or by sub-section (1) of Section
65 of the Act, an inventory of the properties taken possession of, shall be prepared in the presence of two
witnesses.
Rule 8 Release from requisitioning
(1) Where the Government have decided to release any property requisitioned under Section 64 of the Act, they
may pass an order in Form V and specify the person to whom the possession of the property shall be given. A
copy of the order shall be served on the person to whom possession of property has been ordered to be delivered.
(2) Where any property is released from requisitioning, the property shall, as far as practicable, be given to the
person from whom possession was taken at the time of requisition or to the successors interest of such person.
Rule 9
Release from requisitioning and restoration of possession may be effected in the manner provided for delivery of

possession of property under a decree of the Civil Court.

Rule 10
The notice under sub-section (2) of Section 66 of the Act shall be in Form VI.
Rule 11 Acquisition of property
(1) The show cause notice under the proviso to sub-section (1) of Section 67 of the Act shall be in Form VII.
(2) The notice of acquisition under sub-section (1) of Section 67 of the Act shall be in Form No.VIII. A copy of
the notice shall be served on the manager or the other persons interested.
(3) The notice under sub-rule (2) of this rule shall also specify the special officer or any other person for the
purpose of acquiring the property and within such time as the Government may deem fit.
Rule 12
(1) The special officer or any other authority specially authorised by the Government in this behalf shall as soon
as may be after the issue of an order of requisitioning under sub- section (1) of Section 64 of the Act or notice of
acquisition under sub-section (1) of Section 67 of the Act, as the case may be, serve notice on the manager of the
educational institution and other person interested in the property requisitioned or acquired requiring them to state
in writing the nature of the respective interests in the property requisitioned or acquired and particularly of their
respective claims on the amount payable therefor.
(2) After considering the representations if any, received in response to above notice, the Special Officer or the
authority referred to in sub-rule (1) of this rule shall after making such enquiries as deemed necessary,
recommended to the Government the amount payable to the person interested in the manner provided in these
rules.
Rule 13
In determining the rent which would have been payable for the use and occupation of the immovable property, if
it had been taken on lease, the following matters shall also be considered for the purpose of sub-section (2) of
Section 68 of the Act namely;
(1) In the case of immovable property other than buildings;
(a) if reliable evidence is produced, the average of the rent fetched during the three preceding years; or
(b) the net income from the property where proper accounts have been maintained;or
(c) the amount of net income recognised by the relevant authority for the purpose of levy of agricultural income
to, if any;or
(d) where no proper accounts are maintained the net income as ascertained having regard to the income of similar
property, after making local inspection.
(2) In the case of buildings;
(a) the annual rental value assessed for the purpose of rates or taxes levied by a local authority;
(b) Where there is no such assessment the rent fixed in accordance with the principles followed for fixing fair rent
by a rent controller under the law relating to rent control for the time being in force.
(3) In the case of movable property;
(a) if the movable property requisitioned is a vehicle, the amount as determined at the rates provided for each kind
and class of vehicle by notification published by the Government, from time to time, having regard to the
prevailing market rates under the Motor Vehicles Act;
(b) in other cases the amount as determined in accordance with the rates prevailing in the open market on the date
of requisitioning or acquisition.
Rule 14

While recommending the amount payable, the special Officer or other authority as the case may be shall take into
account the Government aid or grant, if any given to the educational institution and deduct the entire value of such
aid or grant.
Rule 15
After examining the recommendation of the Special Officer or other authority, the Government shall finally
determine the amount payable to each person interested in the property and communicate to the persons each
concerned.
Rule 16
Every person interested may within thirty days of the service of the notice under Rule 15, communicate his
acceptance in writing to the Government of the amount fixed, if he accepts the amount. The Government (Special
Officer) or other shall enter into an agreement with him in Form IX with such modification as the nature of the
case may require and shall within thirty days from the date of execution of the agreement pay to such person the
amount as per the agreement.
Rule 17
If the person interested does not accept the amount fixed by the Government, he may within thirty days of the
service of the notice under Rule 16 make an application to the Government to refer the matter to an Arbitrator,
stating clearly the reasons for his disagreement with the amount fixed by the Government and what according to
him, the fair amount he claims and the grounds on which such claim is based, showing also his interest in the
property.
Rule 18
If the Government are satisfied that the grounds on which the claim is based are valid, they may settle the amount
and enter into an agreement with the person to whom the amount is payable. Otherwise there shall be appointed
an arbitrator under clause (b) of sub-section (1) of Section 68 of the Act.
Rule 19
As soon as practicable, after an arbitrator is appointed, the Government shall, refer the application to the arbitrator
together a report setting forth the full facts of the case, particularly regarding the nature and extent of
disagreement between the Government and the persons interested, and submit all papers connected with the
application.
Rule 20
Where the person interested in the amount payable for the property requisitioned or acquisitioned is not found or
if there is no person competent to alienate the property, or if there is any dispute as to the title to receive the
amount, the Government shall make a reference to the arbitrator, appointed by the Government under clause (b) of
sub-section (1) of Section 68 of the Act with all records connected with the case.
Rule 21
If no arbitrator has been appointed, the amount shall be deposited in the court of the District Judge having
jurisdiction.
Rule 22
The arbitrator shall make his award in writing setting forth the grounds his decision and sign it: A copy of the
award shall be sent to all parties to the reference.
Rule 23
When an arbitrator is succeeded by another arbitrator before making an award, the new arbitrator may deal with
the evidence taken by his predecessor as if such evidence has been taken by him and may proceed from stage at
which his predecessor left it:
Provided that it shall be open to the new arbitrator, after recording the reasons therefor, to conduct the proceedings
de-novo.

Rule 24
The decision as to cost of proceedings before an arbitrator and appointment thereof shall be in the discretion of
the arbitrator.
Rule 25
As soon as the arbitrator makes an award under Section 68 of the Act, the Government shall pay the amount
awarded by the arbitrator to the persons interested thereto, according to the award except the person interested
proposes to appeal to the High Court.
Rule 26
Where the costs have been ordered to be paid by the person interested, the Government shall deduct the amount of
costs from the amount payable to that person.
Rule 27 General
(1) Service of notice or order under these rules shall be made by delivering or tendering a copy thereof to the
person on whom it is to be served or to his authorised agent. When such person cannot be found, service may be
made on only adult member of his family residing with him and if no such adult member can be found, service
may be effected be affixing copy of the notice on the outerdoor or some conspicuous part of the house on which
the person to be served ordinarily resides or carries on business.
(2) If service cannot be effected in any of the modes aforesaid, or if the authority ordering the service thinks fit,
the notice shall be served by sending a copy thereof by registered post to his last known address.
Rule 28
The moneys deposited in the Court under these rules shall be dealt within the manner laid down in Sections 32
and 33 of the Land Acquisition Act, 1894.
Rule 29
(1) The Special Officer or other authority may, by order, require the manager or any person in possession or
custody of the properties of educational institution which is taken over or intended to be taken over or which is
requisitioned or acquired or intended to be requisitioned to furnish such information as may be required by him
for performing the functions under these rules.
(2) Whoever being required to furnish information wilfully omits furnish such information or furnished as true,
information which he knows or has reason to believe to be false, he shall be deemed to have contravened the
provisions of these rules and shall be liable to be punished under Section 87 of the Act.
APPENDIX 1 FORM
FORM
FORM I
[See Rule 3 (1)]
(Notice under sub-section (1) of Section 60)
To
Whereas the Government for the reasons mentioned in the schedule below consider that (name of the
institution)..................... ................................. Village ............................ taluk ...................... District, is not being
properly managed;
And whereas, the Government are of opinion that for the more effective management of the said institution in
public interest it is necessary to take over its management;
Now, therefore you are hereby required to show cause within one month from the date of receipt of this notice
why the management of the aforesaid institution should not be taken over by the Government.

Station: Secretary to Government

Date:
SCHEDULE
(Reasons for taking over the management)
APPENDIX 2 FORM
FORM
FORM II
[See Rule 3 (3)]
(Notification under Sub-section (1) of Section 60)
Whereas, the Government are of the opinion that in public interest and in order to secure the proper management
of................... in................... village...................Taluk............... District ..............the management of the said
institution shall be taken over.
Now, therefore, in exercise of the powers conferred by sub- section (1) of Section 60 of the Andhra Pradesh
Education Act, 1982, the Government of Andhra Pradesh hereby notifies that the management of the said
institution and all the properties attached thereto shall vest in the Government on and from .............(date) until the
said institution is acquired.
Under sub-section (6) of Section 60 of the said Act, the Governor of Andhra Pradesh hereby
appoints ..........................as Special Officer for the purpose of carrying on the management of the said institution
for and on behalf of the Government.
Hyderabad:
Secretary to Government
Date:
APPENDIX 3 FORM
FORM III
[See Rule7 (1)]
(Notice of Requisition under sub-section (2) of Section 64)
Whereas the recognition/permission granted to ....................village.................. Taluk..............District ..................
has been withdrawn by the Government by their Order No. ................... dated
OR
Whereas the educational institution has been closed on.........................
And whereas the Government are of opinion that the said educational institution ....................... .....
(village)...............(taluk)................ District................... and the property mentioned in the schedule below should
be requisitioned for the purpose of running the institution in public interest.
Now, therefore, under clause (a) of sub-section (2) of Section 64 of the Andhra Pradesh Education Act, 1982, you
are called upon to show cause within 15 days from the date of service of this notice why the property should not
be requisitioned.
The Government further direct that neither the manager of the institution nor any other person shall, without
permission from the Government, dispose of or structurally alter, lease or in any other manner deal with the
property until the expiry of three months from the date of service of this notice.
Secretary to Government.
To

APPENDIX 4 FORM
FORM
FORM IV
[See Rule 7 (3)]
(Order of requisition under Sub-section (1) of Section 64)
Whereas the Government, after making due enquiries,consider it necessary to requisition the (Name No. the
institution) .................in ............... Village ............... Taluk ............District .................. and the properties attached
thereto for purpose of running the said institution in Public interest ;
Now therefore under sub-section (1) of Section 64 of the Andhra Pradesh Education Act, 1982, the Government
hereby requisition the said institution.
The Government further order that the manager or other person, who is in possession or custody of the properties
mentioned in the schedule, shall deliver possession thereof to ..................................................................... within
fifteen days of service of this notice.
Secretary to Government.
To
..
..
APPENDIX 5 FORM
FORM
FORM V
[See Rule 8 (1)]
(Release from registration under sub-section (1) of Section 66)
Whereas the educational institution and its property specified in the schedule below was requisitioned in
Notification No............... dated.
And whereas the Government have now decided that the said property be released from requisition with effect
from .
Now, therefore under sub-section (1) of Section 66 of the Andhra Pradesh Education Act, 1982 the Government
hereby release the property from requisition and hereby direct that the property shall be delivered to ................
(Name).
Secretary to Government.
SCHEDULE
APPENDIX 6 FORM
FORM
FORM VI
[See Rule 10]
(Notice under sub-section (2) of Section 66)
Whereas the Government by their order No. ............... dated have released from requisition the educational
Institution (Name)..................... and the properties attached thereto mentioned in the schedule below ;
And whereas the Government have directed that the properties shall be delivered to (Name)............................. .
And whereas the said Sri ..................................... cannot be found and has no agent or other person empowered to

accept delivery on his behalf ;

Now, therefore under sub-section (2) of Section 66 of the Andhra Pradesh Education Act, 1982, it is hereby
declared that the said property is released from requisition.
Secretary to Government.
APPENDIX 7 FORM
xxxx
APPENDIX 8 FORM
FORM
FORM VIII
[See Rule 11 (2)]
[Notice of Acquisition under Sub-Section (1) of Section 67]
Whereas a notice under the proviso to sub-section (1) of Section 67 of the Andhra Pradesh Education Act, 1982
was issued to the persons interested calling upon them to show cause within the period of fifteen days why the
educational institution and the property attached thereto specified in the schedule below should not be acquired;
And whereas the said period has expired and no cause has been shown against the said notice/the causes shown
against the said notice have been considered and rejected ;
Now therefore, under sub-section (1) of Section 67 of the Andhra Pradesh Education Act, 1982, the Government,
having been satisfied that it is necessary to do so, have decided to acquire the said property in pursuance of the
said section.
The Government further order that the Manager or other person, who is in possession or custody of the properties
shall deliver possession thereof to ..................................... within fifteen days of service of this notice.
Secretary to Government.
SCHEDULE
APPENDIX 9 FORM
Xxxxx
ANDHRA PRADESH PRIVATE EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS EMPLOYEES (CONDUCT) RULES,
1985
In exercise of the powers conferred by sub-section (2) of Section 85 and Section 86 read with Section 99 of the
Andhra Pradesh Education Act, 1982 (Act No. 1 of 1982), the Governor of Andhra Pradesh hereby makes the
following rules, relating to welfare and code of conduct of the employees working in all Private educational
institutions
Rule 1 Short title, application and commencement
(a) These rules may be called the Andhra Pradesh Private Educational Institutions Employees (Conduct) Rules,
1985.
(b) These rules shall apply to all employees (teaching and non- teaching) working in educational institutions under
private managements, namely schools (Primary/Upper Primary/Secondary), Oriental Schools, Hindi Vidyalayas.
Teacher Training Institutions, Pandit Training Institutions, Junior Colleges, Degree Colleges, Oriental Colleges,
Hindi Maha Vidayalayas, Colleges of Education, Colleges of Physical Education, Law Colleges, and Colleges
imparting Post-Graduate Courses, in the State of Andhra Pradesh.
(c) These rules shall come into force with immediate effect;
Rule 2 Definitions

In these rules, unless the context otherwise requires,(i) "Act" means the Andhra Pradesh Education Act, 1982 (Act No. 1 of 1982) ;
(ii) "Government" means the Government of Andhra Pradesh ;
(iii) "Member of the family" in relation to an employee, includes the spouse, son, daughter, step-son or stepdaughter of such employee, whether residing with such employee or not but normally within his control and
dependent on him or any person related to or residing with such employee and wholly dependent on him, but does
not include a spouse legally separated from such employee or a son, daughter, step-son or step-daughter, who is
no longer in any way dependent upon him or of whose custody such employee is deprived of by law ;
(iv) "State" means the State of Andhra Pradesh.
PART 1 Rules of Conduct
Rule 3 General
(1) Every employee shall, at all times, be devoted to his duty and shall maintain absolute integrity, discipline
impartiality and a sense of propriety. No employee shall behave or act in a manner unbecoming of an employee of
an educational institution.
(2) Every employee holding a supervisory post shall take all possible steps to ensure the integrity and devotion to
duty of all employees under his control and authority.
(3) No employee shall, in the performance of his official duties or in the exercise of powers conferred on him, act
otherwise than in his best judgment, except when he is acting under the direction of his official superior and shall,
where he is acting under such direction, obtain the direction, in writing wherever practicable and where it is not
practicable to obtain the direction in writing, he shall obtain written confirmation of the direction as soon as
possible thereafter.
ExplanationNothing in sub-rule (3) shall be construed as empowering an employee to evade his responsibilities by
seeking instructions from or approval of a superior officer or authority, where such instructions are not necessary
under the scheme of distribution of powers and responsibilities.
Rule 4 Private employment or trade and investment
(1) No employee shall, except with the previous sanction of the management, negotiate for or undertake any other
employment or work or engage directly or indirectly in any trade or business, save in the course of his official
duties :
Provided that an employee may, without such sanction, undertake honorary work of a social or charitable nature
or occasional work of literary, artistic or scientific character or any examinership for remuneration offered thereof
by the Union Public Service Commission, Institute for Secretarial Training and Management of Government of
India, the Andhra Pradesh Public Service Commission, the State Board of Technical Education and Training or the
Board of Secondary Education, Andhra Pradesh or by any University established in the State of Andhra Pradesh
by law and the Board of Intermediate Education, Andhra Pradesh subject to the following conditions
(i) that he shall, within a period of one month of his undertaking any such work report to the management, giving
full details ;
(ii) that such work or examinership does not interfere with his official duties ;
(iii) that he shall not undertake or shall discontinue such work, if so, directed by the management :
Provided further that if the undertaking of any such work involves holding of an elective office, he shall resign his
appointment under the management and after his resignation is accepted, he may seek the holding of an elective
office.
Explanation ICanvassing by an employee for a candidate or candidates for an elective office referred to in the
second proviso shall be deemed to be a breach of this sub-rule.
Explanation IICanvassing by employee in support of the business or insurance agency or commission agency and
the like owned or managed by his wife or any other member of his family shall be deemed to be a breach of this

sub-rule.
(2) Every employee shall report to the management if any member of his family is engaged in any trade or
business or manages an Insurance Agency or Commission Agency.
(3) No employee shall without the previous sanction of the Government, except in the discharge of his duties, take
part in the promotion, registration or management of any banking or other company which is required to be
registered under the Companies Act, 1956 (Central Act I of 1956) or any other law for the time being in force or
any co-operative society or commercial purposes :
Provided that an employee, may in accordance with the provisions of any general or special order of the
management take part in the promotion, registration or management of a co-operative society, substantially for the
benefit of the employees, registered under any law relating to co-operative societies for the time being in force in
the State or of a literary, scientific or charitable society, registered under any law relating to the registration of
societies.
(4) No employee shall accept any fee for any work done by him for any public body or any private persons
without the general or special sanction of the management.
(5)
(i) No employee shall speculate in any stock, share or other investment.
Explanation Frequent purchase or sale of shares, securities or other investments shall be deemed to be speculation
within the meaning of this sub-rule.
(ii) No employee shall make or permit any member of his family or any person acting on his behalf to make any
investment likely to embarrass or influence him in the discharge of his official duties.
(iii) The decision of the management shall be final in respect of any question arising under this sub-rule.
Rule 5 Lending, Borrowing and Insolvency
(1) No employee, shall except in the ordinary course of business with a bank or a public limited company, either
himself or through any member of his family or any person acting on his behalf, lend or borrow or deposit money,
as a principal or agent to or from or with any person or firm or private limited company, within the local limits of
his authority or with whom he is likely to have official dealings or otherwise place himself under pecuniary
obligation to such person or firm:
Provided that any employee may give to or accept from a relation or a person friend, a purely temporary loan of
small amount not-exceeding his total monthly emoluments free of interest or operate a credit account with a
bonafide tradesman or make an advance of pay to his private employee.
(2) An employee shall so manage his private affairs as to avoid habitual indebtedness or insolvency. An employee
against whom any legal proceedings is instituted for the recovery of any debt due from him for adjudging him as
an insolvent shall forthwith report the full facts of the legal proceedings to the management.
Rule 6 Acquisition and disposal of immovable property
(1) No employee shall, except after previous intimation to the management acquire or dispose of or permit any
member of his family to acquire or dispose of any immovable property by exchange, purchase, sale, gift or
otherwise either in his own name or in the name of any member of his family, in all cases where the value of such
property exceed Rs.1,000/Provided that the previous sanction of the management shall be obtained by the employee if any such transaction
is,
(i) with a person having official dealings with the employee; or
(ii) with any foreigner, foreign government, foreign organisation or concern for the acquisition or disposal of
immovable property situated outside India.
(2) The management may at any time, by a general or special order require an employee to submit, within a
specified period, a full and complete statement of all immovable property of the specified value, held or acquired

by him or by any member of his family. Such statement shall, if so required by the management, include
particulars of the means by which or the sources from which such property was acquired.
Rule 7 Communication of official Documents or Information
(1) No employee shall, except in accordance with any general or special order of the management communicate
directly or indirectly any official document or any of its contents or any official information to any employee not
authorised to receive the same or to any other person or the press.
(2) An employee connected with examination work is specially required to be very cautious and shall not, under
any circumstances, divulge any information that passes through his hand in the discharge of his duties to unauthorised persons.
Rule 8 Criticism of the policy or action of the Government
No employee shall in any radio broadcast or in any document published in his own name or anonymously,.
pseudonomously in the name of any other person in any communication to the press or in any public utterance,
make any statement of fact or express opinion.
(i) which leads to a biased criticism of any policy or action of the Government of Andhra Pradesh or any other
State Government or the Central Government in such a manner as to cause or is likely cause breach of law and
order;
(ii) which is likely to embarrass the relations between the Government of Andhra Pradesh and the Central
Government or the Government of any other State and the People of India or any section thereof;
(iii) which is likely to embarrass the relations between the Central Government and the Government of any
foreign state;
(iv) which is likely to cause embarrassment to the administration of the institution in its relations with its staff, the
students and the Government.
Provided that nothing in this rule shall be deemed to prohibit any employee from participating in discussions, at
any private meeting solely of employees or of any association of employees, of matters which effect the interest of
such employees individually or generally or to a bonafide expression of views by an officer bearer of any
association of such employees or for securing an improvement thereof.
Rule 9 Taking part in Politics and Elections
(1) No employee shall be a member of or be otherwise associated with any political party or any organisation
which takes part in politics, nor shall participate in any political movement or activity.
(2) It shall be the duty of every employee to endeavour to prevent any member of his family from taking part in,
subscribing in aid of or assisting in any other manner, any movement or activity, which is or tends directly or
indirectly to be, subversive of the Central Government or of a State Government, being prejudicial to national
security and, where an employee is unable to prevent a member of his family from taking part in, or subscribing in
aid of or assisting in any other manner any such movement or activity he shall make a report to that effect to the
management.
(3) If any question arises as to whether any movement or activity falls within the scope of this rule, it may be
referred to the Director of Higher Education/Director of School Education as the case may be whose decision
thereon shall be final.
(4) No employee shall canvass or otherwise interfere with or use his influence in connection with or take part in
any election to Parliament or any House of State Legislature or of any Local Authority or Body, unless he resigns
his appointment and his resignation is accepted. Any contravention of this provision by an employee shall be
regarded as sufficient ground for his removal.
Provided that
(i) an employee qualified to vote at such election may exercise his right to vote but where he does so, he shall give
no indication, of the manner in which he proposes to vote or has voted;
(ii) an employee shall not be deemed to have contravened the provision of this rule by reason only that he has

assisted in the conduct of an election in the due performance of a duty imposed on him by or under any law for
the time being in force.
Explanation The display by an employee on his person, vehicle residence or any of his property, of any election
symbol shall amount to using his influence in connection with an election, within the meaning of sub rule (4).
Rule 10 Joining of Association by employees
No employee shall join, or continue to be member of an association the objectives and activities of which are
prejudicial to the interests of the sovereignty and integrity of India or public order or morality.
Rule 11 Taking part in strikes and demonstrations
No employee shall participate in any demonstrations or in any strike or similar activities, which are prejudicial to
the interests of the sovereignty and integrity of India, the security of the State, friendly relations with foreign
States, public order, decency or morality or which involves contempt of court, defamation or incitement to an
offence or in connection with any matter pertaining to his service or to any another matter which tends to bring
the institution into disrepute or in any way instigate, incite or abet any form of strike by any number of
employees.
Explanation-IThe expression "strike" means cessation of work (including any un-authorised absence from duty)
by a body of employees acting in combination or a concerted refusal or a refusal under a common understanding,
of any number of employees to work.
Explanation IIThe expression "similar activities" shall be deemed to include,
(i) absence from duty or work without permission;
(ii) neglect of duty with the object of compelling any superior officer or Government to take or omit to take any
official action;
(iii) any demonstration act like hunger strike with the object mentioned in item (ii); or
(iv) concerted or organised refusal on the part of the employees to receive their pay.
Rule 12 Influencing authorities for furtherance of interests and personal representations
No employee shall bring or attempt to bring any political or other extraneous influence to bear upon any superior
authority for the furtherance of his interests in respect of matters pertaining to his service under the management.
Rule 13 Vindication of acts of Employees as such
No employee shall, except with the previous sanction of the management, have recourse to the press or any court
for the vindication of his official act which has been the subject matter of adverse criticism or an attack of
defamatory character in public, nor shall accept from any person or body, compensation of any kind for malicious
prosecution or defamatory attack in respect of his official act unless such compensation has been awarded by
competent court of law.
Provided that nothing in this rule shall abridge or otherwise effect the right of an employee to vindicate his private
character or acts done by him in his private capacity.
Rule 14 Drinking
An employee shall strictly abide by any law relating to intoxicating, drinking or drugs in force in any area for the
time being, take due care that the performance of his duties is not affected in any way by the influence of any
intoxicating drink or drug in a public place and not appear in a public place in a state of intoxication and not
habitually use any intoxicating drink or drug to excess.
Rule 15 Communal Activity
No employee shall practise, propagate, or incite any student to practice or propagate catesism, communal or
sectarian activity or untouchability nor discriminate against any person on the grounds of caste, creed, language,
place of origin,social and cultural background or any of them.

Rule 16 Behaviour in public

(i) No employee shall mis-behave with or illtreat any parent, guardian, student, teacher or other employee of the
institution.
(ii) No employee shall encourage or incite any student, teacher or any employee to behave in a disorderly manner
in the premises of the institution.
(iii) No employee shall organise or attend any meeting during the working hours of the institution except with the
permission of the Head of the Institution.
(iv) No employee shall indulge in any violence or any conduct which involves moral turpitude, or cause or incite
any other person to cause, any damage to the property of the institution.
Rule 17 Dowry
No employee shall give or take or abet in giving or taking of dowry or demand any dowry directly or indirectly
from the parents or guardians of a bride or bridegroom as the case may be.
ExplanationFor the purpose of this rule "Dowry" has the same meaning as in the Dowry Prohibition Act, 1961.
(Central Act 28 of 1961).
Rule 18 Bigamous Marriage
(1) No employee who has a wife living shall contract another marriage without prior permission of Government,
not withstanding that such subsequent marriage is permissible under the Personal Law for the time being
applicable to him.
(2) No female employee shall marry any person who has a wife living without prior permission of Government.
PART 2 Additional Rules of Conduct
Rule 19
The rules in this part shall apply to all the employees working in all the private educational institutions and shall
apply to them in addition to the rule in Part -I.
(1) The employee shall discharge his duties efficiently and deligently and shall conform to the rules and
regulations as prescribed by the Government, from time to time.
(2) No employee shall absent himself/herself from his/her duties without prior permission from the head of the
institution. Prior Permission of the competent authority is necessary for availing even causal leave or special
casual leave. The causal leave or special causal leave shall ordinarily be granted by the competent authority. The
competent authority however, reserves the right to refuse leave for valid reasons to be recorded in writing. In case
of sudden and unexpected sickness or absence on medical grounds a medical certificate to the satisfaction of the
school or college authorities shall be produced within a week. Employees desiring to avail themselves of leave
other than causal leave or special casual leave shall apply for leave before one actually proceeds on leave, to the
school or college authorities. To avoid complications the employee applying for leave may submit his application
in duplicate and obtain the receipt of the application on the duplicate copy of the application. If for any reasons,
the application for leave cannot be submitted in person, it shall be sent to the management by Registered post.
(3) No employee shall give coaching to any student or students engage in un-authorised or private tuitions.
(4)
(a) No employee shall send any application for employment under any other agency except through the authorities
of the institution concerned. Ordinarily every employee shall be permitted to apply for an outside post eventhough
he may be holding a permanent post. A person who is refused permission and wishes to resign his appointment,
such resignation will ordinarily be accepted.
(b) The management of the institution shall not withhold any such application. It shall however be open to the
school or college committee to prescribe reasonable conditions for relieving him.
(5) No employee shall appear for any examination for improving his qualifications without informing the school
or college committee. How4ever no school committee or college committee can ask its employee not to appear for

examinations for improvement of his qualifications.

(6) No employee shall publish guides.
(7) No employee shall write text books or other book without informing the managements concerned. However
the managements shall not ask their employees not to write text-books, other books and accept the remuneration.
(8) No employee shall smoke in the presence of the students. They may, however, smoke in the staff rooms meant
for them or at any place where there are no students.
(9) No employee shall read any cheap literature relating to sex in the presence of pupils or encourage students to
study such cheap literature.
(10) No employee shall use abusive or filthy language so as to hurt the sentiments or feelings of the students in
the school or within the class room or within the premises of the institution.
(11) No employee shall resort to inflicting corporal punishments like beating the students in the class room or
within the school premises. However, any act of misbehaviour on the part of students shall be brought to the
notice of the head of the institution only. Even the heads of institutions shall not resort to beating the students
under any circumstances.
(12) No employee shall encourage students to follow any "ism" or any particular way of behaviour which is
prejudicial to the interest of students and also to the interest of the society in general.
(13) No employee shall encourage the students to write bad slogans or abusive language against the management
or against the other employee of the institution on the wall of the schools or on the black-board.
(14) No employee shall either borrow or lend money from the students.
(15) No employee shall collect any amounts from the student other than prescribed fee or the fee for any other
purpose other than prescribed by the Government.
Rule 20 Interpretation of Rules
The Director concerned shall be the competent authority for interpretation of any of the above rules and his
decision shall be final.
PART 3 Duties of Employees working in Institutions under School Education
Rule 21 Duties of the Headmasters
The following shall be the duties of the headmasters:
(1) Academic:
(a) teaching of eight periods a week, preferably one subject completely or partly;
(b) guiding teachers of his own subjects in particular and other in general;
(c) arranging for professional guidance from his own and also from local experts, if available in other
subjects/areas;
(d) informing the departmental inspecting officers for the guidance he requires in specific areas;
(e) formulating minimum academic programme and institutional plan with the help of his assistants and
implement it;
(f) arranging demonstration lessons in all the subjects/areas by competent subject teachers;
(g) undertaking action research programmes;
(h) arranging conferences, workshops, seminars, etc., and
(i) organising innovative activities
(2) Supervision :

(a) periodical (monthly) check-up of the lesson plans and year plan prepared by the assistants;
(b) preparation of time tables and the proper implementations;
(c) observation of class-room teaching of the Assistants to the extent of one period during a working day
(preferably X class) and recording it with suggestions for improvement;
(d) proper organisation of activity areas,namely, physical education, health education, creative activity and
Socially Useful Productive Work (SUPW) and moral education;
(e) Introduction of Scouting and Guiding as co-curricular activities and their proper supervision;
(f) preparing the school for participation in science fairs and in games and sports;
(g) completion of syllabus as per the plan of Common Examination Board;
(h) organise Book Banks, Sanchayikas, co-operative stores, etc., wherever possible;
(i) maintain a watch register to note the academic and para academic work turned out by assistants;
(3) Administration :
(a) observation of class-room teaching of every assistant to the extent of one period for each term;
(b) maintain all the registers prescribed, if supplied by the management;
(c) collect, utilise and maintain the accounts relating to special fee funds;
(d) supervise work of office staff;
(e) submit pay bills etc., promptly;
(f) ensure regular attendance of pupils teachers, and office staff;
(g) conduct daily school assembly, arrange for proper maintenance and utilisation of library; prescribe school
uniform: celebration of national festivals; make the pupils participate in the competitions of academic importance;
(h) conduct tests and examinations efficiently;
(i) any other assignment and responsibilities specifically entrusted by the department and/or management;
(j) organise parent-teacher association;
(k) enlist community support for school improvement programmes.
Rule 22 Duties of Assistant Teachers/Teachers
The following shall be the duties of Assistant Teachers/Teachers.
(1) Academic :
(a) to each the allotted subjects during the allotted periods;
(b) guiding subject to junior teachers, if any;
(c) correction of written work of the pupils regularly;
(d) correction of answer scripts relating to all unit tests and terminal examinations.
(e) developing aptitude for professional advancement participation;
(f) implementation of minimum academic programme chalked out in his subjects;
(g) diagnosing pupils deficiencies and conducting remedial teaching;
(h) proper use of teaching materials and aids available in the school;
(i) improving black-board work;
(j) undertaking action, research and innovative practices.

(2) Class-room administration :

(a) maintenance of class-room discipline;
(b) maintenance of attendance registers;
(c) encouraging pupils in maintaining personal hygiene and class- room cleanliness;
(d) attending the classes regularly;
(e) assisting the Headmaster in the sale of text-books, Teachers's Day Flags, etc.,
(f) participation and organisation of National Festivals in the schools;
(g) arrangement and organisation of co-curricular and extra curricular activities;
(h) encouraging pupils to follow dress restrictions and general discipline in the school;
(i) adhering to the duties and responsibilities specifically designed to the subject departments;
(j) any other duties and responsibilities assigned him by the headmaster
PART 4 Duties of Employees working in Institutions under Higher Education
Rule 23 Duties of the Head of Institution
(1) The head of the Institution shall project a powerful image of the institution, play a dynamic role, maintain
successful public relations and be a leader in organising academic, literary and cultural activities.
(2) He shall exercise effective supervision by devising suitable means and setting up targets, watching the
progress of work of teaching staff, going on frequent rounds during working hours, maintaining discipline and
punctualty.
(3) He shall ensure the regular implementation of academic and other programmes in accordance with the
academic directives of the Director of Higher Education/Board of Intermediate Education/University.
(4) He shall handle the prescribed number of classes including tutorials in his subject and shall undertake a
monthly review of the work of teaching staff.
(5) He shall maintain a special register and record his observations about the work and conduct of his staff and
issue suitable instructions to them whenever necessary. He shall enter special praise or adverse comments on the
work and conduct of the teachers in their personal files, based on these observations.
Rule 24 Duties of Teaching Staff (Lecturers, etc)
(1) Academic :
(a) It shall be the duty of every lecturer to dissiminate the knowledge he has in his special subject or subjects to all
the students. He shall endeavour ceaselessly to acquire adequate and upto date knowledge in his subject, keep
abreast of the latest advances in his particular field, make extensive use of the library and cultivate profeciency in
his subject or subjects.
(b) It shall also be lecturer's duty to discover new knowledge, maintain high professional standards, strive for
academic excellence and serve the cause of education with spirit of dedication and with interest in work and
environment.
(c) The lecturer shall carefully and thoroughly prepare himself for his daily work in the class and employ suitable
techniques for teaching.
(d) He shall also conduct tutorials, seminars, group discussions and give home assignments to students to
supplement the class room teaching and shall maintain a record of such work. It is obligatory on the part of every
lecturer to conduct and correct the prescribed number of composition exercises, essays or home assignments
during a week and maintain a record of such work.
(e) It shall be the duty of every lecturer to systematically and methodically complete the prescribed syllabus as per
the annual Academic Plan of teaching schedules drawn up by the Department well in advance leaving sufficient

time for revision before the public examination. He shall furnish a statement of work done, every month to the
Principal.
(f) He shall make use of all available audiovisual aids, charts, models and maps to make teaching more effective.
(g) He shall conduct periodical examinations as per the annual plan.
(h) It shall be the duty of every lecturer to actively participate in all programmes of institutionalised coaching,
both for academically and socially backward students, as assigned to him by the Head of the Institution.
(2) General Conduct :
(a) Every lecturer shall be present in the college during the working hours and actively co-operative with the head
of the institution in organising academic work and co-curricular activities.
(b) Every lecturer shall undertake such work as may be assigned to him by the Head of the Institution relevant to
his duties as Lecturer, whether of curricular, co-curricular or extra curricular nature, applied or field work related
to his subject or work of the nature of social service, when required to do so, even beyond the regular working
hours or even when the institution is not functioning during vacation or holidays. Vacation does not mean that a
lecturer is automatically on a holiday or otherwise ceases to work for the institution.
(c) He shall be regular and punctual in attendance in respect of his class work, examinations and extra-curricular
activities or any other work connected with the duties assigned to him by the head of the institution.
(d) He shall abide by the rules and regulations of the institution and shall show due respect to constituted
authority.
(e) He shall not, knowingly or wilfully neglect his duties. Except with the prior permission of the head of the
institution, lecturer shall not absent himself from the institution while on duty or remain absent from the
institution without leave.
(f) He shall desist from going on casual leave on a day of heavy work not apply for leave simply because such
leave has to be exhausted. He shall apply for leave in advance except in totally unforeseen circumstances, so as to
enable the head of the institution to make substitute arrangements.
(g) He shall be resident in the station except during vacation or on leave in which case he shall leave with the
prior permission of the head of the institution, intimating his vacation leave address.
(3) Professional norms :
(a) A lecturer shall consistently uphold the highest standards of professional ethics in the course of performance of
his duties and shall so conduct himself as not to give rise to any suspicion or doubt, with regard to his honesty and
impartiality.
(b) Gross partiality in assessment of students, deliberately overmarking/under marking or attempted victimisation
of students on any grounds, shall constitute improper conduct on the part of a lecturer.
(c) No lecturer shall engage himself in couching privately any students for any remuneration under any
circumstances. Those who violate this regulation shall be liable for disciplinary action.
(d) No lecturer shall prepare or publish book or cheap notes commonly known as guides and made easy series, or
assist directly or indirectly in the publication of such books by others.
(e) No lecturer shall indulge in or encourage any form of malpractice connected with examination or any other
activity in the institution.
(f) Every lecturer shall use his influence with men students to ensure that women teacher and women students are
treated with decency and honour in co-educational institutions.
(g) Every lecturer shall project on all concerned and particularly on the students, an image of personal propriety,
culture and decency through his dress and demeanour and shall be a source of guidance and a model for the
students in his character and conduct. He shall refrain from the use of improper and objectionable language, shall
not smoke in the presence of students in the campus and shall wear dignified official dress. (Jedhpur coat or
Sherwani or suit with a tie or dhothi and upper cloth) Women shall wear traditional clothes of non-transparent

material consistent with modesty.

Rule 25 Maintenance of Discipline
(1) It shall be the duty of all categories of employees to assist the Head of the Institution in the maintenance of
absolute discipline in the institution. All employees shall merge themselves into a disciplined team, setting aside,
individual opinions and caprices for the higher academic purpose of the institution and they shall together strive to
protect the institutional image.
(2) No employee shall participate in any subversive activity nor shall he directly or indirectly, by himself or
through others either by word or deed, instigate, incite, abet or encourage any student or students to indulge in any
act of indiscipline, inside or outside the institution,. detrimental to the functioning of or the interest of the
institution.
(3) During the period of strike by the students, teachers/lecturers shall exercise-wholesome influence on students
and extend their full co-operation to the Head of the Institution in creating a healthy climate for sustained hard
work and discipline in the institution.
PART 5 Duties of Non-teaching Staff
Rule 26
This part applies to the non-teaching staff working in institutions under School Education and Higher Education.
Rule 27
The following categories of employees come under non-teaching staff.
(1) Superintendents
(2) Senior Assistants
(3) Junior Assistants
(4) Typists
(5) Laboratory Attenders
(6) Library Assistants
(7) Record Assistants.
Rule 28 The Duties of the Superintendents
(1) The Superintendent shall register the letters received from the Government or Head of the Department and put
up to the Head of the Institution for necessary orders;
(2) He shall preserve all the records of the management such as T.C. Books, Cash Registers, Attendance Registers,
Acquittance Rolls leave accounts etc.,
(3) He shall prepare the monthly pay bills of the teaching and non-teaching staff of the institution;
(4) He shall maintain the leave accounts of the teaching and non-teaching staff of the institutions and submit them
to the Head of the Institution;
(5) He shall collect the fee such as special and tuition fee and post in the daily book and also obtain the signature
of the Head of the Institution;
(6) He shall also maintain the ledger account to be carried upto date for scrutiny and audit;
(7) He shall maintain the stamp account and accounts relating to special fee and other fees and vouchers safely;
(8) He shall maintain the Service Register entries upto date.
Rule 29 The Duties of the Lab. Assistants
(1) He shall keep the laboratory clean and tidy;

(2) He shall be responsible for dusting of equipment and apparatus and should be done carefully atleast once in
three days.
(3) He shall see that the apparatus is kept, at the proper place after use, either by teacher or by the pupil.
(4) He shall see that the students do not take away the apparatus or the material from the laboratory.
(5) He shall also see that the students do not touch the acids and other dangerous chemicals.
(6) He shall arrange the apparatus for conducting experiments.
Rule 30 The Duties of Library Assistants
(1) He shall prepare the indent of the books at the beginning of the academic year in consultation with the
concerned subject teacher and the head of the institution.
(2) He shall see that the books are not eaten away by the white- ants etc.
(3) He shall prepare the catalogue of the books subject-wise
(4) He shall issue books to the students and see that they are circulated and returned in time.
(5) He shall maintain the account of periodicals and their circulation among the staff members and students of the
institution.
(6) He shall maintain the Stock-register up to date with full details of books purchased.
Rule 31 The Duties of Attenders/Sweepers
They shall maintain the upkeep of the institution and its premises, namely, laboratory, library, staff rooms, toilet
and play ground, etc.

Act Type : Andhra Pradesh State Acts